Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES & EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

 

(Mark One)

 

   x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011

OR

 

   ¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from          to         

Commission File No. 001-10362

 

 

MGM Resorts International

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   88-0215232

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109

(Address of principal executive offices)

(702) 693-7120

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer    ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act):    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date:

 

Class

  

Outstanding at October 31, 2011

Common Stock, $.01 par value    488,830,987 shares

 

 

 


Table of Contents

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL AND SUBSIDIARIES

FORM 10-Q

I N D E X

 

     Page  

PART I.

   FINANCIAL INFORMATION   

Item 1.

  

Financial Statements (Unaudited)

  
  

Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

     1   
  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Months and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010

     2   
  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010

     3   
  

Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     4-28   

Item 2.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     29-44   

Item 3.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     44   

Item 4.

  

Controls and Procedures

     44   

PART II.   

   OTHER INFORMATION   

Item 1.

  

Legal Proceedings

     45   

Item 1A.

  

Risk Factors

     46   

Item 2.

  

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

     52   

Item 6.

  

Exhibits

     52   

SIGNATURES

     53   


Table of Contents

Part I.    FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Financial Statements

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 
ASSETS   

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,815,125      $ 498,964   

Accounts receivable, net

     463,407        321,894   

Inventories

     104,279        96,392   

Income tax receivable

     —          175,982   

Deferred income taxes

     79,458        110,092   

Prepaid expenses and other

     259,538        252,321   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,721,807        1,455,645   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     14,868,394        14,554,350   

Other assets

    

Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates

     1,659,719        1,923,155   

Goodwill

     2,905,378        86,353   

Other intangible assets, net

     5,120,662        342,804   

Other long-term assets, net

     577,063        598,738   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other assets

     10,262,822        2,951,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 27,853,023      $ 18,961,045   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 158,477      $ 167,084   

Income taxes payable

     2,639        —     

Current portion of long-term debt

     351,608        —     

Accrued interest on long-term debt

     240,780        211,914   

Other accrued liabilities

     1,261,843        867,223   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,015,347        1,246,221   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

     2,603,418        2,469,333   

Long-term debt

     13,099,074        12,047,698   

Other long-term obligations

     193,578        199,248   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

    

Stockholders’ equity

    

Common stock, $.01 par value: authorized 1,000,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 488,643,408 and 488,513,351 shares

     4,886        4,885   

Capital in excess of par value

     4,085,783        4,060,826   

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     2,161,463        (1,066,865

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (3,276     (301
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total MGM Resorts International stockholders’ equity

     6,248,856        2,998,545   

Noncontrolling interests

     3,692,750        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     9,941,606        2,998,545   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 27,853,023      $ 18,961,045   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying condensed notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

1


Table of Contents

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Revenues

        

Casino

   $ 1,241,959     $ 643,395     $ 2,629,674     $ 1,862,039  

Rooms

     405,173       352,766       1,170,301       1,039,472  

Food and beverage

     369,484       343,180       1,078,268       1,019,553  

Entertainment

     132,350       123,907       382,037       364,524  

Retail

     55,509       52,618       155,951       147,569  

Other

     128,204       124,033       371,253       354,288  

Reimbursed costs

     87,144       88,551       262,914       272,235  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,419,823       1,728,450       6,050,398       5,059,680  

Less: Promotional allowances

     (186,236     (161,333     (497,975     (478,981
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,233,587       1,567,117       5,552,423       4,580,699  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

        

Casino

     795,652       356,218       1,632,382       1,067,025  

Rooms

     125,864       111,711       366,736       320,466  

Food and beverage

     214,412       197,836       628,559       585,123  

Entertainment

     96,889       91,129       279,605       272,386  

Retail

     32,641       32,093       94,279       90,671  

Other

     90,021       88,144       256,710       250,298  

Reimbursed costs

     87,144       88,551       262,914       272,235  

General and administrative

     304,049       292,456       875,193       850,914  

Corporate expense

     43,523       30,715       120,024       87,543  

Preopening and start-up expenses

     —          30       (316     4,061  

Property transactions, net

     81,837       326,681       82,828       1,453,652  

Gain on MGM China transaction

     —          —          (3,496,005     —     

Depreciation and amortization

     249,520       158,857       579,384       486,757  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,121,552       1,774,421       1,682,293       5,741,131  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates

     539       1,403       95,909       (105,709
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     112,574       (205,901     3,966,039       (1,266,141
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating income (expense)

        

Interest expense

     (272,542     (285,139     (812,680     (840,483

Non-operating items from unconsolidated affiliates

     (24,692     (27,185     (92,984     (82,109

Other, net

     (1,595     7,298       (18,567     157,742  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (298,829     (305,026     (924,231     (764,850
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (186,255     (510,927     3,041,808       (2,030,991

Benefit for income taxes

     79,680       192,936       212,437       732,783  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (106,575     (317,991     3,254,245       (1,298,208

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (17,211     —          (25,917     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to MGM Resorts International

   $ (123,786   $ (317,991   $ 3,228,328     $ (1,298,208
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) per share of common stock attributable to MGM Resorts International

        

Basic

   $ (0.25   $ (0.72   $ 6.61     $ (2.94
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.25   $ (0.72   $ 5.83     $ (2.94
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

2


Table of Contents

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2011     2010  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,254,245     $ (1,298,208

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     579,384       486,757  

Amortization of debt discounts, premiums and issuance costs

     70,312       64,177  

Gain on retirement of long-term debt

     (717     (140,642

Provision for doubtful accounts

     19,296       22,722  

Stock-based compensation

     28,661       26,156  

Property transactions, net

     82,828       1,453,652  

Gain on MGM China transaction

     (3,496,005     —     

(Income) loss from unconsolidated affiliates

     (2,925     191,312  

Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates

     54,436       27,910  

Change in deferred income taxes

     (222,631     (587,172

Change in current assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (107,133     (12,578

Inventories

     394       8,330  

Income taxes receivable and payable, net

     178,654       195,831  

Prepaid expenses and other

     6,984       (11,528

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     22,500       (46,654

Other

     12,757       333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     481,040       380,398  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Capital expenditures, net of construction payable

     (176,324     (128,539

Dispositions of property and equipment

     148       6,674  

Acquisition of MGM China, net of cash acquired

     407,046       —     

Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates

     (107,648     (408,000

Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates

     3,077       —     

Distributions from cost method investments

     —          110,176  

Investments in treasury securities - maturities longer than 90 days

     (240,239     —     

Proceeds from treasury securities - maturities longer than 90 days

     240,070       —     

Other

     (253     (1,233
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     125,877       (420,922
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Net repayments under bank credit facilities – maturities of 90 days or less

     (438,880     (2,902,807

Borrowings under bank credit facilities – maturities longer than 90 days

     5,774,985       8,302,606  

Repayments under bank credit facilities – maturities longer than 90 days

     (4,568,257     (7,521,601

Issuance of senior notes

     311,415       1,995,000  

Retirement of senior notes

     (365,136     (1,154,479

Debt issuance costs

     —          (98,531

Capped call transactions

     —          (81,478

Other

     (4,550     (1,636
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     709,577       (1,462,926
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate on cash

     (333     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

    

Net increase (decrease) for the period

     1,316,161       (1,503,450

Balance, beginning of period

     498,964       2,056,207  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 1,815,125     $ 552,757  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow disclosures

    

Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized

   $ 713,960      $ 759,557  

Federal, state and foreign income taxes paid, net of refunds

     (171,032     (331,218

Non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Increase in investment in CityCenter related to change in completion guarantee liability

   $ 20,460     $ 348,317  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION

Organization. MGM Resorts International (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation that acts largely as a holding company and, through wholly owned subsidiaries, owns and/or operates casino resorts. As of September 30, 2011, approximately 23% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock were owned by Tracinda Corporation, a Nevada corporation wholly owned by Kirk Kerkorian. Tracinda Corporation has significant influence with respect to the election of directors and other matters, but it does not have the power to solely determine these matters.

The Company owns and operates the following casino resorts in Las Vegas, Nevada: Bellagio, MGM Grand Las Vegas, The Mirage, Mandalay Bay, Luxor, New York-New York, Monte Carlo, Excalibur, and Circus Circus Las Vegas. Operations at MGM Grand Las Vegas include management of The Signature at MGM Grand Las Vegas, a condominium-hotel consisting of three towers. Other Nevada operations include Circus Circus Reno, Gold Strike in Jean, and Railroad Pass in Henderson. The Company and its local partners own and operate MGM Grand Detroit in Detroit, Michigan. The Company owns and operates two resorts in Mississippi: Beau Rivage in Biloxi and Gold Strike Tunica. The Company also owns Shadow Creek, an exclusive world-class golf course located approximately ten miles north of its Las Vegas Strip resorts, Primm Valley Golf Club at the California/Nevada state line and Fallen Oak golf course in Saucier, Mississippi.

The Company owns 51% and has a controlling interest in MGM China Holdings Limited (“MGM China”), which owns MGM Grand Paradise, S.A. (“MGM Grand Paradise”), the Macau company that owns the MGM Macau resort and casino and the related gaming subconcession and land concession. MGM Macau is a five-star integrated resort located on the Macau Peninsula, with a 587-room hotel, over 1,000 slot machines and over 400 table games. See Note 3 for additional information related to MGM China.

The Company owns 50% of CityCenter, located between Bellagio and Monte Carlo. The other 50% of CityCenter is owned by Infinity World Development Corp (“Infinity World”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Dubai World, a Dubai, United Arab Emirates government decree entity. CityCenter consists of Aria, a casino resort; Mandarin Oriental Las Vegas, a non-gaming boutique hotel; Crystals, a retail, dining and entertainment district; and Vdara, a luxury condominium-hotel. In addition, CityCenter features residential units in the Residences at Mandarin Oriental and Veer. The Company receives a management fee of 2% of revenues for the management of Aria and Vdara, and 5% of EBITDA (as defined in the agreements governing the Company’s management of Aria and Vdara). In addition, the Company receives an annual fee of $3 million for the management of Crystals.

The Company has 50% interests in Grand Victoria and Silver Legacy. Grand Victoria is a riverboat casino in Elgin, Illinois; an affiliate of Hyatt Gaming owns the other 50% of Grand Victoria and also operates the resort. Silver Legacy is located in Reno, adjacent to Circus Circus Reno, and the other 50% is owned by Eldorado LLC. See Note 5 for additional information related to Silver Legacy.

MGM Hospitality seeks to leverage the Company’s management expertise and well-recognized brands through strategic partnerships and international expansion opportunities. The Company has entered into management agreements for hotels in the Middle East, North Africa, India and China.

Borgata. The Company has a 50% economic interest in Borgata Hotel Casino & Spa (“Borgata”) located on Renaissance Pointe in the Marina area of Atlantic City, New Jersey. Boyd Gaming Corporation (“Boyd”) owns the other 50% of Borgata and also operates the resort. The Company’s interest is held in trust and currently offered for sale pursuant to the Company’s settlement agreement with New Jersey Department of Gaming Enforcement (“DGE”). In March 2010, the New Jersey Casino Control Commission (“CCC”) approved the Company’s settlement agreement with the DGE pursuant to which the Company placed its 50% ownership interest in Borgata and related leased land in Atlantic City into a divestiture trust. The settlement agreement was amended on July 22, 2011 with the approval of the CCC on August 8, 2011. Following the transfer of these interests into trust, the Company ceased to be regulated by the CCC or the DGE, except as otherwise provided by the trust agreement and the settlement agreement. Boyd’s 50% interest is not affected by the settlement.

The terms of the settlement agreement, as amended, mandate the sale of the trust property by March 2014, which represents an 18-month extension compared to the original agreement. During the period ending in March 2013, which also represents an 18-month extension compared to the original agreement, the Company has the right to direct the trustee to sell the trust property, subject to approval of the CCC. If a sale is not concluded by that time, the trustee is responsible for selling the trust property during the following 12-month period. Prior to the consummation of the sale, the divestiture trust will retain any cash flows received in respect of the trust property, but will pay property taxes and other costs attributable to the trust property. The Company is the sole economic beneficiary of the trust and will be permitted to reapply for a New Jersey gaming license

 

4


Table of Contents

beginning 30 months after the completion of the sale of the trust assets. As of September 30, 2011, the trust had $188 million of cash and investments, of which $150 million is held in U.S. treasury securities with maturities greater than three months but less than one year, and is recorded within “Prepaid expenses and other.”

As a result of the Company’s ownership interest in Borgata being placed into a trust, the Company no longer has significant influence over Borgata; therefore, the Company discontinued the equity method of accounting for Borgata at the point the assets were placed in the trust in March 2010, and accounts for its investment in Borgata under the cost method of accounting. The carrying value of the investment related to Borgata is included in “Other long-term assets, net.” Earnings and losses that relate to the investment that were previously accrued remain as a part of the carrying amount of the investment. Distributions received by the trust that do not exceed the Company’s share of earnings are recognized currently in earnings. However, distributions received by the trust that exceed the Company’s share of earnings for such periods are applied to reduce the carrying amount of its investment. The Company consolidates the trust as it is the sole economic beneficiary. The trust did not receive distributions from Borgata during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011. In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, the trust received distributions from the joint venture of $105 million and $120 million, of which $10 million was paid to Boyd in accordance with the joint venture agreement, as amended. The Company recorded $88 million and $94 million as a reduction in the carrying value and $7 million and $16 million was recorded as “Other, net” non-operating income in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively.

In July 2010, the Company entered into an agreement to sell four long-term ground leases and their respective underlying real property parcels, approximately 11.3 acres, underlying the Borgata for $73 million. The Company closed the transaction in November 2010.

The Company recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of approximately $128 million at September 30, 2010 which decreased the carrying value of its investment in Borgata to approximately $250 million. The impairment charge was based on an offer received from a potential buyer at that time. The Company ultimately did not reach final agreement with such buyer. The Company continues to negotiate with other parties who have expressed interest in the asset, but can provide no assurance that a transaction will be completed.

NOTE 2— BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted. These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s 2010 annual consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments – which include only normal recurring adjustments – necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2011 and the results of its operations and cash flows for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. The results of operations for such periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

As further discussed in Note 3, the Company began consolidating the results of MGM China on June 3, 2011 and ceased recording the results of MGM Macau as an equity method investment.

Certain reclassifications, which have no effect on previously reported net income, have been made to the 2010 financial statements to conform to the 2011 presentation. The Company reclassified hotel resort fees to rooms revenue from other revenue. The total amounts reclassified to rooms revenue for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 were $21 million and $49 million, respectively. Pursuant to the guidance in the recently issued AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide Gaming , the Company has also reclassified certain amounts paid under slot participation agreements from a reduction in casino revenue to casino expense. Slot participation fees were $9 million and $25 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, and $9 million and $28 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. Subsequent to the issuance of the Company’s September 30, 2010 financial statements, CityCenter Holdings corrected its September 30, 2010 standalone financial statements pertaining to the allocation of construction costs to residential real estate which subsequently resulted in the reversal of $17 million in residential impairment charges for the period ending September 30, 2010. The Company recorded 50% of the impairment charge calculated prior to this adjustment in its equity method accounting in

 

5


Table of Contents

its financial statements for the period ended September 30, 2010. This adjustment had no impact on the Company’s reported net income because it had an offsetting effect on the Company’s impairment charge related to its investment in CityCenter at September 30, 2010. The Company has reclassified approximately $9 million related to its share of the adjustment from “income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates” to “property transactions, net” for the three and nine month periods ending September 30, 2010.

Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates. The Company has investments in unconsolidated affiliates accounted for under the equity method. Under the equity method, carrying value is adjusted for the Company’s share of the investees’ earnings and losses, as well as capital contributions to and distributions from these companies. Distributions in excess of equity method earnings are recognized as a return of investment and recorded as investing cash inflows in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company classifies operating income and losses as well as gains and impairments related to its investments in unconsolidated affiliates as a component of operating income or loss, as the Company’s investments in such unconsolidated affiliates are an extension of the Company’s core business operations.

The Company evaluates its investments in unconsolidated affiliates for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of its investment may have experienced an “other-than-temporary” decline in value. If such conditions exist, the Company compares the estimated fair value of the investment to its carrying value to determine if an impairment is indicated and determines whether the impairment is “other-than-temporary” based on its assessment of all relevant factors, including consideration of the Company’s intent and ability to retain its investment. The Company estimates fair value using a discounted cash flow analysis based on estimated future results of the investee and market indicators of terminal year capitalization rates.

Fair value measurement. Fair value measurements affect the Company’s accounting and impairment assessments of its long-lived assets, investments in unconsolidated affiliates, cost method investments, assets acquired and liabilities assumed in an acquisition, goodwill, and other intangible assets. Fair value measurements also affect the Company’s accounting for certain of its financial assets and liabilities. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and is measured according to a hierarchy that includes: “Level 1” inputs, such as quoted prices in an active market; “Level 2” inputs, which are observable inputs for similar assets; or “Level 3” inputs, which are unobservable inputs.

The Company assessed the fair value of Circus Circus Reno using “Level 3” inputs. See Note 13 for additional information related to the impairment of Circus Circus Reno. When assessing the impairment of its investment in CityCenter at June 30, 2010 and at September 30, 2010, the Company estimated fair value utilizing “Level 3” inputs. See Note 5 for additional discussion. At September 30, 2011, the fair value of the Company’s treasury securities held by the Borgata trust was $150 million, measured using “Level 1” inputs. See Note 1 for additional information related to the Borgata trust. The Company’s $300 million 4.25% convertible senior notes due 2015 issued in June 2011 were recorded at fair value on the issue date, measured using “Level 1” inputs. See Note 8 for further discussion of the convertible senior note issuance.

Property and equipment. The Company evaluates its property and equipment and other long-lived assets for impairment based on its classification as a) held for sale or b) to be held and used. Several criteria must be met before an asset is classified as held for sale, including that management with the appropriate authority commits to a plan to sell the asset at a reasonable price in relation to its fair value and is actively seeking a buyer. For assets held for sale, the Company recognizes the asset at the lower of carrying value or fair market value less costs to sell, as estimated based on comparable asset sales, offers received, or a discounted cash flow model. For assets to be held and used, the Company reviews for impairment whenever indicators of impairment exist. The Company then compares the estimated future cash flows of the asset, on an undiscounted basis, to the carrying value of the asset. If the undiscounted cash flows exceed the carrying value, no impairment is indicated. If the undiscounted cash flows do not exceed the carrying value, then an impairment is recorded based on the fair value of the asset, typically measured using a discounted cash flow model. If an asset is still under development, future cash flows include remaining construction costs. All recognized impairment losses, whether for assets held for sale or assets to be held and used, are recorded as operating expenses. As discussed above, the Company recorded an impairment on Circus Circus Reno in the quarter ended September 30, 2011.

Gaming promoters. A significant portion of the high-end (“VIP”) gaming volume at MGM Macau is generated through the use of gaming promoters, also known as junket operators. These operators introduce high-end gaming players to MGM Macau, assist these customers with travel arrangements, and extend gaming credit to these players. VIP gaming at MGM Macau is conducted by the use of special purpose nonnegotiable gaming chips called “rolling chips.” Gaming promoters purchase these rolling chips from

 

6


Table of Contents

MGM Macau and in turn they sell these chips to their players. The rolling chips allow MGM Macau to track the amount of wagering conducted by each gaming promoters’ clients in order to determine VIP gaming play. In exchange for the gaming promoters’ services, MGM Macau pays them either through rolling chip turnover-based commissions or through revenue-sharing arrangements. The estimated portion of the gaming promoter payments that represent amounts passed through to VIP customers is recorded net against casino revenue, and the estimated portion retained by the gaming promoter for its compensation is recorded to casino expense.

Currency translation. The Company translates the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries that are not denominated in U.S. dollars. Balance sheet accounts are translated at the exchange rate in effect at each balance sheet date. Income statement accounts are translated at the average rate of exchange prevailing during the period. Translation adjustments resulting from this process are charged or credited to other comprehensive income (loss).

Recently issued accounting standards. Certain amendments to Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, “Fair Value Measurements,” become effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Such amendments include a consistent definition of fair value, enhanced disclosure requirements for “Level 3” fair value adjustments and other changes to required disclosures. The Company does not expect this amendment to have a material effect on its financial statements and will comply with the disclosure enhancements of this amendment when the amendment is effective.

In June 2011, ASC 220, “Comprehensive Income,” was amended and will become effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, including retrospective adjustment. Such amendments allow the Company two options for the presentation of comprehensive income. Under either option, the Company is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. As a result of the amendment, the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity is eliminated. The Company does not expect this amendment to have a material effect on its financial statements and will comply with the disclosure enhancements of this amendment when the amendment is effective.

In September 2011, ASC 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Others,” was amended to simplify the assessment of goodwill impairment and will become effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The amended guidance allows the Company to do an initial qualitative assessment of relative events and circumstances to determine if fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than not less than its carrying value, prior to performing the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The Company does not expect this amendment to have a material effect on its financial statements and will comply with the disclosure enhancements of this amendment when the amendment is effective.

NOTE 3 — MGM CHINA ACQUISITION

On June 3, 2011, the Company and Ms. Ho, Pansy Catilina Chiu King (“Ms. Pansy Ho”) completed a reorganization of the capital structure of MGM China and the initial public offering of 760 million shares of MGM China on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “IPO”), representing 20% of the post issuance capital stock of MGM China, at an offer price of HKD 15.34 per share. Pursuant to this reorganization, the Company, through a wholly owned subsidiary, acquired an additional 1% of the overall capital stock of MGM China for HKD 15.34 per share, or approximately $75 million, and thereby became the indirect owner of 51% of MGM China. Following the IPO, Ms. Pansy Ho sold an additional 59 million shares of MGM China pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option.

Through the acquisition of its additional 1% interest of MGM China, the Company obtained a controlling interest and was required to consolidate MGM China as of June 3, 2011. Prior to the IPO, the Company held a 50% interest in MGM Grand Paradise, which was accounted for under the equity method as discussed in Note 5. The acquisition of the controlling financial interest was accounted for as a business combination and the Company recognized 100% of the assets, liabilities, and noncontrolling interests of MGM China at fair value at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the equity interests of MGM China was determined by the IPO transaction price and equaled approximately $7.5 billion. The carrying value of the Company’s equity method investment was significantly less than its share of the fair value of MGM China at the acquisition date, resulting in a $3.5 billion gain on the acquisition. Under the acquisition method, the fair value was allocated to the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests recorded in the transaction. The allocation of fair value for substantially all of the assets and liabilities is preliminary and may be adjusted up

 

7


Table of Contents

to one year after the acquisition date. The following table sets forth the preliminary allocation at June 3, 2011 (in thousands):

 

Current assets

   $ 558,037  

Property and equipment and other long-term assets

     704,823  

Goodwill

     2,821,589  

Gaming subconcession

     4,499,727  

Land concession

     84,466  

Customer lists

     128,564  

Gaming promoter relationships

     179,989  

Current liabilities, excluding long-term debt

     (459,518

Long-term debt

     (642,818

Deferred taxes

     (380,628
  

 

 

 
   $ 7,494,231  
  

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

   $ (3,672,173
  

 

 

 

As discussed above, the Company recognized the identifiable intangible assets of MGM China at fair value. The gaming subconcession and land concession had historical cost bases which were being amortized by MGM Macau. The customer relationship intangible assets did not have historical cost bases at MGM Macau. The estimated fair values of the intangible assets acquired were primarily determined using the income approach based on significant inputs that were not observable. The gaming subconcession was valued using an excess earnings model based on estimated future cash flows of MGM Macau. All of the recognized intangible assets were determined to have finite lives and are being amortized over their estimated useful lives as discussed below.

Gaming subconcession. Pursuant to the agreement dated June 19, 2004 between MGM Grand Paradise and Sociedade de Jogos de Macau, S.A. (“SJM”), a gaming subconcession was acquired by MGM Grand Paradise for the right to operate casino games of chance and other casino games for a period of 15 years commencing on April 20, 2005. The Company cannot provide any assurance that the gaming subconcession will be extended beyond the original terms of the agreement; however, management believes that the gaming subconcession will be extended, given that the land concession agreement with the government extends significantly beyond the gaming subconcession. In addition, management believes that the fair value of MGM China reflected in the IPO pricing suggests that market participants have assumed the gaming subconcession will be extended beyond its initial term. As such, the Company has determined that the gaming subconcession intangible asset should be amortized on a straight-line basis over the initial term of the land concession through April 2031.

Land concession. MGM Grand Paradise entered into a contract with the Macau government to use the land under MGM Macau commencing from April 6, 2006. The land use right has an initial term through April 6, 2031, subject to renewal for additional periods. The land concession intangible asset will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining initial contractual term.

Customer lists. The Company recognized an intangible asset related to customer lists with an estimated value of $129 million, which will be amortized on an accelerated basis over its estimated useful life of five years.

Gaming promoter relationships. The Company recognized an intangible asset related to its relationships with gaming promoters, which will be amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of four years.

Deferred taxes. The Company recorded a net deferred tax liability of $381 million for the acquisition of the controlling financial interest in MGM China and a corresponding increase to goodwill. The net deferred tax liability represents the excess of the financial reporting amounts of the net assets of MGM China over their respective bases under Macau tax law measured at the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods such differences are expected to be realized, net of a valuation allowance of $72 million. The tax-effected components of the net deferred tax liability at June 3, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Deferred tax assets- foreign

  

Accruals, reserves and other

   $ 121  

Bad debt reserve

     3,161  

Long-term debt

     2,816  

Net operating loss carryforward

     58,781  

Preopening and start-up expenses

     3,838  

Property and equipment

     7,822  
  

 

 

 
     76,539  

Less: Valuation allowance

     (71,670
  

 

 

 
     4,869  
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities- foreign

  

Intangible assets

     (385,497
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (380,628
  

 

 

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Income generated from gaming operations of MGM Grand Paradise is exempted from Macau’s 12% complementary tax through the period ending December 31, 2016 pursuant to approval from the Macau government granted on September 22, 2011. Non-gaming operations remain subject to the complementary tax. MGM Grand Paradise has a complementary tax net operating loss carryforward of $490 million resulting from non-gaming operations that will expire if not utilized against non-gaming income in years 2011 through 2013. The Macanese net operating loss carryforwards are fully offset by a valuation allowance.

MGM Grand Paradise’s exemption from the Macau 12% complementary tax on gaming profits does not apply to dividend distributions of such profits to MGM China, its sole shareholder. The complementary tax would be levied on MGM China at the time such profits are distributed. MGM Grand Paradise has submitted a request to the Macau government to settle the complementary tax that would be due on such distributions by paying a flat annual fee regardless of the amount of distributable dividends. MGM China would not be subject to the complementary tax on such distributions if such an arrangement were in place.

At June 3, 2011, the Company had an excess amount for financial reporting over the U.S. tax basis of its investment in MGM China of $3.6 billion that management does not consider to be essentially permanent in duration. The Company expects this basis difference to resolve through repatriations of future MGM China earnings. The Company has not provided deferred taxes for such excess financial reporting basis because there would be sufficient foreign tax credits to offset all U.S. income tax that would result from the future repatriation of such earnings.

Consolidated results. MGM China’s net revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2011 was $623 million, operating income was $41 million and net income was $30 million. Net revenue for the period from June 3, 2011 through September 30, 2011 was $816 million, operating income was $60 million and net income was $45 million.

Pro forma information. The operating results for MGM China and its subsidiaries are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of income from the date of acquisition. The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information for the Company has been prepared assuming the Company’s acquisition of its controlling financial interest had occurred as of January 1, 2010 and does not include the gain recognized by the Company:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Net revenues

   $ 6,623,454     $ 5,582,038  

Operating income (loss)

     480,664       (1,402,217

Net loss

     (247,991     (1,444,177

Net loss attributable to MGM Resorts International

     (323,876     (1,394,002

Loss per share of common stock attributable to MGM Resorts International:

    

Basic

   $ (0.66   $ (3.16

Diluted

   $ (0.66   $ (3.16

NOTE 4 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Casino

   $ 327,702     $ 229,318  

Hotel

     160,845       119,887  

Other

     85,229       66,449  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     573,776       415,654  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (110,369     (93,760
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 463,407     $ 321,894  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

9


Table of Contents

NOTE 5 — INVESTMENTS IN AND ADVANCES TO UNCONSOLIDATED AFFILIATES

Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates includes:

 

     September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands)  

CityCenter Holdings, LLC – CityCenter (50%)

   $ 1,331,887      $ 1,417,843  

Elgin Riverboat Resort–Riverboat Casino – Grand Victoria (50%)

     291,228        294,305  

MGM Grand Paradise Limited – Macau (50%)

     —           173,030  

Circus and Eldorado Joint Venture – Silver Legacy (50%)

     25,372        25,408  

Other

     11,232        12,569  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,659,719      $ 1,923,155  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recorded its share of the results of operations of unconsolidated affiliates as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates

   $ 539     $ 1,403     $ 95,909     $ (105,709

Preopening and start-up expenses

     —          —          —          (3,494

Non-operating items from unconsolidated affiliates

     (24,692     (27,185     (92,984     (82,109
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (24,153   $ (25,782   $ 2,925     $ (191,312
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borgata

As discussed in Note 1, the Company discontinued the equity method of accounting for Borgata in March 2010 at the point the assets were placed in the trust, and accounts for its rights under the trust arrangement under the cost method of accounting.

Silver Legacy

Silver Legacy has approximately $143 million of outstanding senior notes due in March 2012. Silver Legacy is exploring various alternatives for refinancing or restructuring its obligations under the notes. There can be no assurance, however, that it will be able to refinance or restructure the notes on acceptable terms, or at all. If Silver Legacy is unable to refinance or restructure its obligations with respect to the mortgage notes, the holders of the notes will be entitled to exercise the remedies provided in the indenture governing the notes, including foreclosing on the assets securing the mortgage notes.

MGM Macau

As discussed in Note 3, the Company obtained a controlling financial interest in MGM China as of June 3, 2011 and therefore was required to consolidate MGM China beginning on that date. Prior thereto, the Company’s investment in MGM Grand Paradise was accounted for under the equity method. Prior to the transaction the Company received distributions from MGM Macau of approximately $192 million in the fourth quarter of 2010 and $31 million in the first quarter of 2011. No distributions have been received from MGM China subsequent to June 3, 2011.

CityCenter

January 2011 debt restructuring transactions. In January 2011, CityCenter completed a series of transactions including the issuance of $900 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.625% senior secured first lien notes due 2016 and $600 million in aggregate principal amount of 10.75%/11.50% senior secured second lien PIK toggle notes due 2017 in a private placement. The interest rate on the second lien notes is 10.75% for interest paid in cash, and 11.50% if CityCenter pays interest in the form of additional debt. CityCenter received net proceeds from the offering of the notes of $1.46 billion after initial purchaser’s discounts and commissions but before other offering expenses.

Effective concurrently with the notes offering, CityCenter’s senior credit facility was amended and restated which extended the maturity of $500 million of the $1.85 billion outstanding loans until January 21,

 

10


Table of Contents

2015. The restated senior credit facility does not include a revolving loan component. All borrowings under the senior credit facility in excess of $500 million were repaid using the proceeds of the first lien notes and the second lien notes. In addition, net proceeds from the note offerings, together with equity contributions of $73 million from the members, were used to fund the interest escrow account of $159 million for the benefit of the holders of the first lien notes and the lenders under the restated senior credit facility. The restated senior credit facility is secured, on a pari passu basis with the first lien notes, by a first priority lien on substantially all of CityCenter’s assets and those of its subsidiaries, except that any proceeds generated by the sale of Crystals outside of bankruptcy or foreclosure proceedings will be paid first to the lenders under the restated senior credit facility. CityCenter recorded a loss on the debt modification of $24 million in the first quarter of 2011 related to the above transactions.

Completion guarantee. The Company entered into an amended completion and cost overrun guarantee in connection with CityCenter’s restated senior credit facility agreement and issuance of $1.5 billion of senior secured first lien notes and senior secured second lien notes, as discussed in Note 9.

Investment impairment. At June 30, 2010, the Company reviewed its CityCenter investment for impairment using revised operating forecasts developed by CityCenter management late in the second quarter. Based on the then current and forecasted market conditions and because CityCenter’s results of operations through June 30, 2010 were below previous forecasts, and the revised operating forecasts were lower than previous forecasts, management concluded it should review the carrying value of its investment. Based on its analysis, the Company determined that the carrying value of its investment exceeded its fair value and therefore an impairment was indicated. The Company intends to and believes it will be able to retain its investment in CityCenter; however, due to the extent of the shortfall and the Company’s assessment of the uncertainty of fully recovering its investment, the Company determined that the impairment was “other-than-temporary” and recorded an impairment charge of $1.12 billion included in “Property transactions, net.”

At September 30, 2010, the Company recognized an increase of $232 million in its total net obligation under its CityCenter completion guarantee, and a corresponding increase in its investment in CityCenter. The increase primarily reflects revisions to prior estimates based on the Company’s assessment of the most current information derived from the CityCenter close-out and litigation processes and does not reflect certain potential recoveries that are being pursued as part of the litigation process. The Company completed an impairment review as of September 30, 2010 and as a result recorded an additional “other-than-temporary” impairment of $191 million in the third quarter of 2010, included in “Property transactions, net.”

The Company’s discounted cash flow analysis for CityCenter included future cash inflows from operations, including residential sales, and estimated future cash outflows for capital expenditures. Both analyses used an 11% discount rate and a long-term growth rate of 4% related to forecasted cash flows for CityCenter’s operating assets.

Residential inventory impairment. Upon substantial completion of construction of the Mandarin Oriental residential inventory in the first quarter of 2010 and the Veer residential inventory in the second quarter of 2010, CityCenter is required to carry its residential inventory at the lower of its carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Fair value of the residential inventory is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis based on management’s current expectations of future cash flows. The key inputs in the discounted cash flow analysis include estimated sales prices of units currently under contract and new unit sales, the absorption rate over the sell-out period, and the discount rate.

CityCenter recorded a residential impairment charge of $53 million in the second quarter of 2011. The Company recognized 50% of such impairment charge, resulting in a pre-tax charge of approximately $26 million.

In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, CityCenter recorded residential impairment charges of $76 million and $304 million, respectively. The Company recognized 50% of such impairment charges, resulting in pre-tax charges of approximately $38 million and $152 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively.

Harmon. During the third quarter of 2010, CityCenter management determined that it was unlikely that the Harmon Hotel & Spa (“Harmon”) would be completed using the building as it stood. As a result, CityCenter recorded an impairment charge of $279 million in the third quarter of 2010 related to construction in progress assets. The impairment of Harmon did not affect the Company’s loss from unconsolidated affiliates in the third quarter of 2010, because the Company’s 50% share of the impairment charge had previously been recognized by the Company in connection with prior impairments of its investment balance. See Note 9 for additional information about Harmon.

 

11


Table of Contents

CityCenter summary financial information. Summarized balance sheet information of the CityCenter joint venture is as follows:

 

     September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Current assets

   $ 430,584      $ 211,646  

Property and other long-term assets, net

     9,141,186        9,430,171  

Current liabilities

     332,243        381,314  

Long-term debt and other liabilities

     2,550,116        2,752,196  

Equity

     6,689,411        6,508,307  

Summary results of operations for CityCenter are provided below:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Net revenues

   $ 260,002     $ 413,483     $ 812,906     $ 1,074,877  

Operating expenses, except preopening expenses

     (300,011     (796,929     (979,560     (1,835,541

Preopening and start-up expenses

     —          —          —          (6,202
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (40,009     (383,446     (166,654     (766,866

Other non-operating expense

     (66,628     (65,806     (220,979     (179,252
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (106,637   $ (449,252   $ (387,633   $ (946,118
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues related to residential operations were $5 million and $20 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively and $166 million and $464 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively.

NOTE 6 — GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill and other intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Goodwill:

     

Mirage Resorts acquisition (2000)

   $ 39,648      $ 39,648  

Mandalay Resort Group acquisition (2005)

     45,510        45,510  

MGM China acquisition (2011)

     2,819,025        —     

Other

     1,195        1,195  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,905,378      $ 86,353  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets:

     

Detroit development rights

   $ 98,098      $ 98,098  

Trademarks, license rights and other

     234,573        235,672  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     332,671        333,770  

Finite-lived intangible assets:

     

Macau gaming subconcession

     4,421,487        —     

Macau land concession

     82,998        —     

Macau customer lists

     109,794        —     

Macau gaming promoter relationships

     165,132        —     

Other intangible assets, net

     8,580        9,034  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,787,991        9,034  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,120,662      $ 342,804  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Note 3 for additional information related to the goodwill and intangible assets recognized as part of the MGM China transaction.

 

12


Table of Contents

NOTE 7 — OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Other accrued liabilities includes:

 

     September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Payroll and related

   $ 313,020      $ 256,305  

Advance deposits and ticket sales

     123,813        114,808  

Casino outstanding chip liability

     259,776        79,987  

Casino front money deposits

     87,797        97,586  

Other gaming related accruals

     144,544        79,062  

Taxes, other than income taxes

     171,424        63,888  

CityCenter completion guarantee

     13,648        79,583  

Other

     147,821        96,004  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,261,843      $ 867,223  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 8 — LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

     September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Senior credit facility:

    

$1,834 million term loans, net

   $ 1,717,494     $ 1,686,043  

Revolving loans

     1,329,000       470,000  

MGM Grand Paradise credit facility

     551,020       —     

$325.5 million 8.375% senior subordinated notes, repaid in 2011

     —          325,470  

$128.7 million 6.375% senior notes, due 2011, net

     128,731       128,913  

$534.7 million 6.75% senior notes, due 2012

     534,650       544,650  

$462.2 million 6.75% senior notes, due 2013

     462,226       484,226  

$150 million 7.625% senior subordinated debentures, due 2013, net

     151,709       152,366  

$750 million 13% senior secured notes, due 2013, net

     723,616       716,045  

$508.9 million 5.875% senior notes, due 2014, net

     508,153       507,922  

$650 million 10.375% senior secured notes, due 2014, net

     639,147       636,578  

$875 million 6.625% senior notes, due 2015, net

     877,345       877,747  

$1,450 million 4.25% convertible senior notes, due 2015, net

     1,466,390       1,150,000  

$242.9 million 6.875% senior notes, due 2016

     242,900       242,900  

$732.7 million 7.5% senior notes, due 2016

     732,749       732,749  

$500 million 10% senior notes, due 2016, net

     495,130       494,600  

$743 million 7.625% senior notes, due 2017

     743,000       743,000  

$850 million 11.125% senior secured notes, due 2017, net

     831,721       830,234  

$475 million 11.375% senior notes, due 2018, net

     464,651       463,869  

$845 million 9% senior secured notes, due 2020

     845,000       845,000  

Floating rate convertible senior debentures, due 2033

     36       8,472  

$0.6 million 7% debentures, due 2036, net

     573       573  

$4.3 million 6.7% debentures, due 2096

     4,265       4,265  

Other notes

     1,176       2,076  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     13,450,682       12,047,698  

Less: Current portion

     (351,608     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 13,099,074     $ 12,047,698  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In September 2011, the Company borrowed an additional $879 million under its senior credit facility to increase its capacity for issuing additional secured indebtedness; these borrowings were repaid immediately after quarter end. As a result, outstanding senior notes due within one year of the balance sheet date in excess of the available capacity under the Company’s senior credit facility were classified as current obligations at September 30, 2011. Amounts outstanding under the MGM Grand Paradise credit facility were classified as long-term as MGM Grand Paradise has both the intent and ability to repay amortization payments under the term loan due within one year of the balance sheet date with available borrowings under the revolving loan.

 

13


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2010, long-term debt due within one year of the balance sheet date was classified as long-term because the Company had both the intent and ability to repay these amounts with available borrowings under the senior credit facility. The Company did not capitalize interest in the three and nine months ending September 30, 2011 and 2010.

Senior credit facility. The Company’s senior credit facility matures in February 2014 and consists of approximately $1.8 billion in term loans and a $1.7 billion revolving loan. Giving effect to the subsequent repayment discussed above, the Company would have had approximately $1.2 billion of available borrowing capacity under its senior credit facility at September 30, 2011. Substantially all of the assets of MGM Grand Detroit serve as collateral to secure its $450 million obligation outstanding as a co-borrower under the Company’s senior credit facility. In addition, substantially all of the assets of Gold Strike Tunica and certain land across from the Luxor serve as collateral to secure up to $300 million of obligations outstanding under the Company’s senior credit facility.

Interest on the senior credit facility is based on a LIBOR margin of 5.00%, with a LIBOR floor of 2.00%, and a base rate margin of 4.00%, with a base rate floor of 4.00%. The interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the senior credit facility at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was 7.0%.

At September 30, 2011, the Company and its restricted subsidiaries were required under the senior credit facility to maintain a minimum trailing annual EBITDA (as defined in the agreement governing the Company’s senior credit facility) of $1.15 billion, which increases to $1.2 billion as of December 31, 2011, with periodic increases thereafter. EBITDA for the trailing twelve months ended September 30, 2011 calculated in accordance with the terms of the senior credit facility was $1.26 billion. Additionally, the Company and its restricted subsidiaries are limited to $500 million of annual capital expenditures (as defined) during 2011; the Company was in compliance with the maximum capital expenditures covenants at September 30, 2011.

MGM Grand Paradise credit facility. MGM Grand Paradise’s credit facility is comprised of approximately $551 million in term loans and a $400 million revolving loan. The outstanding balance of MGM Grand Paradise’s credit facility at September 30, 2011 is comprised solely of term loans. Based on exchange rates at that date, the outstanding balance is equivalent to approximately $551 million. Scheduled amortization on the term loan begins in July 2012 with a lump sum payment of approximately $276 million upon final maturity in July 2015. The revolving loan may be redrawn, but is required to be repaid in full on the last date of the respective term loan, no later than July 2015. Interest on the term loan facility is based on HIBOR plus a margin ranging between 3% and 4.5%, based on MGM Grand Paradise’s adjusted leverage ratio, as defined in its credit facility agreement. Interest on the revolving facility can be denominated in either Hong Kong dollars or U.S. dollars and is based on the same margin range, plus HIBOR or LIBOR, as appropriate. As of September 30, 2011, the credit facility is denominated entirely in Hong Kong dollars and interest is based on the margin range of 3%, plus HIBOR. Substantially all of the assets of MGM Grand Paradise serve as collateral for the MGM Grand Paradise credit facility, which is guaranteed by MGM China and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

At September 30, 2011, MGM Grand Paradise was required to maintain a specified adjusted leverage ratio, as defined, at the end of each quarter while the loans are outstanding. The adjusted leverage ratio is required to be no greater than 4.00 to 1.00 for each quarter during 2011 and no greater than 3.50 to 1.00 thereafter. In addition, MGM Grand Paradise is required to maintain a debt service coverage ratio, as defined of no less than 1.50 to 1.00 at each quarter end. At September 30, 2011, MGM Grand Paradise was in compliance with its adjusted leverage ratio and debt service coverage ratios.

Convertible notes. In June 2011, the Company sold $300 million in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 4.25% convertible senior notes due 2015 (the “Notes”) on terms that were consistent with those governing the Company’s existing convertible senior notes due 2015 for a purchase price of 103.805% of the principal amount to an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Ms. Pansy Ho in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Notes are convertible at an initial conversion rate, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances, of approximately 53.83 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes. The Company received approximately $311 million in proceeds related to this transaction.

The initial agreement to sell the Notes occurred in April 2011, and the Notes were not sold until June 2011. The agreement to issue the Notes at a later date based on the fixed terms described above constituted a derivative instrument. At issuance, the fair value of the derivative instrument was equal to the difference between the fair value of the Notes and the Notes’ issuance price. The Notes were recorded at fair value determined by the trading price (105.872%) of the Company’s existing convertible notes on the date of

 

14


Table of Contents

issuance of the Notes, with the difference recorded as a premium to be recognized over the term of the Notes. The Company recorded a loss of $6 million related to the change in fair value of the derivative in “Other, net” non-operating income (expense) during the second quarter of 2011.

Senior and senior secured notes. In February 2011, the Company repaid the $325 million of outstanding principal amount of its 8.375% senior subordinated notes due 2011 at maturity.

During the three months ended September 30, 2011, the Company repurchased $10 million principal amount of its 6.75% senior notes due 2012 and $22 million principal amount of its 6.75% senior notes due 2013 in open market repurchases and recognized a gain of approximately $1 million in “Other, net” related to these transactions.

Substantially all of the assets of New York-New York serve as collateral for the Company’s 13% senior secured notes due 2013, substantially all of the assets of Bellagio and The Mirage serve as collateral for the Company’s 10.375% senior secured notes due 2014 and the 11.125% senior secured notes due 2017, and substantially all of the assets of MGM Grand serve as collateral for the Company’s 9.00% senior secured notes due 2020. Upon the issuance of the 10.375%, 11.125% and 9.00% notes, the holders of the Company’s 13% senior secured notes due 2013 obtained an equal and ratable lien in all collateral securing these notes.

Fair value of long-term debt. The estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt at September 30, 2011 was approximately $13.0 billion. Fair value was estimated using quoted market prices for the Company’s senior notes, senior subordinated notes and senior credit facility. Carrying value of the MGM Grand Paradise credit facility approximates fair value. At December 31, 2010, the estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt was approximately $12.4 billion, and was based on quoted market prices.

NOTE 9 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

CityCenter completion guarantee. In January 2011, the Company entered into an amended completion and cost overrun guarantee in connection with CityCenter’s restated senior credit facility agreement and issuance of $1.5 billion of senior secured first lien notes and senior secured second lien toggle notes, as previously discussed. Consistent with the terms of the previous completion guarantee, the terms of the amended completion guarantee provide for the ability to utilize the then remaining $124 million of net residential proceeds to fund construction costs, or to reimburse the Company for construction costs previously expended, though the timing of receipt of such proceeds is uncertain. The completion guarantee is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of Circus Circus Las Vegas, as well as certain undeveloped land adjacent to that property.

As of September 30, 2011, the Company has funded $624 million under the completion guarantee. The Company has recorded a receivable from CityCenter of $108 million related to these amounts, which represents amounts reimbursable to the Company from CityCenter from future residential proceeds. The Company has a remaining estimated net obligation under the completion guarantee of $14 million which includes estimated litigation costs related to the resolution of disputes with contractors as to the final construction costs and estimated amounts to be paid to contractors either through the joint venture’s extra-judicial settlement process or through the legal process related to the Perini litigation. The Company’s accrual also reflects certain estimated offsets to the amounts claimed by the contractors. CityCenter has reached, or expects to reach, settlement agreements with most of the construction subcontractors. However, significant disputes remain with the general contractor and certain subcontractors. Amounts claimed by such parties exceed amounts included in the Company’s completion guarantee accrual by approximately $200 million, as such amounts exceed the Company’s best estimate of its liability. Moreover, the Company has not accrued for any contingent payments to CityCenter related to the Harmon Hotel & Spa component, which is unlikely to be completed using the building as it now stands. The Clark County Building Division (the “Building Division”) requested that CityCenter conduct an analysis, based on all available information, as to the structural stability of the Harmon under building-code-specified load combinations. On July 11, 2011 a consulting engineer engaged by CityCenter for this review submitted the results of his analysis of the Harmon tower and podium in its current as-built condition. The engineer opined, among other things, that “[i]n a code-level earthquake, using either the permitted or current code specified loads, it is likely that critical structural members in the tower will fail and become incapable of supporting gravity loads, leading to a partial or complete collapse of the tower. There is missing or misplaced reinforcing steel in columns, beams, shear walls, and transfer walls throughout the structure of the tower below the twenty-first floor.” In response to this opinion, on July 12, 2011 the Building Division required CityCenter, no later than August 15, 2011, “to provide a plan of action that will abate the potential for structural collapse and protect impacted uses and occupancies.” Under the relevant building code provision, “abate” means repair, rehabilitation, demolition or removal of the subject building.

 

15


Table of Contents

On August 15, 2011, after expert consultation, CityCenter submitted its reply to the Building Division. CityCenter informed the Building Division that it has decided to abate the potential for structural collapse of the Harmon in the event of a code-level earthquake by demolishing the building, and enclosed a plan of action for demolition by implosion prepared by LVI Environmental Services of Nevada, Inc. CityCenter also advised that prior to undertaking the demolition plan of action, it will seek relief from a standing order of the District Court judge presiding over the Perini litigation that prohibits alteration or destruction of the building without court approval. In addition, CityCenter supplied the foundational data for the engineering conclusions stated in the July 11, 2011 letter declaring the Harmon’s structural instability in the event of a code-level earthquake.

The Building Division advised CityCenter that the Building Division’s staff will review CityCenter’s August 15, 2011 submission and then issue its conclusions to CityCenter, but the Building Division did not specify a date for such guidance. By letter dated August 18, 2011, the Building Division requested further information from, and a meeting with, CityCenter’s retained engineering firm concerning the latter’s data, computations and conclusions regarding the Harmon’s as-built condition. Pursuant to this request by the Building Division, representatives from CityCenter’s retained engineering firm have met with the Building Division and directly responded to the Building Division’s inquiries.

CityCenter’s restated senior credit facility provides that certain demolition expenses may be funded only by equity contributions from the members of the CityCenter venture or certain specified extraordinary receipts (which include any proceeds from the Perini litigation).

CityCenter construction litigation. In March 2010, Perini Building Company, Inc. (“Perini”), general contractor for the CityCenter development project (the “Project”), filed a lawsuit in the Eighth Judicial District Court for Clark County, State of Nevada, against MGM MIRAGE Design Group (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company which was the original party to the Perini construction agreement) and certain direct or indirect subsidiaries of CityCenter Holdings, LLC (the “CityCenter Owners”). Perini asserts that the Project was substantially completed, but the defendants failed to pay Perini approximately $490 million allegedly due and owing under the construction agreement for labor, equipment and materials expended on the Project. The complaint further charges the defendants with failure to provide timely and complete design documents, late delivery to Perini of design changes, mismanagement of the change order process, obstruction of Perini’s ability to complete the Harmon Hotel & Spa component, and fraudulent inducement of Perini to compromise significantly amounts due for its general conditions. The complaint advances claims for breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, tortious breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unjust enrichment and promissory estoppel, and fraud and intentional misrepresentation. Perini seeks compensatory damages, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and costs.

In April 2010, Perini served an amended complaint in this case which joins as defendants many owners of CityCenter residential condominium units (the “Condo Owner Defendants”), adds a count for foreclosure of Perini’s recorded master mechanic’s lien against the CityCenter property in the amount of approximately $491 million, and asserts the priority of this mechanic’s lien over the interests of the CityCenter Owners, the Condo Owner Defendants and the Project lenders in the CityCenter property.

The CityCenter Owners and the other defendants dispute Perini’s allegations, and contend that the defendants are entitled to substantial amounts from Perini, including offsets against amounts claimed to be owed to Perini and its subcontractors and damages based on breach of their contractual and other duties to CityCenter, duplicative payment requests, non-conforming work, lack of proof of alleged work performance, defective work related to the Harmon Hotel & Spa component, property damage and Perini’s failure to perform its obligations to pay Project subcontractors and to prevent filing of liens against the Project. Parallel to the court litigation CityCenter management conducted an extra-judicial program for settlement of Project subcontractor claims. CityCenter has resolved the claims of the majority of the 223 first-tier subcontractors, with only several remaining for further proceedings along with trial of Perini’s claims and CityCenter’s Harmon-related counterclaim and other claims by CityCenter against Perini and its parent guarantor, Tutor Perini. In December 2010, Perini recorded an amended notice of lien reducing its lien to approximately $313 million.

The CityCenter Owners and the other defendants will continue to vigorously assert and protect their interests in the lawsuit. The Company believes that a loss with respect to Perini’s punitive damages claim is neither probable nor reasonably possible. Please refer to the disclosure above for further discussion on the Company’s completion guarantee obligation which may be impacted by the outcome of the above litigation and the joint venture’s extra-judicial settlement process.

 

16


Table of Contents

Call center litigation.  Lori Zaragoza v. MGM MIRAGE, Inc. and MGM Resorts International, Case No. BC 461912, Los Angeles County Superior Court, filed May 18, 2011. This putative class action complaint alleges that during the one year prior to the filing defendant’s call center reservation agents monitored and recorded consumer telephone calls for hotel room and other hospitality-related bookings, without prior notice to plaintiff and other California consumers in violation of various provisions of the California Penal Code. The plaintiff seeks certification of a class action, compensatory damages including consequential or statutory damages pursuant to California Penal Code §637.2, whichever is greater, injunctive relief, prejudgment interest and costs of suit. The case is in its early stages and the Company cannot reasonably estimate a possible range of loss at this time. The Company contests that the complaint has merit and will vigorously defend itself against the claims in this lawsuit. Based on fact investigation conducted to date in this case, defendant does not expect to incur a material loss with respect to this case.

Other guarantees. The Company is party to various guarantee contracts in the normal course of business, which are generally supported by letters of credit issued by financial institutions. The Company’s senior credit facility limits the amount of letters of credit that can be issued to $250 million, and the amount of available borrowings under the senior credit facility is reduced by any outstanding letters of credit. At September 30, 2011, the Company had provided $37 million of total letters of credit.

Other litigation. The Company is a party to various legal proceedings, most of which relate to routine matters incidental to its business. Management does not believe that the outcome of such proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 10 — INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK

The weighted-average number of common and common equivalent shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share consisted of the following:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Numerator:

         

Net income (loss) attributable to MGM Resorts
International - basic

   $ (123,786   $ (317,991   $ 3,228,328      $ (1,298,208

Interest on convertible debt, net of tax

     —          —          28,141        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to MGM Resorts International - diluted

   $ (123,786   $ (317,991   $ 3,256,469      $ (1,298,208
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

         

Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic

     488,636       441,328       488,595        441,289  

Potential dilution from share-based awards

     —          —          1,773        —     

Potential dilution from assumed conversion of convertible debt

     —          —          68,176        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average common and common equivalent shares-diluted

     488,636       441,328       558,544        441,289  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Anti-dilutive share-based awards excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share

     28,791       26,008       19,900        26,008  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 11 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Authorized common stock. In June 2011, the stockholders of the Company approved a proposal to amend and restate the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company to increase the Company’s number of authorized shares of common stock to 1,000,000,000 shares.

Noncontrolling interests. As discussed in Note 3, the Company became the controlling shareholder of MGM China and began consolidating the financial position of MGM China in its financial statements as of June 3, 2011. The noncontrolling interests in MGM China and other minor subsidiaries are presented as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, and the net income attributable to noncontrolling interests is presented on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $17 million and $26 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively.

Supplemental equity information. The following table presents the Company’s changes in equity and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2011:

 

     Common
Stock
     Capital in
Excess of
Par Value
    Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
MGM  Resorts
International
Stockholders’
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
     (In thousands)  

Balances, January 1, 2011

   $ 4,885      $ 4,060,826     $ (1,066,865   $ (301   $ 2,998,545     $ —        $ 2,998,545  

Net income

     —           —          3,228,328       —          3,228,328       25,917       3,254,245  

Currency translation adjustment

     —           —          —          (2,938     (2,938     (3,424     (6,362

Other comprehensive loss from unconsolidated affiliate, net

     —           —          —          (37     (37     —          (37
           

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

              3,225,353       22,493       3,247,846  

MGM China acquisition

     —           —          —            —          3,672,173       3,672,173  

Stock-based compensation

     —           31,104       —          —          31,104       856       31,960  

Change in excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     —           (5,609     —          —          (5,609     —          (5,609

Issuance of common stock pursuant to stock-based compensation awards

     1        (684     —          —          (683     —          (683

Cash distributions

     —           —          —          —          —          (2,772     (2,772

Other

     —           146       —          —          146       —          146  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, September 30, 2011

   $ 4,886      $ 4,085,783     $ 2,161,463     $ (3,276   $ 6,248,856     $ 3,692,750     $ 9,941,606  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss). Comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Net income (loss) including noncontrolling interests

   $ (106,575   $ (317,991   $ 3,254,245     $ (1,298,208

Currency translation adjustment

     (3,528     1,151       (6,362     388  

Other

     —          —          (37     (70
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (110,103     (316,840     3,247,846       (1,297,890

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (15,439     —          (22,493     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to MGM Resorts International

   $ (125,542   $ (316,840   $ 3,225,353     $ (1,297,890
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 12 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Company’s omnibus incentive plan, as amended (“Omnibus Plan”), allows it to grant stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and other stock-based awards to eligible directors, officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The plans are administered by the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors. The Committee has discretion under the omnibus plan regarding which type of awards to grant, the vesting and service requirements, exercise price and other conditions, in all cases subject to certain limits, including:

 

   

As amended, the omnibus plan allows for the issuance of up to 35 million shares or share-based awards; and

 

   

For stock options and SARs, the exercise price of the award must be at least equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and the maximum term of such an award is 10 years.

 

18


Table of Contents

Stock options and SARs granted under all plans generally have terms of either seven or ten years, and in most cases vest in either four or five equal annual installments. RSUs granted vest ratably over four years.

As of September 30, 2011, the Company had an aggregate of approximately 11 million shares of common stock available for grant as share-based awards under the Company’s omnibus incentive plan. A summary of activity under the Company’s share-based payment plans for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 is presented below:

Stock options and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”)

 

     Shares
(000’s)
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2011

     28,129     $ 21.73  

Granted

     785       11.56  

Exercised

     (268     10.38  

Forfeited or expired

     (809     27.04  
  

 

 

   

Outstanding at September 30, 2011

     27,837       21.40  
  

 

 

   

Exercisable at September 30, 2011

     18,907       25.44  
  

 

 

   

As of September 30, 2011, there was a total of $45 million of unamortized compensation related to stock options and stock appreciation rights expected to vest, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years.

Restricted stock units (“RSUs”)

 

     Shares
(000’s)
    Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested at January 1, 2011

     1,144     $ 13.90  

Granted

     —          —     

Vested

     (104     18.76  

Forfeited

     (86     13.98  
  

 

 

   

Nonvested at September 30, 2011

     954       13.36  
  

 

 

   

As of September 30, 2011, there was a total of $21 million of unamortized compensation related to RSUs which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.2 years.

The following table includes additional information related to stock options, SARs and RSUs:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Intrinsic value of share-based awards exercised or RSUs vested

   $ 2,485      $ 2,125  

Income tax benefit from share-based awards exercised or RSUs vested

     863        739  

The Company net settles stock option exercises, whereby shares of common stock are issued equivalent to the intrinsic value of the option less applicable taxes. Accordingly, the Company does not receive proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

MGM China Share Option Plan. The Company’s subsidiary, MGM China, adopted an equity award plan in 2011 for grants of stock options to purchase ordinary shares of MGM China to eligible directors, employees and non-employees of MGM China and its subsidiaries (“MGM China Plan”). The MGM China

 

19


Table of Contents

Plan is administered by MGM China’s Board of Directors, which has the discretion to determine the exercise price and term of the award, as well as other conditions, in all cases subject to certain limits, including:

 

   

The current MGM China Plan allows for a maximum of 30% of the total number of shares of MGM China in issue at the date of approval of the MGM China Plan to be issued upon exercise; and

 

   

The exercise price of the award must be the higher of the closing price of the stock on the offer date, or the average of the closing price for the five business days immediately preceding the offer date, and the maximum term of the award must not exceed ten years.

Stock options currently granted under the MGM China Plan have a term of ten years, and vest in four equal annual installments. Expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the awards net of estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant, with such estimate updated periodically and with actual forfeitures recognized currently to the extent they differ from the estimate. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted under the MGM China Plan using the Black-Scholes model. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility from a selection of companies in MGM China’s peer group due to MGM China’s lack of historical information. The Company determined expected term based on a binomial model. The risk-free interest rate was based on rates in effect at the grant date for the Hong Kong Exchange Fund Note with maturities matching the relevant expected term of the award.

As of September 30, 2011, MGM China had an aggregate of approximately 1.1 billion shares of options available for grant as share-based awards. A summary of activity under the MGM China Plan for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 is presented below:

Stock options

 

     Shares
(000’s)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2011

     —         $ —     

Granted

     19,100        2.00  
  

 

 

    

Outstanding at September 30, 2011

     19,100        2.00  
  

 

 

    

Exercisable at September 30, 2011

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

As of September 30, 2011, there was a total of $21 million of unamortized compensation related to stock options expected to vest, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4.0 years.

Recognition of compensation cost. Compensation cost for both the Omnibus Plan and MGM China Plan was recognized as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Omnibus Plan:

        

Stock options and SARS

   $ 5,650     $ 4,951     $ 17,307     $ 14,971  

RSUs

     4,148       4,870       12,906       14,996  

MGM China Plan

     1,347       —          1,748       —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total compensation cost

     11,145       9,821       31,961       29,967  

Less: CityCenter reimbursed costs

     (1,091     (1,222     (3,300     (3,811
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation cost recognized as expense

     10,054       8,599       28,661       26,156  

Less: Related tax benefit

     (3,031     (2,996     (9,368     (9,102
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation expense, net of tax benefit

   $ 7,023     $ 5,603     $ 19,293     $ 17,054  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation cost for SARs granted under the 2005 Omnibus Plan is based on the fair value of each award, measured by applying the Black-Scholes model on the date of grant, using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

20


Table of Contents
     Three Months
Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Expected volatility

     69      74      68      74 

Expected term

     4.9  yrs.      4.8  yrs.      4.9  yrs.      4.8  yrs. 

Expected dividend yield

     0     0     0     0

Risk-free interest rate

     1.0      1.2      1.3      1.6 

Forfeiture rate

     6.1      4.8      6.1      4.8 

Weighted-average fair value of options granted

   $ 5.91     $ 6.24     $ 6.51     $ 7.32  

Expected volatility is based in part on historical volatility and in part on implied volatility based on traded options on the Company’s stock. The expected term considers the contractual term of the option as well as historical exercise and forfeiture behavior. The risk-free interest rate is based on the rates in effect on the grant date for U.S. Treasury instruments with maturities matching the relevant expected term of the award.

Compensation cost for stock options granted under the MGM China Plan is based on the fair value of each award, measured by applying the Black-Scholes model on the date of grant, using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010      2011     2010  

Expected volatility

     60      NA         60      NA   

Expected term

     8.0  yrs.      NA         8.0  yrs.      NA   

Expected dividend yield

     0     NA         0     NA   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.6      NA         1.6      NA   

Weighted-average fair value of options granted

   $ 1.10       NA       $ 1.26       NA   

NOTE 13 — PROPERTY TRANSACTIONS, NET

Property transactions, net includes:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011      2010      2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

CityCenter investment impairment charge

   $ —         $ 190,763      $ —         $ 1,313,219  

Borgata impairment charge

     —           128,395        —           128,395  

Circus Circus Reno impairment charge

     79,658        —           79,658        —     

Other property transactions, net

     2,179        7,523        3,170        12,038  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 81,837      $ 326,681      $ 82,828      $ 1,453,652  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Note 5 for discussion of the CityCenter investment impairment charge and the Borgata impairment charge.

At September 30, 2011 the Company reviewed the carrying value of its Circus Circus Reno long-lived assets for impairment using revised operating forecasts developed by management for that resort in the third quarter of 2011. Due to current and forecasted market conditions and results of operations through September 30, 2011 being lower than previous forecasts, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $80 million in the third quarter of 2011 in “Property transactions, net,” related to a writedown of Circus Circus Reno’s long-lived assets. The Company’s discounted cash flow analysis for Circus Circus Reno included estimated future cash inflows from operations and estimated future cash outflows for capital expenditures utilizing an estimated discount rate and terminal year capitalization rate.

 

21


Table of Contents

NOTE 14 — SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company’s management views each of its casino resorts as an operating segment. Operating segments are aggregated based on their similar economic characteristics, types of customers, types of services and products provided, the regulatory environments in which they operate, and their management and reporting structure. The Company’s principal operating activities occur in two geographic regions: the United States and Macau S.A.R. The Company has aggregated its operations into two reportable segments based on the similar characteristics of the operating segments within the regions in which they operate: wholly owned domestic resorts and MGM China. The Company’s operations related to investments in unconsolidated affiliates, MGM Hospitality, and certain other corporate and management operations have not been identified as separate reportable segments; therefore, these operations are included in corporate and other in the following segment disclosures to reconcile to consolidated results.

The Company’s management utilizes Adjusted Property EBITDA as the primary profit measure for its reportable segments. Adjusted Property EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure defined as Adjusted EBITDA before corporate expense and stock compensation expense related to the MGM Resorts stock option plan, which are not allocated to the reportable segments. MGM China recognizes stock compensation expense related to its stock compensation plan which is included in the calculation of Adjusted Property EBITDA for MGM China. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure defined as earnings before interest and other non-operating income (expense), taxes, depreciation and amortization, preopening and start-up expenses, and property transactions, net.

The following table presents the Company’s segment information:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Net Revenues:

  

Wholly owned domestic resorts

   $ 1,509,375     $ 1,460,467     $ 4,421,113     $ 4,264,608  

MGM China

     623,050       —          816,034       —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reportable segment net revenues

     2,132,425       1,460,467       5,237,147       4,264,608  

Corporate and other

     101,162       106,650       315,276       316,091  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 2,233,587     $ 1,567,117     $ 5,552,423     $ 4,580,699  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA:

        

Wholly owned domestic resorts

   $ 347,594     $ 315,387     $ 978,942     $ 895,472  

MGM China

     139,326       —          185,748       —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reportable segment Adjusted Property EBITDA

     486,920       315,387       1,164,690       895,472  

Corporate and other

     (42,989     (35,720     (32,760     (217,143
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     443,931       279,667       1,131,930       678,329  

Other operating income (expense):

        

Preopening and start-up expenses

     —          (30     316       (4,061

Property transactions, net

     (81,837     (326,681     (82,828     (1,453,652

Gain on MGM China transaction

     —          —          3,496,005       —     

Depreciation and amortization

     (249,520     (158,857     (579,384     (486,757
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     112,574       (205,901     3,966,039       (1,266,141
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating income (expense):

        

Interest expense, net

     (272,542     (285,139     (812,680     (840,483

Non-operating items from unconsolidated affiliates

     (24,692     (27,185     (92,984     (82,109

Other, net

     (1,595     7,298       (18,567     157,742  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (298,829     (305,026     (924,231     (764,850
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (186,255     (510,927     3,041,808       (2,030,991

Benefit for income taxes

     79,680       192,936       212,437       732,783  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (106,575     (317,991     3,254,245       (1,298,208

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (17,211     —          (25,917     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to MGM Resorts International

   $ (123,786   $ (317,991   $ 3,228,328     $ (1,298,208
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

22


Table of Contents
     September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Total assets:

  

Wholly owned domestic resorts

   $ 13,669,519      $ 14,047,237  

MGM China

     8,909,349        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reportable segment total assets

     22,578,868        14,047,237  

Corporate and other

     5,274,155        4,913,808  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 27,853,023      $ 18,961,045  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Capital expenditures:

  

Wholly owned domestic resorts

   $ 142,815      $ 82,818  

MGM China

     14,438        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reportable segment capital expenditures

     157,253        82,818  

Corporate and other

     19,071        45,721  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 176,324      $ 128,539  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 15 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

MGM China. Ms. Pansy Ho is member of the board of directors of, and holds a minority ownership interest in, MGM China. Ms. Pansy Ho is also the managing director of Shun Tak Holdings Limited (together with its subsidiaries “Shun Tak”), a leading conglomerate in Hong Kong with core businesses in transportation, property, hospitality and investments. Shun Tak provides various services and products, including ferry tickets, travel products, rental of hotel rooms, laundry services, advertising services and property cleaning services to MGM China and MGM China provides rental of hotel rooms at wholesale room rates to Shun Tak and receives rebates for ferry tickets from Shun Tak. For the period from June 3, 2011 through September 30, 2011, MGM China incurred expenses of $4 million related to such services and recorded revenue of less than $1 million related to hotel rooms provided to Shun Tak. As of September 30, 2011, MGM China did not have a material payable to or receivable from Shun Tak.

In connection with the MGM China IPO, MGM Branding and Development Holdings, Ltd., an entity included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements in which Ms. Pansy Ho indirectly holds a noncontrolling interest, entered into a brand license agreement with MGM China. MGM China pays a license fee to MGM Branding and Development Holdings, Ltd. equal to 1.75% of MGM China’s consolidated net revenue, subject to an annual cap of $25 million for the initial year of the agreement, prorated to $14.5 million for the portion of 2011 subsequent to the date of the IPO. The annual cap will increase by 20% per annum for each subsequent calendar year during the term of the agreement. During the period from June 3, 2011 through September 30, 2011, total license fees of $14 million were incurred by MGM China. Such amounts have been eliminated in consolidation. An entity owned by Ms. Pansy Ho received a distribution of $3 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 in connection with the ownership of a noncontrolling interest in MGM Branding and Development Holdings, Ltd.

In June 2011, the Company sold $300 million in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 4.25% convertible senior notes due 2015 to an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Ms. Pansy Ho. See Note 8 for additional information related to the convertible notes.

 

23


Table of Contents

NOTE 16 — CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Excluding MGM Grand Detroit, LLC, MGM China and certain minor subsidiaries, the Company’s subsidiaries that are 100% directly or indirectly owned have fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on a joint and several basis, payment of the senior credit facility, the senior notes, senior secured notes and the senior subordinated notes. Separate condensed financial statement information for the subsidiary guarantors and non-guarantors as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

 

     At September 30, 2011  
     Parent      Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non- Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Elimination     Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Current assets

   $ 1,085,266      $ 888,912     $ 747,629      $ —        $ 2,721,807  

Property and equipment, net

     —           13,561,385       1,318,981        (11,972     14,868,394  

Investments in subsidiaries

     24,268,323        7,735,699       —           (32,004,022     —     

Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates

     —           1,659,719       —           —          1,659,719  

Other non-current assets

     261,542        628,052       7,713,509        —          8,603,103  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 25,615,131      $ 24,473,767     $ 9,780,119      $ (32,015,994   $ 27,853,023  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

   $ 637,502      $ 905,935     $ 471,910      $ —        $ 2,015,347  

Intercompany accounts

     501,384        (531,643     30,259        —          —     

Deferred income taxes

     2,219,581        —          383,837        —          2,603,418  

Long-term debt

     12,163,173        (65,119     1,001,020        —          13,099,074  

Other long-term obligations

     151,885        41,200       493        —          193,578  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     15,673,525        350,373       1,887,519        —          17,911,417  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

MGM Resorts stockholders’ equity

     9,941,606        24,123,394       4,199,850        (32,015,994     6,248,856  

Noncontrolling interests

     —           —          3,692,750        —          3,692,750  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     9,941,606        24,123,394       7,892,600        (32,015,994     9,941,606  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 25,615,131      $ 24,473,767     $ 9,780,119      $ (32,015,994   $ 27,853,023  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     At December 31, 2010  
     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Non- Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Elimination     Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Current assets

   $ 358,725     $ 930,936      $ 165,984      $ —        $ 1,455,645  

Property and equipment, net

     —          13,925,224        641,098        (11,972     14,554,350  

Investments in subsidiaries

     16,520,722       471,283        —           (16,992,005     —     

Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates

     —          1,923,155        —           —          1,923,155  

Other non-current assets

     294,165       436,353        297,377        —          1,027,895  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 17,173,612     $ 17,686,951      $ 1,104,459      $ (17,003,977   $ 18,961,045  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

   $ 305,354     $ 911,731      $ 29,136      $ —        $ 1,246,221  

Intercompany accounts

     (44,380     38,277        6,103        —          —     

Deferred income taxes

     2,469,333       —           —           —          2,469,333  

Long-term debt

     11,301,034       296,664        450,000        —          12,047,698  

Other long-term obligations

     143,726       54,828        694        —          199,248  

Stockholders’ equity

     2,998,545       16,385,451        618,526        (17,003,977     2,998,545  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 17,173,612     $ 17,686,951      $ 1,104,459      $ (17,003,977   $ 18,961,045  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

24


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION

 

     For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2011  
     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Elimination     Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Net revenues

   $ —        $ 1,457,306     $ 776,281     $ —        $ 2,233,587  

Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings

     28,197       30,251       —          (58,448     —     

Expenses:

          

Casino and hotel operations

     2,122       910,809       529,692       —          1,442,623  

General and administrative

     2,520       243,227       58,302       —          304,049  

Corporate expense

     15,619       27,233       671       —          43,523  

Property transactions, net

     —          81,538       299       —          81,837  

Depreciation and amortization

     —          141,337       108,183       —          249,520  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     20,261       1,404,144       697,147       —          2,121,552  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates

     —          630       (91     —          539  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     7,936       84,043       79,043       (58,448     112,574  

Interest expense

     (254,149     (4,771     (13,622     —          (272,542

Other, net

     6,207       (20,261     (12,233     —          (26,287
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     (240,006     59,011       53,188       (58,448     (186,255

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     116,220       (33,455     (3,085     —          79,680  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (123,786     25,556       50,103       (58,448     (106,575

Less: net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —          2,695       (19,906     —          (17,211
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to MGM Resorts International

   $ (123,786   $ 28,251     $ 30,197     $ (58,448   $ (123,786
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2010  
     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Elimination      Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Net revenues

   $ —        $ 1,447,617     $ 119,500     $ —         $ 1,567,117  

Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings

     (261,353     36,205       —          225,148        —     

Expenses:

           

Casino and hotel operations

     2,822       900,701       62,159       —           965,682  

General and administrative

     2,171       266,745       23,540       —           292,456  

Corporate expense

     3,681       27,140       (106     —           30,715  

Preopening and start-up expenses

     —          30       —          —           30  

Property transactions, net

     —          327,165       (484     —           326,681  

Depreciation and amortization

     —          148,617       10,240       —           158,857  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8,674       1,670,398       95,349       —           1,774,421  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates

     —          (27,977     29,380       —           1,403  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (270,027     (214,553     53,531       225,148        (205,901

Interest expense

     (267,785     (9,483     (7,871     —           (285,139

Other, net

     22,275       (34,074     (8,088     —           (19,887
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (515,537     (258,110     37,572       225,148        (510,927

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     197,546       (3,407     (1,203     —           192,936  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (317,991   $ (261,517   $ 36,369     $ 225,148      $ (317,991
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

25


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION

 

     
     For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011  
     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Elimination     Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Net revenues

   $ —        $ 4,291,746     $ 1,260,677     $ —        $ 5,552,423  

Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings

     3,859,740       3,664,502       —          (7,524,242     —     

Expenses:

          

Casino and hotel operations

     7,416       2,698,689       815,080       —          3,521,185  

General and administrative

     7,388       747,652       120,153       —          875,193  

Corporate expense

     46,743       72,606       675       —          120,024  

Preopening and start-up expenses

     —          (316     —          —          (316

Property transactions, net

     —          82,149       679       —          82,828  

Gain on MGM China transaction

     —          —          (3,496,005     —          (3,496,005

Depreciation and amortization

     —          424,696       154,688       —          579,384  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     61,547       4,025,476       (2,404,730     —          1,682,293  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates

     —          (19,089     114,998       —          95,909  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     3,798,193       3,911,683       3,780,405       (7,524,242     3,966,039  

Interest expense

     (766,992     (14,416     (31,272     —          (812,680

Other, net

     17,189       (87,030     (41,710     —          (111,551
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     3,048,390       3,810,237       3,707,423       (7,524,242     3,041,808  

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     179,938       46,488       (13,989     —          212,437  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     3,228,328       3,856,725       3,693,434       (7,524,242     3,254,245  

Less: net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —          2,695       (28,612     —          (25,917
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to MGM Resorts International

   $ 3,228,328     $ 3,859,420     $ 3,664,822     $ (7,524,242   $ 3,228,328  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010  
     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Elimination      Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Net Revenues

   $ —        $ 4,175,120     $ 405,579     $ —         $ 4,580,699  

Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings

     (1,384,862     100,859       —          1,284,003        —     

Expenses:

           

Casino and hotel operations

     8,542       2,634,796       214,866       —           2,858,204  

General and administrative

     6,802       769,424       74,688       —           850,914  

Corporate Expense

     12,195       76,871       (1,523     —           87,543  

Preopening and start-up expenses

     —          4,061       —          —           4,061  

Property transactions, net

     —          1,454,136       (484     —           1,453,652  

Depreciation and amortization

     —          456,174       30,583       —           486,757  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     27,539       5,395,462       318,130       —           5,741,131  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates

     —          (177,073     71,364       —           (105,709
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (1,412,401     (1,296,556     158,813       1,284,003        (1,266,141

Interest expense

     (803,154     (14,753     (22,576     —           (840,483

Other, net

     171,381       (65,724     (30,024     —           75,633  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (2,044,174     (1,377,033     106,213       1,284,003        (2,030,991

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     745,966       (9,425     (3,758     —           732,783  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (1,298,208   $ (1,386,458   $ 102,455     $ 1,284,003      $ (1,298,208
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

26


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION

 

     For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011  
     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non- Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Elimination      Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

           

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (442,532   $ 729,814     $ 193,758     $ —         $ 481,040  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

           

Capital expenditures, net of construction payable

     —          (156,525     (19,799     —           (176,324

Dispositions of property and equipment

     —          108       40       —           148  

Acquisition of MGM China, net of cash paid

     —          —          407,046       —           407,046  

Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates

     (71,000     (36,648     —          —           (107,648

Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates

     —          3,077       —          —           3,077  

Investments in treasury securities - maturities longer than 90 days

     —          (240,239     —          —           (240,239

Proceeds from treasury securities - maturities longer than 90 days

     —          240,070       —          —           240,070  

Other

     —          (253     —          —           (253
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (71,000     (190,410     387,287       —           125,877  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

           

Net repayments under bank credit facilities - maturities of 90 days or less

     34,391       —          (473,271     —           (438,880

Borrowings under bank credit facilities - maturities longer than 90 days

     4,492,866       —          1,282,119       —           5,774,985  

Repayments under bank credit facilities - maturities longer than 90 days

     (3,668,257     —          (900,000     —           (4,568,257

Issuance of senior notes, net

     311,415       —          —          —           311,415  

Retirement of senior notes

     (356,700     (8,436     —          —           (365,136

Intercompany accounts

     632,911       (590,201     (42,710     —           —     

Other

     (777     (946     (2,827     —           (4,550
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     1,445,849       (599,583     (136,689     —           709,577  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate on cash

     —          —          (333     —           (333

Cash and cash equivalents

           

Net increase (decrease) for the period

     932,317       (60,179     444,023       —           1,316,161  

Balance, beginning of period

     72,457       278,801       147,706       —           498,964  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 1,004,774     $ 218,622     $ 591,729     $ —         $ 1,815,125  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

27


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION

 

     For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010  
     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non- Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Elimination      Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

           

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (315,301   $ 640,617     $ 55,082     $ —         $ 380,398  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

           

Capital expenditures, net of construction payable

     —          (125,666     (2,873     —           (128,539

Dispositions of property and equipment

     —          365       6,309       —           6,674  

Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates

     (408,000     —          —          —           (408,000

Distributions from cost method investments, net

     —          110,176       —          —           110,176  

Other

     —          (1,233     —          —           (1,233
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (408,000     (16,358     3,436       —           (420,922
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

           

Net repayments under bank credit facilities - maturities of 90 days or less

     (2,732,807     —          (170,000     —           (2,902,807

Borrowings under bank credit facilities maturities longer than 90 days

     6,952,606       —          1,350,000       —           8,302,606  

Repayments under bank credit facilities maturities longer than 90 days

     (6,341,601     —          (1,180,000     —           (7,521,601

Issuance of senior notes, net

     1,995,000       —          —          —           1,995,000  

Retirement of senior notes

     (857,523     (296,956     —          —           (1,154,479

Debt issuance costs

     (98,531     —          —          —           (98,531

Intercompany accounts

     356,238       (302,844     (53,394     —           —     

Capped call transactions

     (81,478     —          —          —           (81,478

Other

     (635     (951     (50     —           (1,636
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (808,731     (600,751     (53,444     —           (1,462,926
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

           

Net decrease for the period

     (1,532,032     23,508       5,074       —           (1,503,450

Balance, beginning of period

     1,718,616       263,386       74,205       —           2,056,207  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 186,584     $ 286,894     $ 79,279     $ —         $ 552,757  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

28


Table of Contents
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our historical financial statements and related notes thereto and the other disclosures contained elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and the audited consolidated financial statements and notes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, which were included in our Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2011. The results of operations for the periods reflected herein are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for future periods. MGM Resorts International together with its subsidiaries may be referred to as “we,” “us” or “our.” MGM China Holdings Limited together with its subsidiaries is referred to as “MGM China.”

Executive Overview

Our primary business is the ownership and operation of casino resorts, which includes offering gaming, hotel, dining, entertainment, retail and other resort amenities. Most of our revenue is cash-based, through customers wagering with cash or paying for non-gaming services with cash or credit cards.

Our industry is capital intensive and we rely heavily on the ability of our resorts to generate operating cash flow to repay debt financing, fund maintenance capital expenditures and provide excess cash for future development. We believe that we own several of the premier casino resorts in the world and have continually reinvested in our resorts to maintain our competitive advantage.

Our results of operations are affected by decisions we make related to our capital allocation, our access to capital, and our cost of capital. Our general cost of debt has increased over the past few years due to the global recession and instability in the capital markets. We have been able to access the capital markets to meet our near term liquidity needs but our ability to refinance our debt at more favorable rates depends on the future state of the economy and credit markets.

Our results of operations do not tend to be seasonal in nature, though a variety of factors may affect the results of any interim period, including the timing of major conventions, the amount and timing of marketing and special events for our high-end gaming customers, and the level of play during major holidays, including New Year and Chinese New Year. Our results do not depend on key individual customers, although our success in marketing to customer groups, such as convention customers, and the financial health of customer segments, such as business travelers or high-end gaming customers from a particular country or region, can affect our results. We are also exposed to risks related to tourism and the general economy, including national and global economic conditions and terrorist attacks or other global events.

We have two reportable segments that are based on the regions in which we operate: wholly owned domestic resorts and MGM China. We currently operate 15 wholly owned resorts in the United States. MGM China’s operations currently consist of the MGM Macau resort and casino. We have additional business activities including our investments in unconsolidated affiliates, our MGM Hospitality operations, and certain other corporate and management operations. CityCenter is our most significant unconsolidated affiliate, which we also manage for a fee. Our operations which have not been segregated into separate reportable segments are reported as corporate and other operations in our reconciliations of segment results to consolidated results.

Wholly Owned Domestic Resorts

Historically, over half of our net revenue from our wholly owned domestic resorts is derived from non-gaming activities, as our operating philosophy is to provide a complete resort experience for our guests, including non-gaming amenities for which our guests are willing to pay a premium. Our significant convention and meeting facilities allow us to maximize hotel occupancy and customer volumes during off-peak times such as mid-week or during traditionally slower leisure travel periods, which also leads to better labor utilization. Our operating results are highly dependent on the volume of customers at our resorts, which in turn affects the price we can charge for our hotel rooms and other amenities. We market to different customer segments to manage our hotel occupancy, such as targeting large conventions to increase mid-week occupancy.

 

29


Table of Contents

A significant portion of our operating results for our wholly owned domestic resorts is dependent upon the high-end gaming business, which can be a cause for variability in our results. Key performance indicators related to gaming and hotel revenue at our wholly owned domestic resorts are:

 

   

Gaming revenue indicators – table games drop and slots handle (volume indicators); “win” or “hold” percentage, which is not fully controllable by us. Our normal table games hold percentage is in the range of 19% to 23% of table games drop and our normal slots hold percentage is in the range of 7.5% to 8.5% of slots handle;

 

   

Hotel revenue indicators – hotel occupancy (a volume indicator); average daily rate (“ADR,” a price indicator); and revenue per available room (“REVPAR,” a summary measure of hotel results, combining ADR and occupancy rate).

We generate a significant portion of our revenue from our wholly owned domestic resorts in Las Vegas, Nevada, which exposes us to certain risks, such as increased competition from new or expanded Las Vegas resorts, and from the expansion of gaming in California.

The state of the U.S. economy has negatively affected the results of our wholly owned domestic resorts over the past several years, and we expect these operations to continue to be sensitive to certain aspects of the current economic conditions, such as weaknesses in employment and the housing market as well as constrained consumer spending. While we have begun to see a rebound in our U.S. customer groups, including convention business, and we have achieved increases in REVPAR throughout 2011, we expect adverse conditions currently or recently present in the economic environment to continue to negatively affect our operating results.

MGM China

On June 3, 2011, we and Ms. Ho, Pansy Catilina Chiu King (“Ms. Pansy Ho”) completed a reorganization of the capital structure and the initial public offering of 760 million shares of MGM China on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “IPO”), representing 20% of the post issuance base capital stock of MGM China, at an offer price of HKD 15.34 per share. Pursuant to this reorganization, we acquired, through a wholly owned subsidiary, an additional 1% of the overall capital stock of MGM China for HKD 15.34 per share, or approximately $75 million, and thereby became the owner of 51% of MGM China. Following the IPO, the underwriters partially exercised their overallotment option and Ms. Pansy Ho sold an additional 59 million shares of MGM China.

Through the acquisition of the additional 1% interest of MGM China, we obtained a controlling interest and were required to consolidate MGM China as of June 3, 2011. Prior to the IPO, we held a 50% interest in MGM Grand Paradise, which was accounted for under the equity method. The acquisition of the controlling financial interest was accounted for as a business combination and we recognized 100% of the assets, liabilities, and noncontrolling interests of MGM China at fair value at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the equity of MGM China was determined by the IPO transaction price and equaled approximately $7.5 billion. The carrying value of our equity method investment was significantly less than our share of the fair value of MGM China, resulting in a $3.5 billion gain on the acquisition.

We believe this acquisition plays an important role in extending our reach internationally and will foster future growth and profitability. Asia is the fastest-growing gaming market in the world and Macau is the world’s largest gaming destination in terms of revenue and has continued to grow over the past few years despite the global economic downturn.

Our MGM China operations primarily relate to operations at MGM Macau resort and casino. Revenues at MGM Macau are generated primarily from gaming operations made up of two distinct market segments: main floor and high-end (“VIP”). MGM China main floor operations consist of both table games and slot machines on the main gaming floors for the public, which usually consists of walk-in and day trip visitors. VIP players play mostly in dedicated VIP rooms or designated gaming areas. VIP customers can be further divided into customers sourced by in-house VIP programs and those sourced through gaming promoters.

A significant portion of our VIP volume is generated through the use of gaming promoters, also known as junket operators. These operators introduce high-end gaming players to MGM Macau, assist these customers with travel arrangements, and extend gaming credit to these players. VIP gaming at MGM Macau is conducted by the use of special purpose nonnegotiable gaming chips called “rolling chips.” Gaming

 

30


Table of Contents

promoters purchase these rolling chips from MGM Macau and in turn they sell these chips to their players. The rolling chips allow MGM Macau to track the amount of wagering conducted by each gaming promoters’ clients in order to determine VIP gaming play. In exchange for the gaming promoters’ services, MGM Macau pays them either through rolling chip turnover-based commissions or through revenue-sharing arrangements. The estimated portion of the gaming promoter payments that represent amounts passed through to VIP customers is recorded net against casino revenue, and the estimated portion retained by the gaming promoter for its compensation is recorded to casino expense.

In addition to the key performance indicators used by our wholly owned domestic resorts, MGM Macau utilizes “turnover” which is the sum of rolling chip wagers won by MGM Macau (rolling chips purchased plus rolling chips exchanged less rolling chips returned). Turnover provides a basis for measuring VIP casino win percentage. Normal win for VIP gaming operations at MGM Macau is in the range of 2.7% to 3.0% of turnover. MGM Macau’s main floor historical table games hold percentage is in the range of 20% to 26% of table games drop. Normal slots hold percentage at MGM Macau is in the range of 5.5% to 7.5% of slots handle.

Other Executive Overview Items

Borgata. We have a 50% economic interest in Borgata Hotel Casino & Spa (“Borgata”) located on Renaissance Pointe in the Marina area of Atlantic City, New Jersey. Boyd Gaming Corporation (“Boyd”) owns the other 50% of Borgata and also operates the resort. Our interest is held in trust and currently offered for sale pursuant to our settlement agreement with New Jersey Department of Gaming Enforcement (“DGE”). In March 2010, the New Jersey Casino Control Commission (“CCC”) approved the settlement agreement with the DGE pursuant to which we placed our 50% ownership interest in Borgata and related leased land in Atlantic City into a divestiture trust. The settlement agreement was amended on July 22, 2011 with the approval of the CCC on August 8, 2011. Following the transfer of these interests into trust, we ceased to be regulated by the CCC or the DGE, except as otherwise provided by the trust agreement and the settlement agreement. Boyd’s 50% interest is not affected by the settlement.

The terms of the settlement agreement, as amended, mandate the sale of the trust property by March 2014, which represents an 18-month extension compared to the original agreement. During the period ending in March 2013, which also represents an 18-month extension compared to the original agreement we have the right to direct the trustee to sell the trust property, subject to approval of the CCC. If a sale is not concluded by that time, the trustee is responsible for selling the trust property during the following 12-month period. Prior to the consummation of the sale, the divestiture trust will retain any cash flows received in respect of the trust property, but will pay property taxes and other costs attributable to the trust property. We are the sole economic beneficiary of the trust and will be permitted to reapply for a New Jersey gaming license beginning 30 months after the completion of the sale of the trust assets. As of September 30, 2011, the trust had $188 million of cash and investments, of which $150 million is held in U.S. treasury securities with maturities greater than three months but less than one year, and is recorded within “Prepaid expenses and other.”

As a result of our ownership interest in Borgata being placed into a trust, we no longer have significant influence over Borgata; therefore, we discontinued the equity method of accounting for Borgata at the point the assets were placed in the trust in March 2010, and account for our investment in Borgata under the cost method of accounting. The carrying value of the investment related to Borgata is included in “Other long-term assets, net.” Earnings and losses that relate to the investment that were previously accrued remain as a part of the carrying amount of the investment. Distributions received by the trust that do not exceed our share of earnings are recognized currently in earnings. However, distributions received by the trust that exceed our share of earnings for such periods are applied to reduce the carrying amount of its investment. We consolidate the trust as we are the sole economic beneficiary. The trust did not receive distributions from Borgata during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011. In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, the trust received distributions from the joint venture of $105 million and $120 million, of which $10 million was paid to Boyd in accordance with the joint venture agreement, as amended. We recorded $88 million and $94 million as a reduction in the carrying value and $7 million and $16 million was recorded as “Other, net” non-operating income in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively.

In July 2010, we entered into an agreement to sell four long-term ground leases and their respective underlying real property parcels, approximately 11.3 acres, underlying the Borgata for $73 million. We closed the transaction in November 2010.

 

31


Table of Contents

We recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of approximately $128 million at September 30, 2010 which decreased the carrying value of our investment in Borgata to approximately $250 million. The impairment charge was based on an offer received from a potential buyer at that time. We ultimately did not reach final agreement with such buyer. We continue to negotiate with other parties who have expressed interest in the asset, but can provide no assurance that a transaction will be completed.

Gold Strike Tunica. On May 2, 2011, the Mississippi Gaming Commission mandated the closure of Gold Strike Tunica along with eight other Tunica area casino resorts. The property reopened on May 18, 2011. We recorded $8 million in “General and administrative” expense during the second quarter of 2011 related to costs associated with flood prevention and other costs incurred during the time the property was closed. We carry flood and business interruption insurance, but we cannot determine the amount or timing of any reimbursements until we submit our claims and receive notice of approval from our insurers.

Impairments. A complete discussion of our critical accounting policies related to impairments of long-lived assets and investments in unconsolidated affiliates is included in our Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2010. We reviewed the carrying value of our Circus Circus Reno long-lived assets at September 30, 2011 and our investment in CityCenter and the carrying value of our Borgata asset at September 30, 2010 as further discussed in “Operating Results – Details of Certain Charges.” Other than as noted above, we did not identify circumstances that existed that would indicate the carrying value of our long-lived assets may not be recoverable; therefore, we did not review any of our other wholly owned long-lived asset groups – generally our operating resorts – for impairment as of September 30, 2011. Historically, the undiscounted cash flows of our significant long-lived assets have exceeded their carrying values by a substantial margin.

Results of Operations

The following discussion is based on our consolidated financial statements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

Summary Financial Results

The following table presents selected summary consolidated financial results:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011      2010  
           (In thousands)         

Net revenues

   $ 2,233,587      $ 1,567,117      $ 5,552,423       $ 4,580,699   

Operating income (loss)

     112,574        (205,901     3,966,039         (1,266,141

Net income (loss)

     (106,575     (317,991     3,254,245         (1,298,208

Net income (loss) attributable to MGM Resorts International

     (123,786     (317,991     3,228,328         (1,298,208

Our results of operations for the three and nine months ending September 30, 2011 include the results of MGM China from June 3, 2011 on a consolidated basis. Prior thereto, results of operations of MGM China were reflected under the equity method of accounting – see “Operating Results – Income from Unconsolidated Affiliates.” Net revenue and operating income attributable to MGM China for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 were $623 million and $41 million, respectively. Net revenue and operating income attributable to MGM China for the period from June 3, 2011 through September 30, 2011 were $816 million and $60 million, respectively. Operating income benefited from improved performance at each of MGM Macau, CityCenter resort operations and our wholly owned domestic resorts.

The following items also affected comparability in our operating results:

 

   

A gain of $3.5 billion related to the MGM China transaction during the second quarter of 2011;

 

   

An $80 million impairment of Circus Circus Reno in the third quarter of 2011;

 

   

Our share of CityCenter residential inventory impairment charges of $26 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, $38 million in the three months ended September 30, 2010, and $152 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2010;

 

   

Our share of CityCenter forfeited residential deposits income of $14 million and $54 million in the three and nine month periods of 2010, respectively; and

 

   

A $191 million and a $1.3 billion impairment on our investment in CityCenter in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010.

 

32


Table of Contents

Operating Results – Detailed Segment Information

The following table presents net revenue and Adjusted EBITDA by reportable segment. Management uses Adjusted Property EBITDA as the primary profit measure for our reportable segments. See “Non-GAAP measures” for additional Adjusted EBITDA information:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Net revenue:

        

Wholly owned domestic resorts

   $ 1,509,375      $ 1,460,467      $ 4,421,113      $ 4,264,608   

MGM China

     623,050        —          816,034        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reportable segment net revenue

     2,132,425        1,460,467        5,237,147        4,264,608   

Corporate and other

     101,162        106,650        315,276        316,091   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 2,233,587      $ 1,567,117      $ 5,552,423      $ 4,580,699   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA:

        

Wholly owned domestic resorts

   $ 347,594      $ 315,387      $ 978,942      $ 895,472   

MGM China

     139,326        —          185,748        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reportable segment Adjusted Property EBITDA

     486,920        315,387        1,164,690        895,472   

Corporate and other

     (42,989     (35,720     (32,760     (217,143
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 443,931      $ 279,667      $ 1,131,930      $ 678,329   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue related to wholly owned domestic resorts increased 3% for the third quarter primarily driven by a 13% increase in REVPAR at our Las Vegas Strip resorts offset by a 2% decrease in gaming revenue. Corporate and other revenue includes revenues from MGM Hospitality and management operations and reimbursed revenue primarily related to our CityCenter management agreement. Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA was $444 million in the 2011 quarter, a 59% increase compared to $280 million in the 2010 quarter, primarily due to strong performances at our Las Vegas resorts and MGM Macau.

Net revenue related to wholly owned domestic operations increased 4% for the year-to-date period primarily as a result of a 13% increase in REVPAR at our Las Vegas Strip resorts offset by a 2% decrease in gaming revenue. Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA was $1.1 billion in the nine months of 2011, compared to $678 million in the nine months of 2010, as a result of improved operating performances across our wholly owned domestic properties and MGM Macau.

Wholly owned domestic operations. The following table presents detailed net revenue at our wholly owned domestic resorts:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     Percentage
Change
    2010     2011     Percentage
Change
    2010  
     (In thousands)  

Casino revenue, net:

            

Table games

   $ 199,502        (12 %)    $ 227,322      $ 566,629        (10 %)    $ 632,358   

Slots

     414,202        4     398,143        1,210,423        3     1,173,454   

Other

     15,152        (15 %)      17,928        49,667        (12 %)      56,226   
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Casino revenue, net

     628,856        (2 %)      643,393        1,826,719        (2 %)      1,862,038   

Non-casino revenue:

            

Rooms

     390,649        11     352,767        1,151,486        11     1,039,472   

Food and beverage

     349,813        3     341,106        1,048,323        3     1,014,018   

Entertainment, retail and other

     301,781        6     284,430        861,025        4     827,808   
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Non-casino revenue

     1,042,243        7     978,303        3,060,834        6     2,881,298   
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
     1,671,099        3     1,621,696        4,887,553        3     4,743,336   

Less: Promotional allowances

     (161,724     0     (161,229     (466,440     (3 %)      (478,728
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
   $ 1,509,375        3   $ 1,460,467      $ 4,421,113        4   $ 4,264,608   
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

33


Table of Contents

Table games revenue decreased 12% for the third quarter and was negatively affected by a lower table games hold percentage. Table games hold percentage was near the low end of our normal range in the current year quarter and near the midpoint of the range in the prior year quarter. Total table games revenue was also affected by table games volume decreasing 6% compared to the prior year quarter mainly as a result of lower baccarat volume. Slots revenue increased 4% in the third quarter with a 6% increase at our Las Vegas Strip resorts.

For the nine month period, table games revenue decreased 10%. Hold percentage was below our normal range in the 2011 period and near the midpoint of our normal range in the 2010 period. Total table games revenue was also affected by a decrease in baccarat volume, which led to a 5% decrease in total table games volume compared to the year-to-date period in 2010. Slots revenue increased 3%, with a 5% increase at our Las Vegas Strip resorts.

Rooms revenue in the third quarter increased 11%, with a 13% increase in Las Vegas Strip REVPAR. Rooms revenue for the nine month period also increased 11% with an increase in Las Vegas Strip REVPAR of 13%. The following table shows key hotel statistics for our Las Vegas Strip resorts:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Occupancy

     95     93     92     90

Average Daily Rate (ADR)

   $ 124      $ 111      $ 126      $ 114   

Revenue per Available Room (REVPAR)

     117        104        116        103   

Adjusted Property EBITDA for wholly owned domestic resorts increased 10% compared to the third quarter of 2010. Adjusted Property EBITDA for our wholly owned domestic resorts increased 9% on a year-to-date basis.

MGM China. Net revenue for MGM China was $623 million for the three months ending September 30, 2011. Adjusted Property EBITDA was $139 million for the same period. Net revenue for MGM China was $816 million for the period from June 3, 2011 through September 30, 2011. Adjusted Property EBITDA was $186 million for the same period.

The following table presents certain supplemental pro forma information for MGM China for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 as if the transaction had occurred as of January 1, 2010. This information includes the impact of certain purchase accounting adjustments. This supplemental pro forma information is provided solely for comparative purposes and does not presume to be indicative of what actual results would have been if the acquisition of the controlling financial interest had been completed as of January 1, 2010, nor indicative of future results:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Net Revenue

   $ 623,049      $ 362,306      $ 1,887,064      $ 1,001,339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Property EBITDA

   $ 139,326      $ 83,841      $ 455,755      $ 215,690   

Property transactions, net

     (294     (51     (804     (409

Depreciation and amortization

     (89,933     (93,416     (268,867     (280,192
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     49,099        (9,626     186,084        (64,911

Non-operating income (expense)

     (6,889     (10,541     (18,616     (37,454
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     42,210        (20,167     167,468        (102,365

Provision for income taxes

     (5,302     (11     (20,383     (33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 36,908      $ (20,178   $ 147,085      $ (102,398
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

34


Table of Contents

Pro forma net revenue and Adjusted EBITDA for MGM China for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 increased primarily as a result of an 83% and 95% increase in VIP table games turnover, and a 13% and 18% increase in main floor table games drop, respectively.

Operating Results – Details of Certain Charges

Property transactions, net consisted of the following:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011      2010      2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

CityCenter investment impairment charge

   $ —         $ 190,763       $ —         $ 1,313,219   

Borgata impairment charge

     —           128,395         —           128,395   

Circus Circus Reno impairment charge

     79,658         —           79,658         —     

Other property transactions, net

     2,179         7,523         3,170         12,038   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 81,837       $ 326,681       $ 82,828       $ 1,453,652   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

CityCenter . At June 30, 2010 we reviewed our CityCenter investment for impairment using revised operating forecasts developed by CityCenter management late in the second quarter. Based on the then current and forecasted market conditions and because CityCenter’s results of operations through June 30, 2010 were below previous forecasts, and the revised operating forecasts were lower than previous forecasts, we concluded that we should review the carrying value of our investment. We determined that the carrying value of our investment exceeded our fair value determined using a discounted cash flow analysis and therefore an impairment was indicated. We intend to and believe we will be able to retain our investment in CityCenter; however, due to the extent of the shortfall and our assessment of the uncertainty of fully recovering our investment, we determined that the impairment was “other-than-temporary” and recorded an impairment charge of $1.12 billion included in “Property transactions, net.”

At September 30, 2010, we recognized an increase of $232 million in our total net obligation under our CityCenter completion guarantee, and a corresponding increase in our investment in CityCenter. The increase primarily reflects revision to prior estimates based on our assessment of the most current information derived from our close-out and litigation processes and does not reflect certain potential recoveries that CityCenter is pursuing as part of the litigation process. We completed an impairment review as of September 30, 2010 and as a result recorded an additional “other-than-temporary” impairment of $191 million in the third quarter of 2010.

Our discounted cash flow analyses for CityCenter as of June 30, 2010 and September 30, 2010 included future cash inflows from operations, including residential sales, and estimated future cash outflows for capital expenditures. Both analyses used an 11% discount rate and a long-term growth rate of 4% related to forecasted cash flows for CityCenter’s operating assets.

Borgata. We recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of approximately $128 million at September 30, 2010 recorded in “Property transactions, net” which decreased the carrying value of our investment in Borgata to approximately $250 million. The impairment charge was based on an offer received from a potential buyer at that time.

Circus Circus Reno. At September 30, 2011 we reviewed the carrying value of our Circus Circus Reno long-lived assets for impairment using revised operating forecasts developed by management for that resort in the third quarter of 2011. Due to current and forecasted market conditions and results of operations through September 30, 2011 being lower than previous forecasts, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $80 million in the third quarter of 2011 in “Property transactions, net,” related to a writedown of Circus Circus Reno’s long-lived assets. Our discounted cash flow analysis for Circus Circus Reno included estimated future cash inflows from operations and estimated future cash outflows for capital expenditures utilizing an estimated discount rate and terminal year capitalization rate.

 

35


Table of Contents

Operating Results – Income (loss) from Unconsolidated Affiliates

The following table summarizes information related to our income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

CityCenter

   $ (7,723   $ (37,893   $ (46,029   $ (212,066

MGM Macau

     —          29,372        115,219        71,165   

Borgata

     —          —          —          6,971   

Other

     8,262        9,924        26,719        28,221   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 539      $ 1,403      $ 95,909      $ (105,709
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We ceased recording Borgata operating results as income from unconsolidated affiliates in March 2010.

We ceased recording MGM Macau operating results as income from unconsolidated affiliates under the equity method of accounting in June 2011. Our share of operating income for MGM Macau for the 2011 nine month period accounted for under the equity method was $115 million compared to $71 million for the nine months of 2010. As previously discussed, MGM Macau has achieved a significant increase in gaming volumes over the past twelve months.

Our share of losses from CityCenter has decreased for the three and nine month periods in 2011 compared to 2010 due to improved results at CityCenter’s resort operations. Our share of operating losses for CityCenter was negatively affected by our share of residential inventory impairment charges, as further described below, and the loss on debt retirement in the first quarter of 2011, offset by a decrease in forfeited residential deposit income.

Upon substantial completion of construction of the Mandarin Oriental residential inventory in the first quarter of 2010 and the Veer residential inventory in the second quarter of 2010, CityCenter is required to carry its residential inventory at the lower of its carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Fair value of the residential inventory is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis based on management’s current expectations of future cash flows. The key inputs in the discounted cash flow analysis include estimated sales prices of units currently under contract and new unit sales, the absorption rate over the sell-out period, and the discount rate.

CityCenter recorded a residential impairment charge of $53 million in the second quarter of 2011. We recognized 50% of such impairment charge, resulting in a pre-tax charge of approximately $26 million. In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, CityCenter recorded residential impairment charges of $76 million and $304 million, respectively. We recognized 50% of such impairment charges, resulting in pre-tax charges of approximately $38 million and $152 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively.

Non-operating Results

Interest expense decreased to $273 million in the third quarter compared to $285 million in the prior year quarter. Interest expense for the nine months of 2011 was $813 million compared to $840 million in the nine months of 2010. Lower interest expense was a result of lower average debt outstanding during the current year three and nine month periods. We did not capitalize interest expense in 2011 or 2010.

Non-operating items from unconsolidated affiliates decreased for the three months ended September 30, 2011 as a result of MGM Macau ceasing to be recorded as an equity method investment in the 2011 quarter.

Non-operating items from unconsolidated affiliates for the nine month period increased due to our share of $23 million in non-operating expense at CityCenter related to certain costs incurred to restructure its debt and the write-off of debt issuance costs. Additionally, net interest expense increased at CityCenter as a result of ceasing capitalization of interest in early 2010 and higher interest rates in 2011 as a result of the January 2011 debt issuance.

We did not record income from our investment in Borgata in 2011. Subsequent to ceasing equity method accounting, we recorded $7 million and $16 million, respectively, in “Other, net” related to income from Borgata in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010. In addition, “Other, net” included a $141 million gain on debt redemption in 2010 related to amending and restating our senior credit facility.

We recognized a tax benefit of $212 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 despite having positive pre-tax income as no income taxes were provided on the $3.5 billion MGM China transaction gain. In addition, we recorded a $14 million income tax benefit during the second quarter to reflect the impact of a change in tax law in Michigan. Absent this benefit, we would have recorded income tax benefit on pre-tax losses exclusive of the MGM China gain at a 45% effective tax rate for the nine month period.

 

36


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Measures

“Adjusted EBITDA” is earnings before interest and other non-operating income (expense), taxes, depreciation and amortization, preopening and start-up expenses, and property transactions, net, and the gain on the MGM China transaction. “Adjusted Property EBITDA” is Adjusted EBITDA before corporate expense and stock compensation expense related to the MGM Resorts stock option plan, which is not allocated to each property. MGM China recognizes stock compensation expense related to its stock compensation plan which is included in the calculation of Adjusted Property EBITDA for MGM China. Adjusted EBITDA information is presented solely as a supplemental disclosure to reported GAAP measures because management believes these measures are 1) widely used measures of operating performance in the gaming industry, and 2) a principal basis for valuation of gaming companies.

We believe that while items excluded from Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Property EBITDA may be recurring in nature and should not be disregarded in evaluation of our earnings performance, it is useful to exclude such items when analyzing current results and trends compared to other periods because these items can vary significantly depending on specific underlying transactions or events that may not be comparable between the periods being presented. Also, we believe excluded items may not relate specifically to current operating trends or be indicative of future results. For example, preopening and start-up expenses will be significantly different in periods when we are developing and constructing a major expansion project and dependent on where the current period lies within the development cycle, as well as the size and scope of the project(s). “Property transactions, net” includes normal recurring disposals and gains and losses on sales of assets related to specific assets within our resorts, but also includes gains or losses on sales of an entire operating resort or a group of resorts and impairment charges on entire asset groups or investments in unconsolidated affiliates, which may not be comparable period over period. In addition, capital allocation, tax planning, financing and stock compensation awards are all managed at the corporate level. Therefore, we use Adjusted Property EBITDA as the primary measure of our operating resorts’ performance.

Adjusted EBITDA or Adjusted Property EBITDA should not be construed as an alternative to operating income or net income, as an indicator of our performance; or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities, as a measure of liquidity; or as any other measure determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. We have significant uses of cash flows, including capital expenditures, interest payments, taxes and debt principal repayments, which are not reflected in Adjusted EBITDA. Also, other companies in the gaming and hospitality industries that report Adjusted EBITDA information may calculate Adjusted EBITDA in a different manner.

The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 443,931      $ 279,667      $ 1,131,930      $ 678,329   

Preopening and start-up expenses

     —          (30     316        (4,061

Property transactions, net

     (81,837     (326,681     (82,828     (1,453,652

Gain on MGM China transaction

     —          —          3,496,005        —     

Depreciation and amortization

     (249,520     (158,857     (579,384     (486,757
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     112,574        (205,901     3,966,039        (1,266,141
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating income (expense)

        

Interest expense

     (272,542     (285,139     (812,680     (840,483

Other, net

     (26,287     (19,887     (111,551     75,633   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (186,255     (510,927     3,041,808        (2,030,991

Benefit for income taxes

     79,680        192,936        212,437        732,783   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (106,575     (317,991     3,254,245        (1,298,208

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (17,211     —          (25,917     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to MGM Resorts International

   $ (123,786   $ (317,991   $ 3,228,328      $ (1,298,208
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

The following tables present reconciliations of operating income (loss) to Adjusted Property EBITDA for individual resorts and Adjusted EBITDA:

 

     Three Months Ended September 30, 2011  
     Operating
Income (Loss)
    Preopening
and Start-up
Expenses
     Property
Transactions,
Net
    Depreciation
and
Amortization
     Adjusted
EBITDA
 
     (In thousands)  

Bellagio

   $ 50,943      $ —         $ 503      $ 22,805       $ 74,251   

MGM Grand Las Vegas

     22,945        —           1        19,275         42,221   

Mandalay Bay

     19,313        —           53        22,006         41,372   

The Mirage

     6,708        —           1,291        17,407         25,406   

Luxor

     11,775        —           2        9,288         21,065   

New York-New York

     17,043        —           —          5,695         22,738   

Excalibur

     12,477        —           13        4,973         17,463   

Monte Carlo

     9,209        —           5        5,252         14,466   

Circus Circus Las Vegas

     4,192        —           2        4,704         8,898   

MGM Grand Detroit

     29,991        —           —          9,906         39,897   

Beau Rivage

     15,614        —           (7     9,894         25,501   

Gold Strike Tunica

     10,083        —           —          3,381         13,464   

Other resort operations

     (79,990     —           79,658        1,184         852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Wholly owned domestic resorts

     130,303        —           81,521        135,770         347,594   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

MGM China

     40,788        —           294        98,244         139,326   

CityCenter (50%)

     (7,723     —           —          —           (7,723

Other unconsolidated resorts

     8,262        —           —          —           8,262   

Management and other operations

     1,000        —           6        3,631         4,637   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     172,630        —           81,821        237,645         492,096   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock compensation

     (8,707     —           —          —           (8,707

Corporate

     (51,349     —           16        11,875         (39,458
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 112,574      $ —         $ 81,837      $ 249,520       $ 443,931   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Three Months Ended September 30, 2010  
     Operating
Income (Loss)
    Preopening
and  Start-up
Expenses
     Property
Transactions,
Net
    Depreciation
and
Amortization
     Adjusted
EBITDA
 
     (In thousands)  

Bellagio

   $ 52,040      $ —         $ (18   $ 23,836       $ 75,858   

MGM Grand Las Vegas

     20,855        —           (45     19,201         40,011   

Mandalay Bay

     5,023        —           2,181        23,231         30,435   

The Mirage

     16,104        —           450        15,426         31,980   

Luxor

     3,666        —           11        10,437         14,114   

New York-New York

     14,307        —           763        6,873         21,943   

Excalibur

     10,300        —           —          5,581         15,881   

Monte Carlo

     (1,954     —           3,765        6,119         7,930   

Circus Circus Las Vegas

     1,024        —           4        5,098         6,126   

MGM Grand Detroit

     30,724        —           (484     10,226         40,466   

Beau Rivage

     4,950        —           348        12,339         17,637   

Gold Strike Tunica

     7,532        —           549        3,623         11,704   

Other resort operations

     (3     —           (1     1,306         1,302   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Wholly owned domestic resorts

     164,568        —           7,523        143,296         315,387   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

MGM Macau (50%)

     29,372        —           —          —           29,372   

CityCenter (50%)

     (37,893     —           —          —           (37,893

Other unconsolidated resorts

     9,924        —           —          —           9,924   

Management and other operations

     (13,563     30         —          4,043         (9,490
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     152,408        30         7,523        147,339         307,300   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock compensation

     (8,599     —           —          —           (8,599

Corporate

     (349,710     —           319,158        11,518         (19,034
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (205,901   $ 30       $ 326,681      $ 158,857       $ 279,667   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

38


Table of Contents
     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011  
     Operating
Income (Loss)
    Preopening
and Start-up
Expenses
    Gain on
MGM China
Transaction &
Property

Transactions,
Net
    Depreciation
and
Amortization
     Adjusted
EBITDA
 
     (In thousands)  

Bellagio

   $ 132,489      $ —        $ 820      $ 72,213       $ 205,522   

MGM Grand Las Vegas

     56,837        —          1        57,808         114,646   

Mandalay Bay

     63,365        —          69        65,983         129,417   

The Mirage

     35,123        —          1,330        45,692         82,145   

Luxor

     31,599        —          8        28,413         60,020   

New York-New York

     48,325        —          (85     17,849         66,089   

Excalibur

     36,530        —          223        15,221         51,974   

Monte Carlo

     26,690        —          33        17,147         43,870   

Circus Circus Las Vegas

     6,343        —          (6     14,187         20,524   

MGM Grand Detroit

     95,820        —          372        29,401         125,593   

Beau Rivage

     25,764        —          51        32,110         57,925   

Gold Strike Tunica

     11,028        —          —          10,191         21,219   

Other resort operations

     (83,323     —          79,675        3,646         (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Wholly owned domestic resorts

     486,590        —          82,491        409,861         978,942   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

MGM China

     60,236        —          307        125,205         185,748   

MGM Macau (50%)

     115,219        —          —          —           115,219   

CityCenter (50%)

     (46,029     —          —          —           (46,029

Other unconsolidated resorts

     26,719        —          —          —           26,719   

Management and other operations

     (4,289     (316     1        10,763         6,159   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     638,446        (316     82,799        545,829         1,266,758   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock compensation

     (26,912     —          —          —           (26,912

Corporate

     3,354,505        —          (3,495,976     33,555         (107,916
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,966,039      $ (316   $ (3,413,177   $ 579,384       $ 1,131,930   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010  
     Operating
Income (Loss)
    Preopening
and Start-up
Expenses
    Property
Transactions,
Net
    Depreciation
and
Amortization
     Adjusted
EBITDA
 
     (In thousands)  

Bellagio

   $ 122,871      $ —        $ (125   $ 72,391       $ 195,137   

MGM Grand Las Vegas

     72,134        —          (45     58,515         130,604   

Mandalay Bay

     23,758        —          2,840        69,579         96,177   

The Mirage

     29,535        —          311        50,778         80,624   

Luxor

     12,237        —          1        32,217         44,455   

New York-New York

     31,737        —          6,858        20,966         59,561   

Excalibur

     31,103        —          784        17,271         49,158   

Monte Carlo

     1,928        —          3,765        18,345         24,038   

Circus Circus Las Vegas

     (2,529     —          229        15,650         13,350   

MGM Grand Detroit

     88,391        —          (484     30,529         118,436   

Beau Rivage

     13,768        —          351        36,921         51,040   

Gold Strike Tunica

     21,336        —          (551     10,805         31,590   

Other resort operations

     (2,827     —          4        4,125         1,302   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Wholly owned domestic resorts

     443,442        —          13,938        438,092         895,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

MGM Macau (50%)

     71,165        —          —          —           71,165   

CityCenter (50%)

     (215,560     3,494        —          —           (212,066

Other unconsolidated resorts

     35,484        —          —          —           35,484   

Management and other operations

     (28,699     567        —          11,215         (16,917
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     305,832        4,061        13,938        449,307         773,138   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock compensation

     (26,156     —          —          —           (26,156

Corporate

     (1,545,817     —          1,439,714        37,450         (68,653
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (1,266,141   $ 4,061      $ 1,453,652      $  486,757       $ 678,329   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

39


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows

Our consolidated cash flows include the results of MGM China beginning on June 3, 2011. At September 30, 2011, we held cash and cash equivalents of $1.8 billion, of which $494 million related to MGM China.

Operating Activities. Trends in our operating cash flows tend to follow trends in operating income, excluding non-cash charges, but can be affected by the timing of significant tax payments or refunds and distributions from unconsolidated affiliates. Cash provided by operating activities was $481 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to cash provided by operating activities of $380 million in the prior year period. The current period included $118 million in cash provided by operating activities related to MGM China. In addition, increased cash flows at our resorts were offset by lower tax refunds received in the current year period compared to the prior year period. We received net tax refunds of approximately $171 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and net tax refunds of approximately $331 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Investing Activities. In the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we made investments and advances of $108 million to CityCenter, of which $37 million related to a required equity contribution in connection with CityCenter’s first quarter 2011 financing transactions and $71 million related to payments made pursuant to our completion guarantee. In the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we made $408 million in payments to CityCenter pursuant to our completion guarantee.

We had capital expenditures of $176 million in 2011, including $14 million at MGM China, related mainly to capital expenditures at various resorts; including room remodels at Bellagio and MGM Grand, restaurant remodels, theater renovations, slot machines and a remodel of the high limit slots area at Bellagio. Most of the costs capitalized related to furniture and fixtures, materials, and external labor costs. Capital expenditures of $129 million in 2010 mainly related to the purchase of an aircraft and various capital projects at our resorts.

Our capital expenditures fluctuate from year to year depending on our decisions with respect to strategic capital investments in new or existing resorts and the timing of more regular capital investments to maintain the quality of our resorts; the amounts of which can vary depending on timing of larger remodel projects related to our public spaces and hotel rooms. Expected capital expenditures during the remainder of 2011 include slot machine purchases and the continued room remodel projects at Bellagio and MGM Grand. In accordance with our senior credit facility covenants, we and our restricted subsidiaries are limited to $500 million of annual capital expenditures (as defined in the agreement governing our senior credit facility) in 2011 and currently expect to spend approximately $275 million on capital expenditures in 2011.

During the nine months of 2011, we paid approximately $75 million to acquire an additional 1% interest in MGM China and acquired cash of $482 million. During the nine months of 2010, our New Jersey trust account received $110 million of net distributions from Borgata. All amounts in the trust account, including the proceeds from the sale of our Borgata interest and underlying land parcels, will be distributed to us upon consummation of the sale of our Borgata interest.

During the nine months of 2011, the trust holding our 50% ownership interest in Borgata received proceeds of $240 million from treasury securities with maturities greater than 90 days and reinvested $240 million in treasury securities with maturities greater than 90 days.

Financing Activities . In late September 2011, we borrowed $879 million under our senior credit facility to increase our capacity for issuing additional secured indebtedness; these borrowings were repaid immediately after quarter end. Excluding such borrowing, we repaid $20 million under the senior credit facility for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. MGM China repaid $91 million under its senior credit facility for the period from June 3, 2011 through September 30, 2011. In addition, we repaid the $325 million outstanding principal amount of our 8.375% senior subordinated notes due 2011 at maturity. During 2011, we issued $300 million of 4.25% convertible senior notes due 2015 for net proceeds of $311 million, which were used to pay down borrowings under our senior credit facility.

In the nine months ended September 30, 2010, excluding the $1.6 billion we repaid immediately after year end on our senior credit facility, we borrowed net debt of $302 million. During 2010 we issued $1.15 billion of 4.25% convertible senior notes due 2015 for net proceeds of $1.12 billion and issued $845 million of 9% senior secured notes due 2020 for net proceeds of $826 million. We paid $81 million for capped call transactions entered into in connection with the issuance of our convertible senior notes.

 

40


Table of Contents

We repaid the following principal amounts of senior and senior subordinated notes during 2010:

 

   

$75 million 8.375% senior subordinated notes (redeemed prior to maturity essentially at par);

 

   

$297 million 9.375% senior notes (repaid at maturity); and

 

   

$782 million of our 8.5% senior notes (redeemed $136 million prior to maturity essentially at par and repaid $646 million at maturity).

Other Factors Affecting Liquidity

Borgata settlement. As discussed in “Executive Overview,” we entered into a settlement agreement with the DGE under which we will sell our 50% ownership interest in Borgata and related leased land in Atlantic City. Prior to the consummation of the sale, the divestiture trust will retain any cash flows received in respect of the trust property, but will pay property taxes and other costs attributable to the trust property to the extent that minimum trust cash balances are maintained. Prior to the settlement agreement, we had received significant distributions from Borgata, and not receiving such distributions until the ultimate sale could negatively affect our liquidity in interim periods.

CityCenter completion guarantee. In January 2011, we entered into an amended completion and cost overrun guarantee in connection with CityCenter’s restated senior credit facility agreement and issuance of $1.5 billion of senior secured first lien notes and senior secured second lien notes. Consistent with the previous completion guarantee, the terms of the amended completion guarantee provide for the application of the then remaining $124 million of net residential proceeds from sales of condominium properties at CityCenter to fund construction costs, or to reimburse us for construction costs previously expended; however, the timing of receipt of such proceeds is uncertain.

As of September 30, 2011, we had funded $624 million under the completion guarantee. We have recorded a receivable from CityCenter of $108 million related to these amounts, which represents amounts reimbursable to us from CityCenter from future residential proceeds. We had a remaining estimated net obligation under the completion guarantee of $14 million which includes estimated litigation costs related to the resolution of disputes with contractors as to the final construction costs and estimated amounts to be paid to contractors either through the joint venture’s extra-judicial settlement process or through the legal process related to the Perini litigation. Our accrual also reflects certain estimated offsets to the amounts claimed by the contractors. CityCenter has reached, or expects to reach, settlement agreements with most of the construction subcontractors. However, significant disputes remain with the general contractor and certain subcontractors. Amounts claimed by such parties exceed amounts included in our completion guarantee accrual by approximately $200 million, as such amounts exceed our best estimate of our liability. Moreover, we have not accrued for any contingent payments to CityCenter related to the Harmon Hotel & Spa component, which is unlikely to be completed using the building as it now stands. The Clark County Building Division (“Building Division”) requested that CityCenter conduct an analysis, based on all available information, as to whether the current structure of the Harmon building complies with applicable building codes. On July 11, 2011 a consulting engineer engaged by CityCenter for this review submitted the results of his analysis of the Harmon tower and podium in its current as-built condition. The engineer opined, among other things, that “[i]n a code-level earthquake, using either the permitted or current code specified loads, it is likely that critical structural members in the tower will fail and become incapable of supporting gravity loads, leading to a partial or complete collapse of the tower. There is missing or misplaced reinforcing steel in columns, beams, shear walls, and transfer walls throughout the structure of the tower below the twenty-first floor.” In response to this opinion, the Building Division required CityCenter, no later than August 15, 2011, “to provide a plan of action that will abate the potential for structural collapse and protect impacted uses and occupancies.” Under the relevant building code provision, “abate” means repair, rehabilitation, demolition or removal of the subject building.

On August 15, 2011, after expert consultation, CityCenter submitted its reply to the Building Division. CityCenter informed the Building Division that it has decided to abate the potential for structural collapse of the Harmon in the event of a code-level earthquake by demolishing the building, and enclosed a plan of action for demolition by implosion prepared by LVI Environmental Services of Nevada, Inc. CityCenter also advised that prior to undertaking the demolition plan of action, it will seek relief from a standing order of the District Court judge presiding over the Perini litigation that prohibits alteration or destruction of the building without court approval. In addition, CityCenter supplied the foundational data for the engineering conclusions stated in the July 11, 2011 letter declaring the Harmon’s structural instability in the event of a code-level earthquake.

The Building Division advised CityCenter that the Building Division’s staff will review CityCenter’s August 15, 2011 submission and then issue its conclusions to CityCenter, but the Building Division did not specify a date for such guidance. By letter dated August 18, 2011, the Building Division requested further information from, and a meeting with, CityCenter’s retained engineering firm concerning the latter’s data, computations and conclusions regarding the Harmon’s as-built condition. Pursuant to this request by the Building Division, representatives from CityCenter’s retained engineering firm have met with the Building Division and directly responded to the Building Division’s inquiries.

We do not believe we would be responsible for funding under the completion guarantee any additional remediation efforts that might be required with respect to the Harmon; however, our view is based on a number of developing factors, including with respect

to on-going litigation with CityCenter’s contractors, actions by local officials and other developments related to the CityCenter venture, that are subject to change.

Silver Legacy . Silver Legacy has approximately $143 million of outstanding senior notes due in March 2012. Silver Legacy is exploring various alternatives for refinancing its obligations under the notes. There can be no assurance, however, that it will be able to refinance the notes on acceptable terms, or at all. If Silver Legacy is unable to refinance its obligations with respect to the mortgage notes, the holders of the notes will be entitled to exercise the remedies provided in the indenture governing the notes, including foreclosing on the assets securing the mortgage notes.

 

41


Table of Contents

Principal Debt Arrangements

Our long-term debt consists of publicly held senior, senior secured, senior subordinated, convertible senior notes and our senior credit facility. A detailed description is provided in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2010.

In addition, MGM Grand Paradise’s credit facility is equivalent to approximately $551 million in term loans at September 30, 2011 based on exchange rates at that date. Scheduled amortization on the term loan begins in July 2012 with a lump sum payment of $276 million upon final maturity in July 2015. The revolving loan may be redrawn, but is required to be repaid in full on the last date of the respective term loan, no later than July 2015. Interest on the term loan facility is based on HIBOR plus a margin ranging between 3% and 4.5%, based on MGM Grand Paradise’s adjusted leverage ratio, as defined in its credit facility agreement. Interest on the revolving facility can be denominated in either Hong Kong dollars or U.S. dollars and is based on the same margin range, plus HIBOR or LIBOR, as appropriate. As of September 30, 2011, the revolving facility is denominated entirely in Hong Kong dollars and interest is based on the margin range of 3%, plus HIBOR.

At September 30, 2011, MGM Grand Paradise was required to maintain a specified adjusted leverage ratio, as defined, at the end of each quarter while the loans are outstanding. The adjusted leverage ratio is required to be no greater than 4.00 to 1.00 for each quarter during 2011 and no greater than 3.50 to 1.00 thereafter. In addition, MGM Grand Paradise is required to maintain a debt service coverage ratio, as defined of no less than 1.50 to 1.00 at each quarter end. At September 30, 2011, MGM Grand Paradise was in compliance with its adjusted leverage ratio and debt service coverage ratios.

Commitments and Contractual Obligations

A detailed description of our commitments and contractual obligations is provided in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2010. There have been no significant updates other than scheduled payments and the effect of the MGM China transaction.

As discussed above under “Principal debt arrangements,” MGM Grand Paradise has approximately $551 million outstanding under its credit facility at September 30, 2011, which matures on a quarterly basis beginning in July 2012 and the revolving loan is required to be repaid in full on the last date of the respective term loan, but no later than July 2015. Estimated interest payable in future periods related to the MGM Grand Paradise credit facility is approximately $90 million.

Market Risk

In addition to the inherent risks associated with our normal operations, we are also exposed to additional market risks. Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate risk associated with our variable rate long-term debt. We attempt to limit our exposure to interest rate risk by managing the mix of our long-term fixed rate borrowings and short-term borrowings under our bank credit facilities. A change in interest rates generally does not have an impact upon our future earnings and cash flow for fixed-rate debt instruments. As fixed-rate debt matures, however, and if additional debt is acquired to fund the debt repayment, future earnings and cash flow may be affected by changes in interest rates. This effect would be realized in the periods subsequent to the periods when the debt matures.

As of September 30, 2011, variable rate borrowings represented approximately 27% of our total borrowings. Assuming a 100 basis-point increase in LIBOR over the 2% floor specified in our senior credit facility, our annual interest cost would change by approximately $32 million based on gross amounts outstanding at September 30, 2011. Assuming a 100 basis-point increase in HIBOR for the MGM Grand Paradise credit facility, our annual interest cost would change by approximately $6 million based on amounts outstanding at September 30, 2011. The following table provides additional information about our gross long-term debt subject to changes in interest rates:

 

     Debt maturing in,     Fair Value
September 30,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015     Thereafter     Total     2011  
     (In millions)  

Fixed rate

   $ 130      $ 535      $ 1,362      $ 1,159      $ 2,325      $ 4,394      $ 9,904      $ 9,549   

Average interest rate

     6.4     6.8     10.3     8.4     5.1     9.2     8.1  

Variable rate

   $ —        $ 28      $ 83      $ 3,273      $ 331      $ —        $ 3,715      $ 3,498   

Average interest rate

     N/A        3.2     3.2     6.9     3.2     N/A        6.4  

 

42


Table of Contents

In addition to the risk associated with our variable interest rate debt, we are also exposed to risks related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, mainly related to MGM China and to our operations at MGM Macau. While recent fluctuations in exchange rates have been minimal, potential changes in policy by governments or fluctuations in the economies of the U.S., Macau, or Hong Kong could cause variability in these exchange rates.

Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

This Form 10-Q contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “will,” “may” and similar references to future periods. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make regarding our ability to generate significant cash flow, and amounts that we expect to receive in federal tax refunds, amounts we will invest in capital expenditures, amounts we will pay under the CityCenter completion guarantee and our ability to complete a sale of our interest in Borgata. The foregoing is not a complete list of all forward-looking statements we make.

Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks, and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. Therefore, we caution you against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, regional, national or global political, economic, business, competitive, market, and regulatory conditions and the following:

 

   

our substantial indebtedness and significant financial commitments and our ability to satisfy our obligations;

 

   

current and future economic and credit market conditions and our ability to service or refinance our indebtedness and to make planned expenditures;

 

   

restrictions and limitations in the agreements governing our senior credit facility and other senior indebtedness;

 

   

significant competition with respect to destination travel locations generally and with respect to our peers in the industries in which we compete;

 

   

the fact that we are subject to extensive regulation and the related cost of compliance or failure to comply with such regulations;

 

   

economic and market conditions in the markets in which we operate and in the locations in which our customers reside;

 

   

MGM Grand Paradise’s gaming subconcession could be terminated by the Macau government under certain circumstances;

 

   

extreme weather conditions or climate change may cause property damage or interrupt business;

 

   

the concentration of our major gaming resorts on the Las Vegas Strip;

 

   

investing through partnerships or joint ventures including CityCenter decreases our ability to manage risk;

 

   

our business is particularly sensitive to energy prices and a rise in energy prices;

 

   

leisure and business travel, especially travel by air, are particularly susceptible to global geopolitical events, such as terrorist attacks or acts of war or hostility;

 

   

we extend credit to a significant portion of our customers and we may not be able to collect gaming receivables from our credit players;

 

   

conflicts of interest could arise because certain of our directors and officers are also directors of MGM China;

 

   

our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all possible losses that our properties could suffer. In addition, our insurance costs may increase and we may not be able to obtain similar insurance coverage in the future;

 

   

plans for future construction can be affected by a number of factors, including timing delays and legal challenges;

 

43


Table of Contents
   

the outcome of pending and potential future litigation claims against us;

 

   

the fact that Tracinda Corporation owns a significant amount of our common stock and may have interests that differ from the interests of other holders of our stock;

 

   

a significant portion of our labor force is covered by collective bargaining agreements; and

 

   

risks associated with doing business outside of the United States.

Any forward-looking statement made by us in this Form 10-Q speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Other factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict or identify all such factors. Consequently, you should not consider the following to be a complete discussion of all potential risks or uncertainties. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law. You are advised, however, to consult any further disclosures we make on related subjects in our Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K reports and our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This discussion is provided as permitted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

You should also be aware that while we from time to time communicate with securities analysts, we do not disclose to them any material non-public information, internal forecasts or other confidential business information. Therefore, you should not assume that we agree with any statement or report issued by any analyst, irrespective of the content of the statement or report. To the extent that reports issued by securities analysts contain projections, forecasts or opinions, those reports are not our responsibility and are not endorsed by us.

 

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We incorporate by reference the information appearing under “Market Risk” in Part I, Item 2 of this Form 10-Q.

 

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

Our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2011 to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations and to provide that such information is accumulated and communicated to management to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. This conclusion is based on an evaluation as required by Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act conducted under the supervision and participation of the principal executive officer and principal financial officer along with company management.

Except as noted below, during the quarter ended September 30, 2011, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2011, we began transitioning certain information technology processes and controls to a third-party service provider. The outsourced processes and controls primarily include the monitoring of database and system performance, servers, networks, and storage. In addition, the third party is providing help desk support, system access and security and disaster recovery services. The transition of such processes and controls was substantially completed subsequent to quarter end.

In making our assessment of changes in internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011, we have excluded the MGM China operations because these operations were acquired in a business combination on June 3, 2011. These operations represent approximately 32% of our total assets at September 30, 2011 and approximately 28% of our total net revenues for the quarter ended September 30, 2011. We intend to disclose any material changes in internal control over financial reporting with respect to the MGM China operations in the first annual assessment of internal control over financial reporting in which we are required to include MGM China.

 

44


Table of Contents

Part II. OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

For a complete description of the facts and circumstances surrounding material litigation we are a party to, see our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. There have been no significant developments in any of the cases disclosed in our Form 10-K in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, except as follows:

CityCenter construction litigation. In March 2010, Perini Building Company, Inc., general contractor for the CityCenter development project (the “Project”), filed a lawsuit in the Eighth Judicial District Court for Clark County, State of Nevada, against MGM MIRAGE Design Group (a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company which was the original party to the Perini construction agreement) and certain direct or indirect subsidiaries of CityCenter Holdings, LLC (the “CityCenter Owners”). Perini asserts that the Project was substantially completed, but the defendants failed to pay Perini approximately $490 million allegedly due and owing under the construction agreement for labor, equipment and materials expended on the Project. The complaint further charges the defendants with failure to provide timely and complete design documents, late delivery to Perini of design changes, mismanagement of the change order process, obstruction of Perini’s ability to complete the Harmon Hotel & Spa component, and fraudulent inducement of Perini to compromise significantly amounts due for its general conditions. The complaint advances claims for breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, tortious breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unjust enrichment and promissory estoppel, and fraud and intentional misrepresentation. Perini seeks compensatory damages, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and costs.

In April 2010, Perini served an amended complaint in this case which joins as defendants many owners of CityCenter residential condominium units (the “Condo Owner Defendants”), adds a count for foreclosure of Perini’s recorded master mechanic’s lien against the CityCenter property in the amount of approximately $491 million, and asserts the priority of this mechanic’s lien over the interests of the CityCenter Owners, the Condo Owner Defendants and the Project lenders in the CityCenter property.

The CityCenter Owners and the other defendants dispute Perini’s allegations, and contend that the defendants are entitled to substantial amounts from Perini, including offsets against amounts claimed to be owed to Perini and its subcontractors and damages based on breach of their contractual and other duties to CityCenter, duplicative payment requests, non-conforming work, lack of proof of alleged work performance, defective work related to the Harmon Hotel & Spa component, property damage and Perini’s failure to perform its obligations to pay Project subcontractors and to prevent filing of liens against the Project. Parallel to the court litigation CityCenter management conducted an extra-judicial program for settlement of Project subcontractor claims. CityCenter has resolved the claims of the majority of the 223 first-tier subcontractors, with only several remaining for further proceedings along with trial of Perini’s claims and CityCenter’s Harmon-related counterclaim and other claims by CityCenter against Perini and its parent guarantor, Tutor Perini. In December 2010, Perini recorded an amended notice of lien reducing its lien to approximately $313 million.

The CityCenter Owners and the other defendants will continue to vigorously assert and protect their interests in the lawsuit. The Company believes that a loss with respect to Perini’s punitive damages claim is neither probable nor reasonably possible. Please refer to Note 9 in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion on the Company’s completion guarantee obligation which may be impacted by the outcome of the above litigation and the joint venture’s extra-judicial settlement process.

Securities and derivative litigation.  On July 6, 2011 the Eighth Judicial District Court (Clark County) issued a decision that granted all defendants’ motions to dismiss the shareholder derivative complaint filed on March 25, 2011 in the consolidated cases Charles Kim v. James J. Murren, et al., Case No. A-09-599937-C, filed September 23, 2009) and Sanjay Israni v. Robert H. Baldwin, et al. (Case No. A-10-619411-C, transferred from the Second Judicial District Court (Washoe County) on May 10, 2010). The bases for the court’s ruling were that plaintiffs failed to serve a pre-suit demand upon the Company’s independently controlled Board of Directors, and the complaint failed to make allegations with sufficient particularity that such a demand would have been futile. An order based on the court’s decision is pending. The Company will continue to vigorously defend itself against these claims.

 

45


Table of Contents

Call center litigation. Lori Zaragoza v. MGM MIRAGE, Inc. and MGM Resorts International, Case No. BC 461912, Los Angeles County Superior Court, filed May 18, 2011. This putative class action complaint alleges that during the one year prior to the filing defendant’s call center reservation agents monitored and recorded consumer telephone calls for hotel room and other hospitality-related bookings, without prior notice to plaintiff and other California consumers in violation of various provisions of the California Penal Code. The plaintiff seeks certification of a class action, compensatory damages including consequential or statutory damages pursuant to California Penal Code §637.2, whichever is greater, injunctive relief, prejudgment interest and costs of suit. The case is in its early stages. The Company contests that the complaint has merit and will vigorously defend itself against the claims in this lawsuit. Based on fact investigation conducted to date in this case, defendant does not expect to incur a material loss with respect to this case.

Email Link Corp. v. Treasure Island, LLC; Wynn Resorts, Limited; Las Vegas Sands Corporation; Cosmopolitan Hotels & Resorts Inc.; MGM Resorts International; Caesars Entertainment Corporation; Hard Rock Hotel Holdings, LLC; and Hilton Worldwide, Inc.  United States District Court – District of Nevada, Case No. 2:11-cv-1433. Filed September 7, 2011. Email Link, assignee of U.S. Patent No. 7,840,176 (Patent ‘176), alleges that all defendants are infringing one or more claims of Patent ‘176 by transmitting email communications to customers, directly or through third parties, that contain links to data comprising website pages owned and operated by the defendants, and providing portions of defendants’ website pages that contain links to other data. Plaintiff further alleges that defendants are indirectly infringing the subject patent by inducing their customers to use defendants’ provided links to respond to defendants’ emails, which plaintiff contends constitutes customer infringement of this patent. The complaint seeks unspecified patent damages, which may consist of royalties based on a percentage of defendants’ revenues earned by use of the asserted patent infringement for the period of the patent, treble damages for the period of asserted willful infringement, pre- and post-judgment interest and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. The Company challenges the validity of the allegations in this complaint and will vigorously defend itself against plaintiff’s claims.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

A description of certain factors that may affect our future results and risk factors is set forth in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. There have been no material changes to those factors for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, except as discussed below. The following updates primarily relate to our acquisition of a controlling financial interest in MGM China.

 

   

Our substantial indebtedness and significant financial commitments could adversely affect our operations and financial results and impact our ability to satisfy our obligations. As of September 30, 2011, we had approximately $13.6 billion of indebtedness, including $3.2 billion of borrowings outstanding under our senior credit facility. In September 2011, we borrowed an additional $879 million under our senior credit facility to increase our capacity for issuing additional secured indebtedness; these borrowings were repaid immediately after quarter end. Giving effect to the subsequent repayment, we would have had approximately $1.2 billion of available borrowing capacity under our senior credit facility at September 30, 2011. We have no other existing sources of borrowing availability, except to the extent we pay down further amounts outstanding under the senior credit facility. Any increase in the interest rates applicable to our existing or future borrowings would increase the cost of our indebtedness and reduce the cash flow available to fund our other liquidity needs. In addition, as of September 30, 2011, MGM Grand Paradise, S.A. (“MGM Grand Paradise”), the company that owns and operates MGM Macau, had approximately $551 million of debt outstanding under its term loan credit facility. We do not guarantee MGM Grand Paradise’s obligations under its credit agreement and, to the extent MGM Macau were to cease to produce cash flow sufficient to service its indebtedness, our ability to make additional investments into that entity is limited by the negative covenants in our existing debt instruments. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for discussion of our liquidity and financial position. In addition, our substantial indebtedness and significant financial commitments could have important negative consequences, including:

 

   

increasing our exposure to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

limiting our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business and industry;

 

   

limiting our ability to borrow additional funds;

 

   

making it more difficult for us to make payments on our indebtedness; and

 

   

placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to other less leveraged competitors.

Moreover, our businesses are capital intensive. For our owned and managed properties to remain attractive and competitive we must periodically invest significant capital to keep the properties well-maintained, modernized and refurbished, which requires an ongoing supply of cash and, to the extent that we cannot fund expenditures from cash generated by operations, funds must be borrowed or otherwise obtained. Similarly, future development projects and acquisitions could require significant capital commitments, the incurrence of additional debt, guarantees of third-party debt, or the incurrence of contingent liabilities, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Events over the past several years, including the failures and near failures of financial services companies and the decrease in liquidity and available capital, have negatively affected the capital markets.

 

   

The agreements governing our senior credit facility and other senior indebtedness contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly affect our ability to operate our business, as well as significantly affect our liquidity and therefore could adversely affect our results of operations. Covenants governing our senior credit facility and certain of our debt securities restrict, among other things, our ability to:

 

   

pay dividends or distributions, repurchase or issue equity, prepay debt or make certain investments;

 

   

incur additional debt or issue certain disqualified stock and preferred stock;

 

46


Table of Contents
   

incur liens on assets;

 

   

pledge or sell assets or consolidate with another company or sell all or substantially all assets;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

allow certain subsidiaries to transfer assets; and

 

   

enter into sale and lease-back transactions.

Our ability to comply with these provisions may be affected by events beyond our control. The breach of any such covenants or obligations not otherwise waived or cured could result in a default under the applicable debt obligations and could trigger acceleration of those obligations, which in turn could trigger cross defaults under other agreements governing our long-term indebtedness. Any default under the senior credit facility or the indentures governing our other debt could adversely affect our growth, our financial condition, our results of operations and our ability to make payments on our debt, and could force us to seek protection under the bankruptcy laws.

In addition, MGM Grand Paradise’s credit facility contains covenants that restrict its ability to engage in certain transactions. In particular, the MGM Grand Paradise credit facility requires MGM Grand Paradise and certain of its subsidiaries to satisfy various financial covenants, including a maximum adjusted leverage ratio and minimum debt service ratio, and imposes certain operating and financial restrictions on MGM Grand Paradise and its subsidiaries, including, among other things, limitations on its ability to pay dividends or distributions to us, incur additional debt, make investments or engage in other businesses; merge or consolidate with other companies, or transfer and sell assets.

 

   

We face significant competition with respect to destination travel locations generally and with respect to our peers in the industries in which we compete, and failure to effectively compete could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition results of operations and cash flow. The hotel, resort and casino industries are highly competitive. We do not believe that our competition is limited to a particular geographic area, and hotel, resort and gaming operations in other states or countries could attract our customers. To the extent that new casinos enter our markets or hotel room capacity is expanded by others in major destination locations, competition will increase. Major competitors, including new entrants, have either recently expanded their hotel room capacity or are currently expanding their capacity or constructing new resorts in Las Vegas and Macau. Also, the growth of gaming in areas outside Las Vegas, including California, has increased the competition faced by our operations in Las Vegas and elsewhere. In particular, as large scale gaming operations in Native American tribal lands has increased, particularly in California, competition has increased. In addition, competition could increase if changes in gaming restrictions in the U.S. and elsewhere result in the addition of new gaming establishments located closer to our customers than our casinos, such as has happened in California. For example, while our Macau operations compete to some extent with casinos located elsewhere in Asia, including Singapore, Australia and New Zealand, certain countries in the region have legalized casino gaming (including Malaysia, Vietnam and Cambodia), and others (such as Japan, Taiwan and Thailand) may legalize casino gaming in the future. Furthermore, currently MGM Grand Paradise holds a subconcession under one of only three gaming concessions authorized by the Macau government to operate casinos in Macau. If the Macau government were to allow additional competitors to operate in Macau through the grant of additional concessions or subconcessions, we would face increased competition. In addition to competition with other hotels, resorts, and casinos, we compete with destination travel locations outside of the markets in which we operate. Our failure to compete successfully in our various markets and to continue to attract customers could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

In addition, in connection with the initial public offering of MGM China Holdings Limited (“MGM China”), the holding company that indirectly owns and operates MGM Macau, we entered into a Deed of Non-compete Undertakings with MGM China and Ms. Pansy Ho pursuant to which we are restricted from having any interest or involvement in gaming businesses in China, Macau, Hong Kong and Taiwan other than through MGM China. While gaming is currently prohibited in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan, if it is legalized in the future our ability to compete with our competitors in these locations would be limited until the earlier of (i) March 31, 2020 or (ii) the date MGM China’s ordinary shares cease to be listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

 

47


Table of Contents
   

Our businesses are subject to extensive regulation and the cost of compliance or failure to comply with such regulations may adversely affect our business and results of operations. Our ownership and operation of gaming facilities is subject to extensive regulation by the countries, states, and provinces in which we operate. These laws, regulations and ordinances vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, but generally concern the responsibility, financial stability and character of the owners and managers of gaming operations as well as persons financially interested or involved in gaming operations. As such, our gaming regulators can require us to disassociate ourselves from suppliers or business partners found unsuitable by the regulators or, alternatively, cease operations in that jurisdiction. In addition, unsuitable activity on our part or on the part of our domestic or foreign unconsolidated affiliates in any jurisdiction could have a negative effect on our ability to continue operating in other jurisdictions. For a summary of gaming and other regulations that affect our business, see “Regulation and Licensing.” The regulatory environment in any particular jurisdiction may change in the future and any such change could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, we are subject to various gaming taxes, which are subject to possible increase at any time. Increases in gaming taxation could also adversely affect our results.

Further, our directors, officers, key employees and joint venture partners must meet approval standards of certain state and foreign regulatory authorities. If state regulatory authorities were to find a person occupying any such position or a joint venture partner unsuitable, we would be required to sever our relationship with that person or the joint venture partner may be required to dispose of their interest in the joint venture. State regulatory agencies may conduct investigations into the conduct or associations of our directors, officers, key employees or joint venture partners to ensure compliance with applicable standards. For example, as a result of the New Jersey Division of Gaming Enforcement (the “DGE”) investigation of our relationship with our joint venture partner in Macau we entered into a settlement agreement with the DGE under which we were required to sell our 50% ownership interest in Borgata and related leased land in Atlantic City. Certain public and private issuances of securities and other transactions that we are party to also require the approval of some state regulatory authorities.

In Macau, current laws and regulations concerning gaming and gaming concessions are, for the most part, fairly recent and there is little precedent on the interpretation of these laws and regulations. These laws and regulations are complex, and a court or administrative or regulatory body may in the future render an interpretation of these laws and regulations, or issue new or modified regulations, that differ from MGM China’s interpretation, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, MGM China’s activities in Macau are subject to administrative review and approval by various government agencies. We cannot assure you that MGM China will be able to obtain all necessary approvals, which may materially affect its long-term business strategy and operations. Macau laws permit redress to the courts with respect to administrative actions; however, such redress is largely untested in relation to gaming issues.

In addition to gaming regulations, we are also subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations affecting businesses in general. These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, restrictions and conditions concerning alcoholic beverages, environmental matters, smoking, employees, currency transactions, taxation, zoning and building codes, and marketing and advertising. Such laws and regulations could change or could be interpreted differently in the future, or new laws and regulations could be enacted. For example, Illinois has enacted a ban on smoking in nearly all public places, including bars, restaurants, work places, schools and casinos. The likelihood or outcome of similar legislation in other jurisdictions and referendums in the future cannot be predicted, though any smoking ban would be expected to negatively impact our financial performance.

 

   

Our business is affected by economic and market conditions in the markets in which we operate and in the locations in which our customers reside. Our business is particularly sensitive to reductions in discretionary consumer spending and corporate spending on conventions and business development. Economic contraction, economic uncertainty or the perception by our customers of weak or weakening economic conditions may

 

48


Table of Contents
 

cause a decline in demand for hotel and casino resorts, trade shows and conventions, and for the type of luxury amenities we offer. In addition, changes in discretionary consumer spending or consumer preferences could be driven by factors such as the increased cost of travel, an unstable job market, perceived or actual disposable consumer income and wealth, or fears of war and future acts of terrorism. Aria, Bellagio, MGM Grand Las Vegas and The Mirage in particular may be affected by economic conditions in the Far East, and all of our Nevada resorts are affected by economic conditions in the United States, and California in particular. A recession, economic slowdown or any other significant economic condition affecting consumers or corporations generally is likely to cause a reduction in visitation to our resorts, which would adversely affect our operating results. For example, the recent recession and downturn in consumer and corporate spending has had a negative impact on our results of operations. In addition, the weak housing and real estate market — both generally and in Nevada particularly — has negatively impacted CityCenter’s ability to sell residential units. In addition, since we expect a significant number of customers to come to MGM Macau from mainland China, general economic and market conditions in China could impact our financial prospects. Any slowdown in economic growth or changes to China’s current restrictions on travel and currency movements could disrupt the number of visitors from mainland China to MGM Macau as well as the amounts they are willing to spend in the casino. For example, in May and July 2008, China readjusted its visa policy toward Macau and limited the number of visits that some mainland Chinese citizens may make to Macau in a given time period. In September 2008, it was publicly announced that mainland Chinese citizens with a Hong Kong visa (but not a Macau visa) could no longer enter Macau from Hong Kong. In addition, in May 2009, China also began to restrict the operation of “below-cost” tour groups involving low up-front payments and compulsory shopping, which were popular among visitors to Macau from mainland China. It is unclear whether these and other measures will continue to be in effect, or become more restrictive, in the future. These developments have, and any future policy developments that may be implemented may have, the effect of reducing the number of visitors to Macau from mainland China, which could adversely impact tourism and the gaming industry in Macau.

 

   

The Macau Government can terminate MGM Grand Paradise’s subconcession under certain circumstances without compensating MGM Grand Paradise, can exercise its redemption right with respect to the subconcession in 2017 or can refuse to grant MGM Grand Paradise an extension of the subconsession in 2020, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The Macau government has the right to unilaterally terminate the subconcession in the event of fundamental non-compliance by MGM Grand Paradise with applicable Macau laws or MGM Grand Paradise’s basic obligations under the subconcession contract. MGM Grand Paradise has the opportunity to remedy any such non-compliance with its fundamental obligations under the subconcession contract within a period to be stipulated by the Macau Government. Upon such termination, all of MGM Grand Paradise’s casino area premises and gaming-related equipment would be automatically transferred to the Macau government without compensation to MGM Grand Paradise, and we would cease to generate any revenues from these operations. We cannot assure you that MGM Grand Paradise will perform all of its obligations under the subconcession contract in a way that satisfies the requirements of the Macau Government.

Furthermore, under the subconcession contract, MGM Grand Paradise is obligated to comply with any laws and regulations that the Macau Government might promulgate in the future. We cannot assure you that MGM Grand Paradise will be able to comply with these laws and regulations or that these laws and regulations would not adversely affect our ability to construct or operate our Macau businesses. If any disagreement arises between MGM Grand Paradise and the Macau Government regarding the interpretation of, or MGM Grand Paradise’s compliance with, a provision of the subconcession contract, we will be relying on the consultation process with the Macau government as described above. During any consultation, MGM Grand Paradise will be obligated to comply with the terms of the subconcession contract as interpreted by the Macau Government. Currently, there is no precedent concerning how the Macau Government will treat the termination of a concession or subconcession upon the occurrence of any of the circumstances mentioned above. The loss of the subconcession would require us to cease conducting gaming operations in Macau, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

49


Table of Contents

In addition, the subconcession contract expires on March 31, 2020. Unless the subconcession is extended, or legislation with regard to reversion of casino premises is amended, all of MGM Grand Paradise’s casino premises and gaming-related equipment will automatically be transferred to the Macau government on that date without compensation to us, and we will cease to generate any revenues from such gaming operations. Beginning on March 31, 2017, the Macau government may redeem the subconcession contract by providing us at least one year’s prior notice. In the event the Macau government exercises this redemption right, MGM Grand Paradise is entitled to fair compensation or indemnity. The amount of such compensation or indemnity will be determined based on the amount of gaming and non-gaming revenue generated by MGM Macau, excluding the convention and exhibition facilities, during the taxable year prior to the redemption, before deducting interest, depreciation and amortization, multiplied by the number of remaining years before expiration of the subconcession. We cannot assure you that MGM Grand Paradise will be able to renew or extend the subconcession contract on terms favorable to MGM Grand Paradise or at all. We also cannot assure you that if the subconcession is redeemed, the compensation paid to MGM Grand Paradise will be adequate to compensate for the loss of future revenues.

 

   

Extreme weather conditions or climate change may cause property damage or interrupt business, which could harm our business and results of operations. Certain of our casino properties are located in areas that may be subject to extreme weather conditions, including, but not limited to, hurricanes in the United States and severe typhoons in Macau. Such extreme weather conditions may interrupt our operations, damage our properties, and reduce the number of customers who visit our facilities in such areas. Although we maintain both property and business interruption insurance coverage for certain extreme weather conditions, such coverage is subject to deductibles and limits on maximum benefits, including limitation on the coverage period for business interruption, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to fully insure such losses or fully collect, if at all, on claims resulting from such extreme weather conditions. Furthermore, such extreme weather conditions may interrupt or impede access to our affected properties and may cause visits to our affected properties to decrease for an indefinite period.

 

   

We extend credit to a large portion of our customers and we may not be able to collect gaming receivables.  We conduct our gaming activities on a credit and cash basis. Any such credit we extend is unsecured. Table games players typically are extended more credit than slot players, and high-stakes players typically are extended more credit than patrons who tend to wager lower amounts. High-end gaming is more volatile than other forms of gaming, and variances in win-loss results attributable to high-end gaming may have a significant positive or negative impact on cash flow and earnings in a particular quarter. We extend credit to those customers whose level of play and financial resources warrant, in the opinion of management, an extension of credit. In addition, MGM Grand Paradise extends credit to certain gaming promoters and those promoters can extend credit to their customers. Receivables from high-end customers and gaming promoters could have a significant impact on our results of operations if deemed uncollectible.

While gaming debts evidenced by a credit instrument, including what is commonly referred to as a “marker,” and judgments on gaming debts are enforceable under the current laws of Nevada, and Nevada judgments on gaming debts are enforceable in all states under the Full Faith and Credit Clause of the U.S. Constitution, other jurisdictions may determine that enforcement of gaming debts is against public policy. Although courts of some foreign nations will enforce gaming debts directly and the assets in the U.S. of foreign debtors may be reached to satisfy a judgment, judgments on gaming debts from U.S. courts are not binding on the courts of many foreign nations.

Furthermore, we expect that MGM Grand Paradise will be able to enforce its credit obligations only in a limited number of jurisdictions, including Macau. To the extent MGM Grand Paradise gaming customers and gaming promoters are from other jurisdictions, MGM Grand Paradise may not have access to a forum in which it will be able to collect all of its gaming receivables because, among other reasons, courts of many jurisdictions do not enforce gaming debts and MGM Grand Paradise may encounter forums that will refuse to enforce such debts. Moreover, under applicable law, MGM Grand Paradise remains obligated to pay taxes on uncollectible winnings from customers.

 

50


Table of Contents

Even where gaming debts are enforceable, they may not be collectible. Our inability to collect gaming debts could have a significant negative impact on our operating results.

 

   

Conflicts of interest may arise because certain of our directors and officers are also directors of MGM China, the holding company for MGM Grand Paradise which owns and operates MGM Macau. As a result of the initial public offering of shares MGM China common stock, MGM China now has stockholders who are not affiliated with us, and we and certain of our officers and directors who also serve as officers and/or directors of MGM China may have conflicting fiduciary obligations to our stockholders and to the minority stockholders of MGM China. Decisions that could have different implications for us and MGM China, including contractual arrangements that we have entered into or may in the future enter into with MGM China, may give rise to the appearance of a potential conflict of interest or an actual conflict of interest.

 

51


Table of Contents
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

Our share repurchases are only conducted under repurchase programs approved by our Board of Directors and publicly announced. We did not repurchase shares of our common stock during the quarter ended September 30, 2011. The maximum number of shares available for repurchase under our May 2008 repurchase program was 20 million as of September 30, 2011.

 

Item 6. Exhibits

 

  10.1    Subconcession Contract for the Exploitation of Games Fortune and Chance or Other Games in Casino in the Special Administrative Region of Macau, dated April 19, 2005, between Sociedade de Jogos de Macau, S.A., as concessionaire, and MGM Grand Paradise S.A., as subconcessionaire.
  10.2    Amendment No. 1, dated July 22, 2011 to Stipulation of Settlement in the Matter of the Reopened 2005 Casino License Hearing of Marina District Development Company, LLC (“MDDC”) dated March 11, 2010, by and among the Company, the State of New Jersey—Department of Law and Public Safety—Division of Gaming Enforcement, Boyd Gaming Corporation and MDDC.
  10.3    Form of Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement of the Company (non-employee director).
  10.4    Form of Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement of the Company (employee).
  10.5    Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement of the Company (time vesting).
  10.6    Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement of the Company (performance vesting).
  10.7    Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement of the Company (non-employee director).
  10.8    Employment Agreement, effective as of September 14, 2010, between the Company and William Hornbuckle.
  31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Periodic Report Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a).
  31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Periodic Report Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a).
  32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
  32.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
101*    The following information from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 (unaudited) and December 31, 2010 (audited); (ii) Unaudited Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010; (iii) Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010; and (iv) Notes to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

* This exhibit is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for the purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

 

52


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

    MGM Resorts International
Date: November 4, 2011     By:  

/s/ JAMES J. MURREN

      James J. Murren
     

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
and President

      (Principal Executive Officer)
Date: November 4, 2011      

/s/ DANIEL J. D’ARRIGO

      Daniel J. D’Arrigo
     

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer

      (Principal Financial Officer)

 

53

EXHIBIT 10.1

Translation

SUBCONCESSION CONTRACT FOR THE EXPLOITATION OF GAMES OF

FORTUNE AND CHANCE OR OTHER GAMES IN CASINO IN THE SPECIAL

ADMINISTRATIVE REGION OF MACAU

Between

Sociedade de Jogos de Macau, SA, hereinafter designated concessionaire, with head office in Macau, at Avenida de Lisboa, numbers 2-4, Hotel Lisboa, 9 th floor, registered with the Commercial Registry Office of Macau under the number 15056, represented in this contract by its director Ho Hung Sun, Stanley also known as Stanley Hung Sun Ho or Stanley Ho, widower, holder of the Macau Resident Identity Card n° 1/260888/1, issued 08/09/1999, and Living in Macau, at Estrada da Penha n° 15, with powers for the act,

And

MGM Grand Paradise, SA, hereinafter designated subconcessionaire, with head office in Macau, at Avenida da Praia Grande n° 759, 5 th floor, registered with the Commercial Registry Office of Macau under the number 18972, represented in this contract by its directors Ho, Pansy Catilina Chiu King, also known as Pansy Ho, married, holder of the Macau Permanent Resident Identity Card n° 1265941(3), issued on 14/07/2003 and living in Macau at Avenida da Praia Grande n° 759, 5 th floor, and Gary Neil Jacobs, married, holder of the United States of America Passport n° 036187011, issued on 29/04/1997, and living at 3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, United States of America, with powers for the act,

And bearing in mind that: -

The Special Administrative Region of Macau granted the concessionaire a concession for the exploitation of the games of fortune and chance and other games in casino, through the execution of an administrative concession contract for the exploitation of the games of fortune and chance and other games in casino in the Special Administrative Region of Macau on 28 th  March 2002, altered on 19 th  April 2005;

LOGO


Sociedade de Jogos de Macau S. A. was authorized, under the terms of the number one of the clause 75 of the concession contract executed between the Special Administrative Region of Macau and the concessionaire, to execute this subconcession contract;

Is accepted and reciprocally agreed this administrative subconcession contract for the exploitation of the games of fortune and chance and other games in casino that will be governed by the following clauses.

CHAPTER I

Object, type and period of the subconcession

Clause 1

Object of the subconcession

One. The subconcession granted by this subconcession contract has as object the exploitation of games of fortune and chance or other games in casino in the Special Administrative Region of Macau of the People’s Republic of China, hereinafter designated Special Administrative Region of Macau.

Two. The subconcession granted by this subconcession contract has as object the exploitation of games of fortune and chance or other games in casino granted to the concessionaire and is, as to that concession, partial, being the concessionaire exonerated of the obligations imputed to the subconcessionaire by and under the terms of this subconcession contract.

Three. The subconcession does not include the exploitation of: -

1) Mutual betting;

2) Operations offered to the public, with exception of the provisions of number 7 article 3 of the Law n° 16/2001;

3) Interactive games;

4) Games of fortune and chance or any other type of game, betting or operations on a ship or aircraft, with exception of the provisions of paragraph 1) number 3 and number 4 of article 5 of the Law number 16/2001.

 

2


Clause 2

Objectives of the subconcession

The subconcessionaire pledges to: -

1) Ensure the adequate exploitation and operation of the games of fortune and chance or other games in casino.

2) To employ in the management and operation of the games of fortune and chance or other games in casino only persons competent to carry out that duties and assume that responsibilities;

3) To exploit and operate the games of fortune and chance or other games in casino in a fair and honest manner and free from criminal influence; and

4) To safeguard and protect the interests of the Special Administrative Region of Macau in the taxation resulting from running its casinos and other gambling areas.

Clause 3

Applicable law and jurisdiction

One. Exclusively the laws of the Special Administrative Region of Macau govern this subconcession contract.

Two . The concessionaire and the subconcessionaire renounce to litigate between themselves, or against the Special Administrative Region of Macau, de per si, conjunctly or with others, in any court outside the Special Administrative Region of Macau as they recognize and submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Special Administrative Region of Macau courts to resolve any eventual litigations or conflicts of interest.

Clause 4

Observance of the Special Administrative Region of Macau legislation

The concessionaire and the subconcessionaire pledge to abide by the legislation applicable in the Special Administrative Region of Macau, renouncing to invoke any legislation alien to the Special Administrative Region of Macau, namely to exempt themselves from the fulfillment of the obligations or conducts to which are bound or impending on them.

 

3


Clause Five

Participation in the exploitation of games of fortune and chance

or other games in casinos in other jurisdictions

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to notify the Government of the Special Administrative Region of Macau, hereinafter the Government, about its participation, and immediately afterwards, the participation of any of its directors, its controlling shareholder, including the last controlling shareholder, or any corporate participation corresponding directly or indirectly to 10% or more of its capital stock, in the process for licensing or concession of an exploitation of games of fortune and chance or other games in casino, and as well in the exploitation of games of fortune and chance or other games in casino, even if merely through a management contract, in any other jurisdiction.

Two. For effects of the previous number, the subconcessionaire pledges, according to the case, to submit and provide to the Government or endeavor to obtain to submit or provide to the Government any documents, information or data it has been asked for the effect, except those that by legal provision, are confidential.

Clause 6

Concessions regime

One. This subconcession contract is ruled by the concessions regime contemplated in the legal framing of the legal system that governs the exploitation of the games of fortune and chance or other games in casino, approved by the Law number 16/2001, the Administrative Regulation number 26/2001, the rules for the practice of games of fortune and chance, namely those contemplated in article 55 of the Law number 16/2001, and any other complementary regulation of the referred Law number 16/2001, and as well the concession contract executed between the Special Administrative Region of Macau and the concessionaire.

Two. Without prejudice of the obligations stipulated in this subconcession contract, the subconcessionaire undertakes also with the Government to comply with any obligations similar to those that at any time will be stipulated to the concessionaires for the exploitation of games of fortune and chance or other games in casino within the legal framing mentioned in the previous number.

 

4


Clause 7

Exploitation of the subconcession

The subconcessionaire pledges to exploit the subconcession in the terms and conditions stipulated in this subconcession contract.

Clause 8

Subconcession period

One. The term of the subconcession granted by this contract ends on the thirty-first day of March in the year two thousand twenty.

Two. The ruling of the previous number does not hinder the application of the clauses of this subconcession contract that remain valid after the term of the subconcession.

CHAPTER II

Locations for the casinos exploitation and operation

and other gambling areas

Clause 9

Locations for the subconcession exploitation

One. In the exercise of its activity, the subconcessionaire can only exploit games of fortune and chance or other games in casino in the casinos and other gambling areas previously authorized and classified by the Government.

Two. The allotment of any other location to exploit the subconcession depends from the Government authorization.

Clause 10

Type of games, tables and electrical and mechanical machines games

One. The subconcessionaire is authorized to exploit all types of games the concessionaire is licensed to operate, and other type of games to be authorized by dispatch of the Secretary for Economy and Finances, requested by the subconcessionaire and after a favorable opinion of Direcçāo de Inspecçāo e Coordenaçāo de Jogos [ Gaming Authority ] , hereinafter designated DICJ, whose rules for its practice will be approved by dispatch of the Secretary for Economy and Finances, under DICJ proposal. The

 

5


subconcessionaire is also authorized to operate, under the terms of the law, any electrical or mechanical machines games, including slot machines.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges to submit annually to DICJ, during December, a list stating the number of tables and electrical or mechanical machines, including slot machines, it intends to exploit during the following year, and as well their location.

Three. The number of tables and electrical or mechanical machines, including slot machines, to be exploited by the subconcessionaire can be altered by previous notification to DICJ by the subconcessionaire.

Four. The subconcessionaire pledges to maintain and exploit in its casinos a minimal variety of games, according to DICJ instructions.

Clause 11

Continuous operation of the casinos

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to have the casinos open every day of the year.

Two. Without prejudice of the previous number provisions, the subconcessionaire can establish a daily period for the casinos and their related activities to be opened to the public.

Three. The schedule of a daily period for the casinos and their related activities to be opened to the public must be notified previously to the Government and be affixed at the casinos entrance.

Four. The alteration of the daily opening of the casinos and their related activities to the public must be notified to the Government with a minimal antecedence of three days.

Clause 12

Suspension of the operation in casino and other gambling areas

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to request the Government, with a minimal antecedence of three days, upon presentation of reasonable grounds, authorization to halter the operations of one or more casinos and other gambling areas, for a period of one or more days.

 

6


Two. The authorization mentioned in the previous number is waived in urgent situations or in cases of force majeure, namely emerging from a serious accident, catastrophe or natural calamity, causing serious risk to the persons safety, and in this case the subconcessionaire must notify the Government and the concessionaire as soon as possible, about the suspension of the casino or other gambling areas operation.

Clause 13

Electronic surveillance and control equipment

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to install in the casinos and other gambling areas, an electronic surveillance and control equipment of international high quality approved by DICJ. For the effect, the subconcessionaire must send a request in writing to that Department, identifying the equipment to be installed, attaching the respective technical data. Notwithstanding, DICJ can, at anytime, request the presentation of specimens or samples of the referred equipment.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges also to install electronic surveillance and control equipment, approved by DICJ, in other areas near the casinos and other gambling areas or leading to or connecting them, whenever requested for such by that Department.

Three. The subconcessionaire pledges to install new electronic surveillance and control equipment, approved by DICJ, whenever reasonably asked for such by that Department, namely to maintain the international high quality mentioned in number One.

Four. The subconcessionaire pledges to notify the competent public authorities as soon as possible of any acts or facts constituting crime or administrative infraction of which is aware and as well any illegal acts or facts it may consider serious.

CHAPTER III

Subconcessionaire company

Clause 14

Corporate purpose, head office and incorporation

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to have as exclusive corporate purpose the exploitation of games of fortune and chance or other games in casino.

 

7


Two. The subconcessionaire corporate purpose can, by authorization of the Government, include activities correlative to the exploitation of games of fortune and chance or other games in casino.

Three. The subconcessionaire pledges to maintain its head office in the Special Administrative Region of Macau and to be incorporated as a joint stock company.

Clause 15

Capital stock and shares

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to maintain a capital stock in an amount no less than MOP$200,000,000.00 (two hundred million Patacas).

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges to increase its capital stock if and when ordered by the Chief Executive if supervening circumstances so justifies.

Three. Only nominal shares represent the totality of the capital stock.

Four. The increase of the subconcessionaire capital stock by public subscription requires the Government authorization.

Five. The subconcessionaire issue of preferential shares requires the Government authorization.

Six. Without prejudice of the previous number, the creation or issue of types or category of shares representative of the subconcessionaire capital stock, and also their transformation, require the Government authorization.

Seven. The subconcessionaire pledges to ensure that the totality of the capital stock of the subconcessionaire shareholders that are companies, and the capital stock of the holders of their corporate participations that are companies, and so on until the last holders of the corporate participations, whether individuals or companies, is represented exclusively by nominal shares, except companies that are listed in stock exchanges in what refers to the shares dealt there.

Clause 16

Transfer and encumbrance of shares

One. The transfer or encumbrance inter vivos, at whatever title, of the ownership or other rights on the shares representative of the subconcessionaire capital stock and as well any acts involving the assignment of the voting right or other corporate rights to any other person than its holder, require the Government authorization.

 

8


Two. In the case mentioned in the previous number, the subconcessionaire is bound to refuse the registration and to not recognize the quality of shareholder to any entity that obtains or holds shares representative of its capital stock in violation of this subconcession contract or the law and to not do any act that implicitly or explicitly recognizes any effect to the transfer or encumbrance inter vivos or operation mentioned in the previous number.

Three. The transfer mortis causa of the ownership or other rights on the shares representative of the subconcessionaire capital stock must be notified to the Government as soon as possible; the subconcessionaire pledges at the same time to ensure the transfer is registered in its shares registration book.

Four. After securing the authorization mentioned in number One, the holder of the ownership or other rights on the shares representative of the subconcessionaire capital stock when transferring or encumbering or doing an act involving the assignment to others of the voting right or other corporate rights will notify the subconcessionaire immediately which is bound to notify DICJ within thirty days after the registration in the shares book or an equivalent formality, sending a copy of the documents that formalize that legal business and providing detailed information on any terms and conditions established.

Five. The subconcessionaire pledges to request the Government authorization for the transfer inter vivos, at whatever title, of the ownership or any other rights on the corporate participations of the holders of corporate participations representative of the capital stock of the subconcessionaire shareholders, being such holders individuals or companies, and the capital stock of the holders of corporate participations of those that are companies, being such holders individuals or companies, and so on until the last holders of the corporate participations, being individuals or companies, when that corporate participations correspond, directly or indirectly, to 5% or more of the subconcessionaire capital stock, except companies that are listed in stock exchanges in what refers to the shares dealt there.

Six. The subconcessionaire must notify the Government as soon as possible after having knowledge of it, about the transfer mortis causa of the ownership or other rights on corporate participations of the holders of 5% or more of corporate participations representative of the capital stock of the subconcessionaire shareholders, being such holders individuals or companies, and the capital stock of the holders of 5%

 

9


or more of corporate participations of those that are companies, being such holders individuals or companies, and so on until the last holders of the corporate participations, whether individuals or companies.

Seven. The subconcessionaire pledges also to notify the Government as soon as having knowledge of it, of the encumbrance at whatever title of corporate participations representative of the capital stock of its shareholders, and corporate participations held by holders of corporate participations of that shareholders, and so on until the corporate participations of the last holders when that corporate participations correspond indirectly to 5% or more of the subconcessionaire capital stock, except the corporate participations representative of the capital stock of companies that are listed in stock exchanges in what refers to the shares dealt there.

Eight. The previous number applies also to any acts involving the assignment of the voting right or other corporate rights to another person than their holder, except the companies that are listed in stock exchanges in what refers to the shares dealt there.

Nine. The stipulated in number four applies to the transfer at whatever title of the ownership of other right on the corporate participations referred in number five with the necessary adjustments.

Ten. In case of a controlling shareholder of the subconcessionaire not wanting to continue to be the latter shareholder due to having received written instructions on that regard from an agency governing the exploitation of the games of fortune and chance or other games in casino from another jurisdiction in which is concessionaire or licensed to exploit games of fortune and chance and other games in casino, or in which is controlling shareholder of a concessionaire or licensed company to exploit games of fortune and chance and other games in casino, the Government, if considering that such written instructions arise from acts not imputable to the subconcessionaire or to the controlling shareholder in question, can authorize that controlling shareholder to transfer the ownership of the corporate participation it holds in the subconcessionaire, without prejudice of the need to obtain consent from the Government for the purchase of that participation by others.

Clause 17

Issue of shares

 

10


The subconcessionaire shall obtain the Government authorization prior to issue shares.

Clause 18

Listing in the stock exchange

One. The subconcessionaire or a company in which is a controlling shareholder cannot be listed in the stock exchange without the Government authorization.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges also to ensure that the companies that are its controlling shareholders and whose main activity is, directly or indirectly, the execution of projects referred in the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract, to not request admission or are listed in the stock exchange without previously notifying the Government.

Three. The request for authorization mentioned in number one and the prior information mentioned in the previous number must be respectively formulated or made by the subconcessionaire and with all the necessary documents, without prejudice of the Government asking for additional documents, data or information.

Clause 19

Structure of the shareholding and capital stock

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to deliver annually to the Government, during December, a document stating its shareholding structure, and as well the structure of the capital stock of the companies holding 5% or more of the subconcessionaire capital stock, and also the structure of the capital stock of the companies holding 5% or more of these companies capital stock, and so on until the individuals or companies that are last shareholders, except the companies that are listed in stock exchanges in what concerns the shares dealt therein, or to present a declaration attesting that they did not have any alteration.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges also to endeavor to obtain and deliver to the Government, together with the updating or declaration mentioned in number One, a declaration signed by each of its shareholders, and the persons mentioned in the previous number, duly certified, attesting that they hold the number of corporate participations declared and that they are nominative, together with copy of the shares that incorporate the respective corporate participations.

 

11


Clause 20

Prohibition to accumulate functions in corporate bodies

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to not appoint to the board of directors, general meeting board, statutory audit board or any other corporate body, a person holding functions in a concessionaire corporate body, another subconcessionaire or a company managing one concessionaire in what refers the exploitation of games of fortune and chance and other games in casino operating in the Special Administrative Region of Macau.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges to notify the Government and the concessionaire, as soon as possible, the appointment of any person to hold functions in the subconcessionaire board of directors, general meeting board, statutory audit board or any other corporate body.

Three. The Government pledges to inform the subconcessionaire about the appointment of any person to hold functions in the board of directors, general meeting board, statutory audit board or any other corporate body of other concessionaires and subconcessionaires and the companies managing concessionaires in what refers the exploitation of games of fortune and chance and other games in casino operating in the Special Administrative Region of Macau.

Clause 21

Management

One. The delegation of the subconcessionaire management, including the appointment of the managing director, the scope of his powers and the period of the delegation, and as well any alteration to it, namely involving replacement, temporary or definitive, of the managing director, is subject to prior Government consent. For the effect, the subconcessionaire will send to the Government a minutes of its board of directors containing the proposal of delegation of the subconcessionaire management, including the identity of the managing director, scope of his powers and the period of the delegation, references relative of his replacement in cases of impediment, and as well any resolution relative to the replacement, temporary or definitive, of the managing director. A delegation of the subconcessionaire management has no validity until the Government authorization regarding all its elements.

 

12


Two. If the Government does not approve any or all the delegation terms mentioned in the previous number, the subconcessionaire undertakes, within fifteen days from the non-acceptance notification, to send a new minutes and, in case of the person named not being accepted, a copy of the Annex II of the Administrative Regulation number 26/2001 duly filled by the new named managing director.

Three. The subconcessionaire pledges that no mandates or powers of attorney are executed bestowing, based on a stable relation, powers of the board of directors competence to execute businesses on behalf of the subconcessionaire, excepting the powers to carry routine acts, namely with departments or public services, unless authorized by the Government.

Clause 22

Articles of association and agreements between shareholders

One. Any amendment to the subconcessionaire articles of association requires the Government approval,

Two. The project for amendment of the subconcessionaire articles of association must be sent for the Government approval with a minimal antecedence of thirty days before the date of the shareholders meeting to analyze that amendment.

Three. The subconcessionaire pledges to provide the Government with a certified copy of the document approving any alteration of its articles of association within thirty days after its execution.

Four. The subconcessionaire pledges to notify the Government of any agreements between shareholders it may be aware of. For this purpose, and without prejudice of any other measures it may or should take, the subconcessionaire shall indagate with its shareholders, fifteen days prior to any shareholders general meeting, or during a general meeting, if it was not preceded of notice, about the existence of any agreements between shareholders, namely regarding the exercise of voting rights or other corporate rights, and inform the Government about the results of that measures.

Five. The Government shall notify the subconcessionaire within sixty days if approves the alteration of its articles of association and as well its agreements between shareholders.

 

13


Clause 23

Duty of information

One. Without prejudice of any other duties of information established for the concessionaires under the concessions regime mentioned in Clause 6, the subconcessionaire pledges to: -

1) Notify the Government, as soon as possible, of any information that might affect its proper operation, such as those related with its liquidity and solvency, the existence of any legal proceedings against itself or any of its directors, shareholders holding 5% or more of its capital stock and executive staffs with relevant functions in the casinos, any act or fact committed in its casinos and other gambling areas constituting a crime or administrative breach of which has knowledge and any harmful attitude against the subconcessionaire or members of its corporate bodies by a director or worker of the Civil Service of the Special Administrative Region of Macau, including Security Forces officers;

2) Notify the Government as soon as possible of all and any events that might harm, hinder, make excessively onerous or excessively difficult the punctual and cabal execution of any obligation arising from this subconcession contract, or might cause the subconcession extinction, in the terms stipulated in Chapter XIX;

3) Notify the Government as soon as possible about any of the following facts or occurrences: -

1. Remunerations fixed or eventual, periodical or extraordinary, paid to the directors of the Concessionaire, investors and executive employees with relevant positions in the casino, being received as salaries, remunerations, honoraries or others, and as well eventual mechanisms of participations on its profits;

2. Benefits existent or to be created, including distribution of profits;

3. Management and provision of services contracts existent or proposed by the subconcessionaire.

4) To send to the Government, as soon as possible, certified copies of: -

1. The contracts or other documents titling or describing any remuneration mentioned in number 1 of the previous paragraph;

2. The contracts or other documents titling or describing any benefits or distribution of profits, existent or to be created.

 

14


3. The management and provision of services contracts existent or proposed by the subconcessionaire

5) Inform the Government, as soon as possible, of any imminent or foreseeable major alteration in its economic and financial situation, and as well in the economic and financial situation of: -

1. Its controlling shareholders;

2. Any entities closely associated with the subconcessionaire, namely those that assumed or guaranteed the financing of the investments or obligations the subconcessionaire is contractually bound to realize or assume; and

3. The shareholders holding 5% or more of its capital stock that assumed or guaranteed the financing of the investments or obligations the subconcessionaire is contractually bound to realize or assume.

6) To inform the Government as soon as possible, when the annual average of the business volume with a third party reaches or exceeds MOP$250,000,000.00 (two hundred and fifty million Patacas).

7) To present annually to DICJ, during January, a document stating all its bank accounts and respective balances.

8) To present, at its soonest, supplementary or additional information as required by the Government.

9) To provide the DICJ and the Finances Department, hereinafter DSF, as soon as possible, the data and information necessary for the cabal execution of their functions.

Two. The Government can determinate that the obligations contemplated in paragraphs 3) and 4) of the previous number be annual,

CHAPTER IV

Management Company

Clause 24

Duty of communication

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to notify the Government, with a minimal antecedence of ninety days, about its intention to contract with a management company

 

15


not related with the exploitation of games of fortune and chance and other games in casino.

Two. For the effects of the previous number, the subconcessionaire pledges to send to the Government a certified copy of the management company articles of association or an equivalent document and the draft of the respective management contract.

Three. The subconcessionaire pledges before the Special Administrative Region of Macau to not execute a contract in which another entity assumes management powers relatively to the subconcessionaire for the exploitation of the games of fortune and chance and other games in casino.

Four. The breach of the stipulated in the previous number, and without prejudice of other applicable sanctions or penalties, incurs the payment to the Special Administrative Region of Macau of a penal clause in the amount of MOP$500,000,000.00 (five hundred million Patacas).

CHAPTER V

Idoneity

Clause 25

Subconcessionaire idoneity

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to remain idoneous during the subconcession validity, under the legal terms.

Two. For the effects of the previous number, the Government, under the legal terms, subjects the subconcessionaire to a continuous and permanent monitoring and supervision.

Three. The subconcessionaire pledges to burden, at its soonest, the costs occurred, with its idoneity checking processes; for the effect, DCIJ will issue a document stating such costs, that will be their sufficient evidence.

 

16


Clause 26

Subconcessionaire shareholders, directors and executive staffs idoneity

One. The subconcessionaire shareholders holding 5% or more of its capital stock, its directors and executive staffs with relevant positions in the casino must remain idoneous during the subconcession validity, under the legal terms.

Two. For effects of the previous number, the subconcessionaire shareholders holding 5% or more of its capital stock, its directors and executive staffs with relevant positions in the casino are subjected to a Government continuous and permanent monitoring and supervision, under the legal terms.

Three. The subconcessionaire pledges to ensure that the shareholders holding 5% or more of its capital stock, its directors and executive staffs with relevant positions in the casino remain idoneous during the validity of the subconcession, being fully aware that their idoneity reflects in its own idoneity.

Four. The subconcessionaire pledges to demand that the shareholders holding 5% or more of its capital stock, its directors and executive staffs with relevant positions in the casino notify the Government, as soon as they have knowledge of it, of all and any fact that might be relevant to the subconcessionaire or theirs idoneity.

Five. For the effects of the previous number, the subconcessionaire pledges to ask bi-annually its shareholders holding 5% or move of its capital stock, its directors and executive staffs with relevant positions in the casino if they have any knowledge of any fact that might be relevant to the subconcessionaire or theirs idoneity, without prejudice of the subconcessionaire, having knowledge of any relevant fact, informing the Government at its soonest.

Six. The subconcessionaire pledges to inform the Government as soon as it comes to its knowledge of all and any fact that might be relevant to the idoneity of the shareholders holding 5% or more of its capital stock, its directors and executive staffs with relevant positions in the casino.

Seven. The ruling of number three of the previous clause applies to the processes of checking the idoneity of the shareholders holding 5% or more of its capital stock, its directors and executive staffs with relevant positions in the casino.

 

17


Clause 27

Special duty of cooperation

Without prejudice of the general duty of cooperation stipulated in Clause 67, the subconcessionaire pledges to provide the Government with any document, information or data the Government considers necessary to verify whether its idoneity still holds.

Clause 28

Special duty of notification

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to notify the Government, as soon as it becomes aware of it, about the termination of a license or concession for the exploitation of games of fortune and chance or other games in casino in any other jurisdiction of any shareholder holding 5% or more of the its capital stock.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges to notify the Government as soon as it becomes aware of any investigation related with a fact allowing any agency regulating the exploitation of games of fortune and chance and other games in casino activity in another jurisdiction to punish, interrupt or in any other way affect the license or concession for the exploitation of games of fortune and chance and other games in casino that any shareholder holding 5% or more of its capital stock has in that jurisdiction.

CHAPTER VI

Financial Capacity and Financing

Clause 29

The subconcessionaire financial capacity

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to maintain financial capacity to operate the subconcession, and as well to punctually and fully fulfill the obligations relative to any aspect of its activity, the investments and obligations to which is contractually bound or assumed under the terms of this subconcession contract, in special the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract.

Two. For the effects of the previous number, the Government, under the legal terms, subjects the subconcessionaire and the shareholders holding 5% or more of its capital stock to a continuous and permanent monitoring and supervision.

Three. The subconcessionaire pledges to burden, at its soonest, the costs occurred with the processes for checking its own and the shareholders holding 5% or more of its

 

18


capital stock financial capacity; for the effect, DCIJ will issue a document stating such costs, that will be their sufficient evidence,

Clause 30

Loans and similar contracts

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to inform the Government of any loan or similar contract executed with a third party and amounting to more than MOP$30,000,000.00 (thirty million Patacas).

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges to not grant any loan or execute a similar contract with its directors, shareholders or executive staffs with relevant position in its casino, unless approved by the Government.

Three. The subconcessionaire pledges to not execute any contract with a commercial entrepreneur by which he could assume management or intervention powers in the subconcessionaire management, namely through step in rights, unless approved by the Government.

Clause 31

Assumption of risks

One. The subconcessionaire expressly assumes all the obligation and the integral and exclusive responsibility for all risks inherent to the subconcession in what concerns its financial capacity and its financing, without prejudice of the provisions of Clause 40.

Two. The Special Administrative Region of Macau is not subjected to any obligation, nor assumes any responsibility or risk, in what concerns the subconcessionaire financing.

Clause 32

Securing of financing

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to secure the financing necessary to the punctual and cabal compliance of the obligations relative to any aspect of its activity, the investments and obligations to which is contractually bound to execute or has assumed under the terms of this snbconcession contract, specially the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract.

 

19


Two. Are not opposable to the Special Administrative Region of Macau any exceptions or means of defense resulting from the contractual relations established by the subconcessionaire with third parties, including financing entities and shareholders of the subconcessionaire, in order to secure the financing mentioned in the previous number.

Clause 33

Reserve funds

The subconcessionaire pledges to maintain the reserve funds required by law.

Clause 34

Special duty of cooperation

One. Without prejudice of the general duty of cooperation foreseen in Clause 67, the subconcessionaire pledges to make immediately available to Government any document, information or data the Government may consider necessary to verify if the adequate financial capacity is maintained.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges to notify the Government, as soon as possible, about any loans, mortgages, declarations of debt, guaranties or any obligation contracted or to be contracted for financing any aspect of its activity, in an amount equal or higher than MOP$8,000,000.00 (eight million Patacas).

Three. The subconcessionaire pledges to send to the Government as soon as possible, certified copies of any documents relative to any loans, mortgages, declarations of debt, guaranties or any obligation contracted or to be contracted for financing any aspect of its activity.

Four. The subconcessionaire pledges to obtain and present to the Government a declaration signed by each of its controlling shareholders, including the last controlling shareholder, accepting to subject to this special duty of cooperation, and undertake to present any documents and to provide any information, data, authorizations or evidence that for the purpose are requested.

 

20


CHAPTER VII

Investments Plan

Clause 35

Investments Plan

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to execute the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract under the terms stipulated therein.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges namely: -

1) To use, in all projects, skilled labor;

2) To give preference, in the contracting of companies and workers to execute the projects listed in the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract, to those that operate their business permanently or reside in the Special Administrative Region of Macau;

3) To observe in the preparation of the projects of the works relative to the projects specified in the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract, the norms and technical regulations in force in the Special Administrative Region of Macau, namely the Foundations Regulations approved by the Law-Decree number 47/96/M of August 26 and the Buildings and Bridges Structures Safety and Actions Regulation, approved by the Law-Decree number 56/96/M of September 16, and as well governmental departments specifications and homologation documents and the instructions of manufacturers or patent holding entities;

4) To attach to the projects referred in the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract sent for approval to Direcção dos Serviços de Solos, Obras Publicas e Trasportes [ Land, Public Works and Transport Department ] , hereinafter designated DSSOPT, a quality control manual compiled by an entity technically qualified in identical and similar works, whose technical competency is recognized and approved by this Department, with a works plan and respective financial and execution chronograms, with samples of the most significant materials and the curriculums of the persons responsible for each specialty, besides other documents stipulated in the legislation in force, namely the Law-Decree number 79/85/M, of August 21; in case of non-presentation or if the quality control manual presented is non-approved, the subconcessionaire pledges to abide by the quality control manual meanwhile complied by a specialized entity designated by DSSOPT;

 

21


5) To execute the works in strictly compliance with the projects approved, according to the legal and regulatory provisions in force and conforming to standards internationally recognized in works and supplies of the same type, and as well according to the trade regulations;

6) To observe the construction and opening to the public deadlines for the projects described in the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract;

7) To use in the execution of the projects described in the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract, materials, systems and equipment certified and approved by renowned entities and according to international standards, generally recognized as having high international quality;

8) To maintain the quality of all projects described in the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contact, according to high standards of international quality;

9) To ensure that the commercial businesses included in its enterprises present high standards of international quality;

10) To maintain a modern, efficient and high quality management in accordance with high standards of international quality;

11) To notify the Government, as soon as possible, of all and any situation altering or that might alter in a relevant way, either during its enterprises construction phase, or in the phase of exploitation of any aspect of its activity, the normal progress of the works, and as well the occurrence of structural or other anomalies in its enterprises, with a detailed and grounded report of that situations, integrating eventually the contribution of entities alien to the subconcessionaire and of recognized competence and reputation, with the indication of the measures taken or to be implemented to overcome that situations.

Three. The subconcessionaire is liable before the Special Administrative Region of Macau and others for any losses resulting from deficiencies, errors or serious omissions in the design and dimensioning of the project, in the execution of construction works and in the maintenance of constructions subjacent to the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract, for which is imputable.

Four. The Government can authorize that the periods mentioned in paragraph 6) of the number Two be altered with no need to revise this subconcession contract.

 

22


Five. The Government pledges to enable the subconcessionaire to execute, directly or indirectly, under the legal terms, the projects described in the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract.

Clause 36

Alterations to the projects listed in the Investments Plan

One. In the execution of the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract, the Government can demand any documents or impose alterations relatively to the execution of the projects listed therein to guarantee the fulfillment of the norms and technical regulations in force and the level of quality standards demanded.

Two. The Government shall not impose any alterations to the referred projects resulting in an increase of the global amount referred in Clause 39.

Clause 37

Supervision

One. The Government, namely through DSSOPT, shall follow and supervise the execution of the works, specifically the accomplishment of the work plan and the materials, systems and equipment quality, according to the legislation applicable in function of the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract.

Two. DSSOPT will inform the subconcessionaire the appointment of representatives to follow up and supervise the works execution; if more than one representative will be responsible for such work, one of them will be appointed as the leader.

Three. For the effects of number one, the subconcessionaire pledges to present detailed monthly reports on the evolution of the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract on a monthly basis. These monthly reports shall specify at least -

1) The most relevant events, staffs numbers, materials, systems and equipment quantities involved;

2) The evolution of the works relative to the works plan (progress control);

3) Updating of the financial and execution chronograms;

4) The need of projects, supplies, means to be used, materials, systems and equipment;

5) Major measures taken to ensure the implementation of work plan;

 

23


6) Actions to be taken to correct deviations.

Four. The subconcessionaire pledges to present written and detailed extraordinary reports, whenever necessary, namely when the normal progress of the works relative to the execution of the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract is jeopardized.

Five. The subconcessionaire pledges to provide, at the Government request, and within the period stipulated, any documents, namely texts and drawings relative to the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract.

Six. The subconcessionaire pledges also to provide all clarifications and information requested in order to complement all the documents mentioned in the previous number.

Seven. Whenever the Government has doubts concerning the works quality, it can demand the execution of any tests besides those contemplated by the subconcessionaire, consulting the subconcessionaire, if necessary, on the decision rules to be adopted.

Eight. The subconcessionaire shall burden the costs of the tests mentioned in the previous number and with the repair of the deficiencies found.

Nine. The Government, namely through DSSPT, can address orders, notices and notifications related with the works execution technical aspects, directly to the project technical director.

Ten. The project technical director shall follow the works with assiduity and be at the site whenever being requested.

Eleven. Under the terms of the law, the Government, namely through DSSPOT, can halt and stop the execution of the works whenever exist discrepancy with the projects approved or breach of the applicable legal, regulatory or contractual norms or provisions.

Twelve. The powers to supervise the compliance of the obligations arising from this subconcession contract do not involve any liability of the Special Administrative Region of Macau for the execution of the construction works, being exclusive responsibility of the subconcessionaire all the imperfections or defects of the design, execution or running of the referred works, except those resulting from decisions taken by the Government.

 

24


Clause 38

Contracting and subcontracting

The contracting and subcontracting of others does not exempt the subconcessionaire from its legal or contractual obligations.

Clause 39

Application of the Investments Plan remaining funds

If after conclusion of the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract, the total amount of disbursements by the subconcessionaire directly, or indirectly against the Government authorization, will be less than the global amount of MOP 4,000,000,000,00 (four billion Patacas), the subconcessionaire pledges to spend the remaining funds in projects correlative to its activity, to be named by the subconcessionaire and accepted by the Government, or in projects of relevant public interest for the Special Administrative Region of Macau, to be indicated by the Government.

Clause 40

Insurance

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to execute and maintain updated insurance contracts necessary to guarantee an effective and complete cover of the risks inherent to the development of the activities integrated in the subconcession, being those insurances underwritten with insurance companies authorized to operate in the Special Administrative Region of Macau or, with the Government authorization, with insurance companies from abroad, when the insurance proves to be unviable or too onerous to the subconcessionaire.

Two. The subconcessionaire must, namely, ensure the existence and maintenance in force of the following insurance contracts: -

1) Labor accidents and occupational diseases insurance for its workers;

2) Civil liability insurance for all its vehicles;

3) Civil liability insurance for its vessels, airplanes or other aircraft apparatus or when using them under leasing;

4) Civil liability insurance for installation of advertising materials;

5) General civil liability insurance related with the exploitation of games of fortune and chance or other games in casino in the Special Administrative Region of

 

25


Macau, and as well the development of other activities integrated in the subconcession and not covered by another insurance contract;

6) Insurance against damage in buildings, furniture, equipment and other properties used in the subconcession activities;

7) Construction insurance (all risks, including civil liability) relatively to the execution of any works or in buildings for the subconcessionaire activities.

Three. The insurance mentioned in paragraph 6) of the previous number is multi-risks, covering, at least, the following: -

1) Fire, lightning or explosion (whatever its nature);

2) Pipes bursting, leakage or overflow of tanks, boilers, canalizations, cisterns, lavatories or water transport apparatus;

3) Floods, typhoons, tropical storms, volcano eruptions, earthquake or other natural disasters;

4) Airplanes or other aircraft apparatus crash or collision, or drop or jettison of objects from them;

5) Vehicles collision;

6) Theft or robbery;

7) Strikes, robberies, riots, public order disturbances or other events of similar nature.

Four. The capital or minimum limit for the insurances referred in number two is as follows: -

1) In accordance with the legislation in force for the insurances contemplated in paragraphs 1) to 4);

2) In an amount to be stipulated by the Government for the insurance contemplated in paragraph 5), bearing in mind, among other parameters, the volume of business of the activities integrated in the subconcession license and the accidents rate of the previous year;

3) Equal to the net value of the properties contemplated in paragraph 6), being considered as net value the gross value minus the accumulated depreciation;

4) The value of the works for the insurance contemplated in paragraph 7).

Five. The subconcessionaire pledges also to ensure that the entities with who contracts cover labor accidents and occupational diseases.

 

26


Six. The subconcessionaire must provide the Government with evidence of the insurance policies existence and validity, sending it their copies, at the time of their execution or whenever there is a renewal.

Seven. The subconcessionaire pledges to not start any works without sending first the copies mentioned in the previous number to the Government.

Eight. Unless approved by the Government, the subconcessionaire can not cancel, interrupt, alter or replace any insurance contracts, except for a mere change of the insurer, and in this case the subconcessionaire will notify this fact as soon as possible to the Government.

Nine. The Government can use the guarantee to fulfill the legal or contractual obligations of the subconcessionaire, if the subconcessionaire fails to pay the insurance premiums.

Ten. The insurances the subconcessionaire is bound to contract under the terms of the concession contract executed between the Special Administrative Region of Macau and the concessionaire do not include nor replace the ones foreseen in this clause.

CHAPTER VIII

Property

Clause 41

Special Administrative Region of Macau property

One, The subconcessionaire pledges to ensure the maintenance or replacement, according to DICJ instructions, of the Special Administrative Region of Macau property that may be affected to the subconcession exploitation through the temporary transfer of its usufruct, fruition and use.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges to ensure the maintenance of the land, soils or natural resources for whose management the Government is responsible, in the terms of article n° 7 of the Special Administrative Region of Macau Basic Law, that were or will be affected to the subconcession exploitation, either by lease or by concession.

 

27


Clause 42

Other property

One. The casinos, and as well the equipment and implements affected to the games, shall be compulsorily located in the subconcessionaire buildings, and no onus or encumbrances shall be imposed on the casinos, equipment and implements, except with the Government approval.

Two. Notwithstanding the approval referred in the previous paragraph, the subconcessionaire pledges that upon expiration of the subconcession, the casinos, and as well the equipment and implements affected to the casinos, even if outside their premises, are free of any onus or encumbrances.

Three. Unless authorized by the Government, the casinos cannot be located in properties whose use and fruition are titled by lease contracts, independently of their nature, or any other type of contract that does not attribute the subconcessionaire full ownership, even if atypical; the referred authorization can, namely, impose as condition, in order to allow the reversion of the casinos to the Special Administrative Region of Macau, that the subconcessionaire purchases the properties where the casinos are located until one hundred eighty days before the date foreseen in number one of the Clause 43, unless when the subconcession expires before that date, then the purchase must be made as soon as possible.

Four. Once authorized, the subconcessionaire pledges to send to the Government copies of the contracts mentioned in the previous number, and as well copies of all the alterations and amendments, even with retroactive effects.

Five. The subconcessionaire pledges to locate all its casinos in buildings or buildings complexes, even if an economical and functional property, under the independent units system, for the casinos to be integrated in one or more independent units, being those areas perfectly identified and defined.

Six. For the effects of the previous number, the subconcessionaire pledges, as soon as possible, to present to the Government a certificate of the property registration, describing all its independent units, together with a floor plan where the respective areas are identified and defined.

Seven, The subconcessionaire is bound to register any alteration to the independent units ownership, and shall send, as soon as possible, to the Government and through DSSOPT, the respective certificate of the properly registration.

 

28


Eight. The Concessionaire pledges also to submit for the Government approval, the condominiums regulation concerning the independent units ownership.

Clause 43

Reversion of the casinos, equipment and implements affected to the games

One. For the effects of this subconcession contract, on 31 st March in the year two thousand twenty, except when the subconcession expires before that date, the subconcessionaire casinos, and likewise the equipment and implements affected to the games, even if located outside their premises, will revert gratuitously and automatically to the Special Administrative Region of Macau, pledging the subconcessionaire to deliver them in perfect condition and operation, without prejudice of their normal wear and tear from the use, and free from any onus or encumbrance.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges to immediately deliver the property mentioned in the previous number.

Three. Should the subconcessionaire fail to deliver the property mentioned in number one, the Government will take immediate administrative possession of the property, being the respective expenses burdened on account of the guarantee for compliance of the subconcessionaire legal or contractual obligations.

Four. On the date mentioned in number one, the Government will survey the property mentioned in Clauses 41, and 42, which representatives of the subconcessionaire can attend, to check the conservation and maintenance conditions of that property, being drawn a survey report.

Five. Upon dissolution or liquidation of the subconcessionaire, the respective corporate properties division shall not be carried out unless the Government attests, through the compulsory inventory mentioned in the next clause, that the properties object of reversion are in good conservation and operation conditions, or without being secured, by means of any guarantee accepted by the Government, the payment of any sums due to the Special Administrative Region of Macau, as compensation or any other title.

Six. The provisions of the last part of number one does not hinder the normal renewal of the equipment and implements affected to the games.

 

29


Clause 44

Inventory of the assets affected to the sub concession

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to prepare in triplicate and maintain updated the inventory of all properties and rights belonging to the Special Administrative Region of Macau and affected to the subconcession, and as well all properties revertible to the Special Administrative Region of Macau, doing for the effect, until the 31 st day of May of each year, the updating of the maps showing the alterations occurred and sending them to DICJ and DSF.

Two. In the last year of the subconcession, the inventory aforementioned will be done, compulsorily, sixty days before its term.

Three. In the other cases of the subconcession extinction, the inventory mentioned in number one will be done on a date to be stipulated by the Government.

Clause 45

Improvements

Any improvements made, at whatever title, in the properties mentioned in Clause 41, and as well in properties revertible to the Special Administrative Region of Macau, do not entitle the subconcessionaire and/or the concessionaire to any compensation or indemnification and do not need to be removed.

Clause 46

Concession of land to be used by the subconcessionaire

One. The concession system for land to be used by the subconcessionaire, namely for the subconcession. exploitation, is stipulated in the respective land concession contract.

Two. The land concession contract to be executed between the Government and the subconcessionaire is governed by the provisions of this subconcession contract, in the applicable part.

 

30


CHAPTER IX

Premium

Clause 47

Premium

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to pay an annual premium to the Special Administrative Region of Macau while the subconcession is in force, as consideration for the exploitation of the games of fortune and chance or other games in casino.

Two. The amount of the annual premium payable by the subconcessionaire is formed by a fixed part and a variable part.

Three. The amount relative to the fixed part of the annual premium payable by the subconcessionaire is MOP30,000,000.00 (thirty million Patacas) per year.

Four. The amount relative to the variable part of the annual premium payable by the subconcessionaire will be calculated based on the number of the tables and electrical or mechanical machines, including the slot machines, operated by the subconcessionaire.

Five. For effects of the previous number provisions: -

1) The subconcessionaire will pay MOP300,000.00 (three hundred thousand Patacas) per year and per each table reserved to certain games and gamblers, namely operated in a special room or area;

2) The subconcessionaire will pay MOP150,000.00 (one hundred fifty thousand Patacas) per year and per each table non reserved to certain games and gamblers;

3) The subconcessionaire will pay MOP1,000.00 (one thousand Patacas) per year and per each electrical or mechanical gambling machine, including slot machines.

Six. Independently of the number of tables the subconcessionaire operates at any time, the amount relative to the variable part of the premium shall not be less than the sum originated by the permanent operation of 100 (one hundred) tables reserved to certain games or gamblers, namely operated in special gambling rooms or areas, and 100 (one hundred) tables non reserved to certain games and gamblers.

Seven. The subconcessionaire pledges to pay the amount relative to the fixed part of the annual premium until the tenth day of January of the respective year, and the Government can stipulate that the payment be made in monthly installments.

 

31


Eight . The Concessionaire pledges to pay monthly, until the tenth day of the following month, the amount relative to the variable part of the annual premium concerning the tables and electric or mechanical gambling machines, including slot machines, it operated during the previous month.

Nine. For the computation of the amount relative to the variable part of the annual premium referred in the previous number, is taken into account the number of days that, in the month in question, each table and each electric or mechanical gambling machine, including slot machines, was operated by the subconcessionaire.

Ten. The payment of the annual premium is settled by presentation of the respective payment form at the Special Administrative Region of Macau Finances Department Treasury.

CHAPTER X

Contributions

Clause 48

Contributions to a public foundation

One . The subconcessionaire pledges to pay the Special Administrative Region of Macau a contribution in an amount corresponding to 1.6% (one point six percent) of the gambling gross revenue that will be made available to a public foundation whose purposes are the promotion, study and development of cultural, social, economic, educative, scientific, academic and philanthropic actions to be indicated by the Government.

Two. The subconcessionaire pays the contribution mentioned in the previous number monthly until the tenth day of the following month by presentation of the respective payment form at the Special Administrative Region of Macau Finances Department Treasury.

Three . The contribution mentioned in number one will be object of its own budgetary inscription by the Special Administrative Region of Macau.

 

32


Clause 49

Contribution to the urban development, tourism promotion

and social security

One . The subconcessionaire pledges to pay the Special Administrative Region of Macau a contribution in an amount corresponding to 2.4% (two point four percent) of the gambling gross revenue for the urban development, tourism promotion and social security of the Special Administrative Region of Macau.

Two . The contribution mentioned in the previous number is paid monthly until the tenth day of the following month by presentation of the respective payment form at the Special Administrative Region of Macau Finances Department Treasury.

Three. The contribution mentioned in number one will be object of its own budgetary inscription by the Special Administrative Region of Macau.

Four. The Government can nominate one or more projects or one or more entities as beneficiaries of part of the sums paid.

Five . The Government and the subconcessionaire can, up to the maximum amount of 1.2% (one point two percent) of the gambling gross revenue, agree on one or more projects or one or more entities for awarding these sums, in which case the subconcessionaire can award them directly, being the contribution mentioned in number one to be paid at the Special Administrative Region of Macau Finances Department Treasury correspondently reduced.

CHAPTER XI

Taxation and submission of documents

Clause 50

Special tax on gambling

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to pay the Special Administrative Region of Macau the special tax on gambling lawfully stipulated, that will be paid in twelfths, settling it monthly with the Government until the tenth day of the following month.

Two. The payment of the special tax on gambling can be made in Patacas or in a currency accepted by the Government.

Three. The payment of the special tax on gambling in Patacas is made directly to the public treasury coffers of the Special Administrative Region of Macau.

 

33


Four. The payment of the special tax on gambling in a currency accepted by the Government is made through the delivery of the respective currency to the Monetary Authority of Macau, that will made available the correspondent amount in Patacas to the public treasury coffers of the Special Administrative Region of Macau.

Clause 51

Taxation at source

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to deduct at source, at definitive title, the tax lawfully stipulated on the commissions or other remunerations paid to junkets, handing the respective amounts monthly, until the tenth day of the following month, to the Treasury of the Finances Department of the Special Administrative Region of Macau.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges to deduct at source, at definitive title, the professional tax lawfully stipulated relative to its staffs, handing the respective amounts to the Treasury of the Finances Department of the Special Administrative Region of Macau, under the legal terms.

Clause 52

Payment of other taxes, contributions, duties or emoluments due

The subconcessionaire pledges to pay other taxes, contributions, duties or emoluments due and stipulated in the legislation of the Special Administrative Region of Macau and from which payment is not exempted.

Clause 53

Document corroborative of the inexistence of debts to the Public Treasury

of the Special Administrative Region of Macau

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to present yearly to the Government, until March 31, a certificate relative to the previous year and issued by DSF, attesting the subconcessionaire is not in debt with the Public Treasury of the Special Administrative Region of Macau in respect of any taxes and duties, fines or accrued, being considered incorporated in this concept the compensatory interests and interests on arrears and the 3% of debts.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges as well to present annually to the Government a document stating the fiscal situation, relative to the previous year, of its

 

34


managing director, members of its corporate bodies and its shareholders holding 5% or more of its capital stock.

Clause 54

Document corroborative of the inexistence of debts to the Social Security

of the Special Administrative Region of Macau

The subconcessionaire pledges to present annually to the Government, until March 31, a document issued by the Social Security Fund of the Special Administrative Region of Macau attesting the subconcessionaire has its situation with the Social Security of the Special Administrative Region of Macau in order.

Clause 55

Provision of information

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to send quarterly to the Government, until the last day of the month following the trimester in question, its balance sheet of the previous trimester, except the one relative to the last quarter of each year, which is sent until the last day of February of the following year.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges also to send to the Government, until thirty days prior to the annual general meeting for approval of accounts, the following data: -

1) The accounting and statistical maps referent to the previous year;

2) The full names, in all their possible versions, of the persons that during that year were members of the board of directors and statutory audit board, the appointed attorneys, and as well the chief accountant; and

3) A copy of the board of directors’ report and accounts, together with the statutory audit board and external auditors opinions,

Clause 56

Accounting and internal control

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to have its own accounting system, well organized administratively and with an appropriate internal control and to comply with the directives issued by the Government in this regard, namely through DICJ or DFS.

Two. The subconcessionaire shall adopt in the compilation and presentation of the accounts only the criteria of the Accounting Official Plan in force in the Special

 

35


Administrative Region of Macau, without prejudice of the Chief Executive, by proposal of the DICJ director or the DSF director, order the existence of certain books, documents or other accounting data, and as well determinate the criteria to be adopted by the subconcessionaire in the accounting of its operations and the observance of special norms in its compilation and presentation.

Clause 57

Annual accounts external auditing

The subconcessionaire pledges to hold annually an auditing of its accounts, by an external independent entity of renowned international reputation, previously accepted by DICJ and DSF, providing in advance all the documents necessary, namely those referred in article 34 of the Law number 16/2001.

Clause 58

Extraordinary auditing

The subconcessionaire pledges at any time, with or without previous notice, to subject to extraordinary auditing, by an external independent entity of renowned international reputation or any other entity, whenever DICJ or DSF deem necessary or convenient.

Clause 59

Compulsory publications

One. The subconcessionaire pledges, in relation to the previous year, closed on thirty first December, to publish annually, until April 30, in the Official Gazette of the Special Administrative Region of Macau and in two of the newspapers with biggest circulation in the Special Administrative Region of Macau, being one in Chinese and another in Portuguese, the following data: -

1) Balance, profit and loss account and annex;

2) Synthesis of the activity report;

3) Opinion of the statutory audit board;

4) Synthesis of the external auditors opinion;

5) List of the shareholders, holding 5% or more of its capital stock, in any period of the year, stating the respective percentage; and

6) Names of its corporate bodies members.

 

36


Two. The subconcessionaire pledges to send to the Government copies of all data mentioned in the previous number, and any other data for publication required by the concessions regime mentioned in Clause 60, with the minimal antecedence of ten days prior to the publication date.

Three. The concessionaire and the subconcessianaire pledge to publish conjunctly the data mentioned in number one.

Clause 60

Special duty of cooperation

Without prejudice of the general duty of cooperation stipulated in Clause 67, the subconcessionaire pledges to cooperate with the Government, namely the DICJ and DSF, to provide data and information required for the analysis or checking of its accounting, the execution of extraordinary auditing, and in general, the duties stipulated in the concessions regime referred in Clause 60.

CHAPTER XII

Guarantees

Clause 61

Surety to guarantee the fulfillment of the subconcessionaire

legal or contractual obligations

One. The surety to guarantee the fulfillment of the subconcessionaire legal or contractual obligations can be provided in any of the ways lawfully stipulated, as long as accepted by the Government.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges to keep an autonomous first demand guarantee in favor of the Government, issued by Banco Nacional Ultramarino, S. A., to guarantee: -

1) The exact and punctual compliance of the legal or contractual obligations to which the subconcessionaire is bound;

2) The exact and punctual payment of the premium to which the subconcessionaire is bound before the Special Administrative Region of Macau and foreseen on Clause 47;

3) The payment of fines or other pecuniary penalties that might be mulcted to the subconcessionaire due to a legal provision or clause of this subconcession contract;

 

37


4) The payment of any indemnification arising from contractual liability for the emergent losses and cessant profits resulting from the total or partial noncompliance of the obligations to which the subconcessionaire is bound in this subconcession contract.

Three. The subconcessionaire pledges to keep in favor of the Government the autonomous first demand guarantee referred in the previous number with the maximum value of MOP500,000,000.00 (five hundred million Patacas) since the execution of this subconcession contract till the twentieth day of April of the year two thousand ten and with the maximum value of MOP300,000,000.00 (three hundred million Patacas) since the twentieth day of April of the year two thousand ten till one hundred eighty (180) days after the final term of the subconcession, foreseen in Clause 8.

Four. The subconcessionaire pledges to take all measures and comply with all obligations necessary to maintain valid the autonomous bank guarantee mentioned in number two.

Five. The Government shall use the autonomous bank guarantee mentioned in number two, independently of previous judicial decision, whenever the subconcessionaire fails to comply with any of the legal or contractual obligations to which is bound, doesn’t settle exactly and punctually the payment of the premiums to which is bound, doesn’t pay or contest within the legal time the fines or other pecuniary penalties it has been mulcted by reason of legal provision or clause of this subconcession contract; the Government shall also use the autonomous bank guarantee mentioned in number two for any compensation arisen from contractual liability for the emergent losses and cessant profits resulting from the total or partial noncompliance of the obligations to which the subconcessionaire is bound in this subconcession contract

Six. Whenever the Government uses the autonomous bank guarantee mentioned in number two, the subconcessionaire is bound, within fifteen days from being informed of that use, to take all the necessary measures to restore the full effect of the surety.

Seven. The autonomous bank guarantee mentioned in number two can only be revoked upon Government approval.

Eight. The Government can authorize the amendment of the terms or conditions referred in numbers 3 to 6, and as well authorize the replacement of the autonomous bank guarantee mentioned in number 2 by any other lawful form foreseen to provide the

 

38


surety to guarantee the compliance of the subconcessionaire legal or contractual obligations.

Nine. The costs with the issue, maintenance and cancellation of the surety to guarantee the compliance of the subconcessionaire legal or contractual obligations are fully burdened by the subconcessionaire.

Clause 62

Specific bank guarantee to secure the payment of the special tax on gambling

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to present, whenever required by the Government, if there are justified fears that the subconcessionaire would not pay the probable monthly sums of the special tax on gambling, in the period and in the terms, conditions and amount to be stipulated by the Government, a first demand autonomous bank guarantee in favor of the Government and to guarantee the payment of that amounts.

Two. The terms and conditions of the autonomous bank guarantee mentioned in the previous number cannot be altered without the Government authorization, pledging the subconcessionaire to fulfill any obligations deriving or that might derive from maintaining valid that guarantee, in the exact terms in which was executed.

Three. The Government can use the autonomous bank guarantee mentioned in number one, independently of previous judicial decision, whenever the subconcessionaire fails to pay the special tax on gambling due to the Special Administrative Region of Macau in the terms of the law and this subconcession contract.

Four. Whenever the Government uses the autonomous bank guarantee mentioned in number one, the subconcessionaire is bound, within fifteen days from being informed of that use, to take all the necessary measures to restore the full effect of the surety.

Five. The subconcessionaire can only revoke the autonomous bank guarantee mentioned in number one after elapsing one hundred eighty days from the extinction of the subconcessionaire and upon Government approval.

Six. The costs with the issue, maintenance and cancellation of the autonomous bank guarantee mentioned in number one are fully burdened by the subconcessionaire.

 

39


Clause 63

Guarantee provided by a controlling shareholder

or shareholders of the subconcessionaire

One. The Government can demand one controlling shareholder of the subconcessionaire to provide a guarantee acceptable by the Government, relative to the compliance of the commitments and obligations assumed by the subconcessionaire; if there is no controlling shareholder, the Government can demand that the subconcessionaire shareholders provide the guarantee.

Two. The guarantee mentioned in the previous number can be demanded, namely if there are justified fears that the subconcessionaire is not able to fulfill the legal and contractual obligations to which is bound.

Three. The guarantee mentioned in number one can be provided by a deposit in cash, a bank guarantee, a surety insurance or any other form stipulated in Article 619 of the Civil Code, in the period, terms, conditions and amount to be defined by Dispatch of the Chief Executive.

Four. The Government can use the guarantee provided under this clause, independently of previous judicial decision, whenever the subconcessionaire fails to fulfill its commitments and obligations, in the terms of the law and this subconcession contract.

Five. Whenever the Government uses the guarantee provided under this clause, the subconcessionaire pledges that its controlling shareholders or the respective shareholders take all the necessary measures to restore the full effect of the guarantee, within fifteen days from being informed of the dispatch relative to the use of the guarantee.

Six. The terms and conditions of the guarantee provided under this clause cannot be altered without the Government approval

CHAPTER XIII

Supervision of the subconcessionaire obligations compliance

Clause 64

Inspection, supervision and control by the Government

 

40


One. The right to inspect, supervise and control the execution of the subconcessionaire obligations is exerted by the Government, namely through the DICJ and DSF.

Two. For the due effects, the subconcessionaire pledges, whenever requested by the Government, and with no need to previous notice, to provide the Government, or any other entity appointed by the Government, duly mandated and identified for the effect, free access to any of its facilities, and as well free access and inspection of its accounting or bookkeeping, including any transactions, books, minutes of meetings, accounts and other records or documents, the statistics and management records used, providing also photocopies of whatever the Government or the entity appointed by the Government may consider necessary.

Three. The subconcessionaire pledges to abide to and fulfill any Government decisions within the powers of inspection and supervision, namely the DICJ directions, including those relative to the eventual interruption of the operations in casino and other gambling areas.

Four. The subconcession exploitation is subjected to DICJ permanent inspection and supervision, under the terms of the applicable legislation.

Clause 65

Daily supervision of the gambling exploitation gross revenues

The subconcessionaire shall subject to the daily supervision of its gambling exploitation gross revenues by the Government through DICJ, under the legal terms.

CHAPTER XIV

General duties of cooperation

Clause 66

General duty of cooperation by the Government

and the concessionaire

The Government and the concessionaire pledge to cooperate with the subconcessionaire in order to allow the latter to comply with its legal and contractual obligations.

 

41


Clause 67

Subconcessionaire general duty of co operation

One. For the effects of this subconcession contract, the subconcessionaire pledges to cooperate with the Government, providing any documents and any information, data, authorizations or evidence that might be requested.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges also to cooperate with the concessionaire in order to allow the latter to comply with its legal and contractual obligations.

CHAPTER XV

Other duties of the subconcessionaire

Clause 68

Operation of the casinos and other facilities and outbuildings

The subconcessionaire pledges to operate normally all the casinos branches and other facilities and outbuildings used for the authorized purposes of the subconcession exploitation.

Clause 69

General duties of the subconcessionaire

One. Is special obligation of the subconcessionaire to foment and demand from all entities to be contracted for the development of activities integrated in the subconcession the observance of all good organization and operation rules and the special measures of security relative to its casinos and other gambling areas, clients, staffs and other persons working therein.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges to contract for the activities integrated in the subconcession, entities duly licensed and authorized, and technically skilled and professionally adequate for the effect.

Clause 70

Other Government approvals

The replacement, cancellation or alteration of documents of proof and records relative to the subconcessionaire activities or the purchase of gaming equipment and material requires the Government authorization.

 

42


Clause 71

Government authorizations and approvals

The Government authorizations and approvals, and its eventual refusals, do not exempt the subconcessionaire from the punctual compliance of the obligations assumed in this subconcession contract, nor imply the assumption, by the Government, of any liabilities, unless when its actuation resulted in costs or caused special and exceptional losses to the subconcessionaire.

CHAPTER XVI

Liability of the subconcessionaire and the concessionaire

Clause 72

Civil liability towards the Special Administrative Region of Macau

One. The subconcessionaire is liable towards the Special Administrative Region of Macau for any losses resulting from the total or partial noncompliance of its legal or contractual obligations due to facts for which is imputable.

Two . The concessionaire does not assume nor shares any liability towards the Special Administrative Region of Macau for any losses resulting from the total or partial noncompliance of the subconcessionaire legal or contractual obligations due to facts imputable to the latter.

Clause 73

Exoneration of the Special Administrative Region of Macau and the concessionaire

from the subconcessionaire extra-contractual liability with others

One. The Special Administrative Region of Macau does not assume or share any subconcessionaire liability resulting from acts committed by the latter or committed on its account, involving or that may involve civil or another liability.

Two. The concessionaire does not assume or share any subconcessionaire liability resulting from acts committed by the latter or committed on its account, involving or that may involve civil or another liability.

Three. The subconcessionaire will be also liable, under the principal-commissary relation general terms, for the losses caused by the entities it contracted for the development of activities integrating the subconcession.

 

43


CHAPTER XVII

Subjective changes in the subconcession

Clause 74

Assignment of the contractual position, encumbrance,

conveyance and alienation

One. The subconcessionaire pledges with the Special Administrative Region of Macau to not assign, convey, alienate or in any other way burden, in the whole or in part, in a tacit or explicit form, formally or informally, the exploitation of a casino or one gambling area nor execute any legal business intending to attain a similar result, except if authorized by the Government.

Two. An act executed breaching the previous number provisions, and without prejudice of other sanctions or penalties applicable, implies the payment to the Special Administrative Region of Macau of the following penal clauses: -

 

   

in case of the whole assignment, conveyance or alienation – MOP1,000,000,000.00 (one billion Patacas);

 

   

in case of a partial assignment, conveyance or alienation – MOP500,000,000.00 (five hundred million Patacas);

 

   

in case of encumbrance, in the whole or in part – MOP300,000,000.00 (three hundred million Patacas).

Three. The request of authorization mentioned in number one shall be accompanied with all the necessary documents and details of all the legal business the subconcessionaire intends to carry out, without precluding the Government from requesting additional documents, data or information.

Clause 75

Prohibition of subconcession

One. The subconcessionaire pledges before the Special Administrative Region of Macau to not subconcession the subconcession, in the whole or in part, or carry out any legal business to attain the same result.

Two. An act breaching the provisions set forth in the previous number, and without prejudice of other applicable sanctions or penalties, implies the payment to the

 

44


Special Administrative Region of Macau of a penal clause in the amount of MOP500,000,000.00 (five hundred million Patacas).

CHAPTER XVIII

Noncompliance of the contract

Clause 76

Noncompliance of the contract

One. Without prejudice of the provisions set forth in Clauses 77 and 78, the noncompliance of the duties and obligations imputable to the subconcessionaire arising from this subconcession contract or the Government instructions subjects it to the application of the sanctions or penalties legally or contractually foreseen.

Two. The subconcessionaire is exempted from the liability mentioned in the previous number in events of force majeure or other facts for which the subconcessionaire is corroboratively unaccountable, but only if their punctual and cabal compliance has been effectively hindered.

Three. Are only considered facts of force majeure, with the consequences stipulated in the next number, the unforeseeable and unpreventable events, outside the subconcessionaire control and occurring notwithstanding its will or personal circumstances, namely acts of war, terrorism, disturbance of the public order, epidemics, nuclear radiation, fire, lightning, serious floods, cyclones, tropical storms, earthquakes and other natural disasters affecting directly the activities integrated in the subconcession.

Four. The subconcessionaire pledges to immediately inform the Government about the occurrence of any event of force majeure, and as well, as soon as possible, to indicate which obligations emerging from this subconcession contract whose compliance, in its understanding, is hindered to fulfill due to such occurrence and, likewise, if that will be the case, the measures it intends to take in order to lessen the impact of the referred event and/or normalize the compliance of such obligations.

Five. In case of any of the events mentioned in number three occurring, the subconcessionaire pledges to rebuild or restore as soon as possible the property to its original state, in order to resume the adequate exploitation and operation of the games of fortune and chance and other games in casino; if the subconcessionaire has no

 

45


economical interest in rebuilding and/or restoring the above referred property, pledges to transfer the insurance value to the Special Administrative Region of Macau.

CHAPTER XIX

Termination and interruption of the subconcession

Clause 77

Rescission by mutual agreement

One. The concessionaire and the subconcessionaire can at any time rescind this subconcession contract by mutual agreement.

Two. If the Government and subconcessionaire agree to rescind this subconcession contract by mutual agreement, the concessionaire will give its agreement.

Three. The subconcessionaire will be totally liable for the stoppage of the effects of any contracts in which is a party, with the Special Administrative Region of Macau and the concessionaire not assuming any liability on that matter, unless expressly agreed otherwise.

Clause 78

Redemption

One. Except if otherwise provided by law, the Government can from the twelfth year of the subconcession redeem the same by notification to the subconcessionaire by means of a prepaid registered letter with a minimal antecedence of one year.

Two. With the redemption, the Special Administrative Region of Macau will assume all the subconcessionaire rights and obligations arising from legal businesses lawfully executed by the latter before the date of the notification mentioned in the previous number.

Three. The obligations undertaken by the subconcessionaire due to contracts it had executed, after the notification mentioned in number one, will only be assumed by the Special Administrative Region of Macau when such contracts had previously obtained the Government authorization for their granting.

Four. The assumption by the Special Administrative Region of Macau of obligations assumed by the subconcessionaire is made without prejudice of the right of

 

46


return for the obligations contracted by the subconcessionaire that go beyond the subconcession normal management,

Five. In the event of the subconcession redemption, the subconcessionaire is entitled to a fair and reasonable compensation corresponding to the benefits it ceased to obtain in consequence of the redemption of its Resort – Hotel – Casino enterprise as listed in the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract. The amount of the compensation shall correspond to the revenues value of the mentioned enterprise attained during the fiscal year prior to the redemption’s, before interests, depreciations and amortizations, multiplied by the number of year elapsing until the end of the subconcession.

Clause 79

Attachment

One. When occurs or is imminent the stoppage or interruption, total or partial, of the subconcession exploitation by the subconcessionaire, non authorized and not due to a case of force majeure, or if serious disturbances or deficiencies occur in the subconcessionaire organization and running or in the facilities and equipment general condition, susceptible of jeopardizing the subconcession exploitation regularity, the Government can itself replace the subconcessionaire directly or resorting to others, ensuring the subconcession exploitation and promoting the execution of the measures necessary to guarantee the object of this subconcession contract while the stoppage or interruption lasts or the disturbance and deficiencies remain.

Two. During the attachment, the subconcessionaire will burden the expenses incurred in the maintenance and normalization of the subconcession exploitation, and for this purpose the Government can use the surety to guarantee the fulfillment of the subconcessionaire legal or contractual obligations and the guarantee provided by the controlling shareholder of the subconcessionaire.

Three. As soon as the reasons for the attachment cease and the Government considers fit, the subconcessionaire is notified to resume, within the period stipulated, the subconcession normal exploitation.

Four. If the subconcessionaire does not wish or can not resume the subconcession exploitation or if, having resumed it, the serious disturbances or

 

47


deficiencies in its organization and running still remain, the Government can unilaterally rescind it by noncompliance of this subconcession contract

Clause 80

Unilateral rescission

One. The Government can terminate the subconcession by unilateral rescission, with no need to consult the concessionaire, due to noncompliance of this subconcession contract, in case of the subconcessionaire not complying with the fundamental obligations to which is legally or contractually bound.

Two. Are, in special, reasons For unilateral rescission of this subconcession contract: -

1) The deviation from the subconcession object, either by the exploitation of non-authorized games, or by the exercise of activities excluded from the subconcessionaire corporate purpose;

2) The abandon of the subconcession exploitation or its unjustified interruption for a period higher than seven consecutive days or fourteen interpolated days in a calendar year;

3) The total or partial assignment of the exploitation, temporary or definitive, with disregard to the provisions stipulated in the concessions regime mentioned in Clause 6;

4) The non-payment of taxes, premiums, contributions or other retributions foreseen in the concessions regime mentioned in Clause 6, due to the Special Administrative Region of Macau and non-impugned within the legal period;

5) The subconcessionaire refusal or impossibility to resume the subconcession in the terms of number 5 of the previous clause or, when indeed resumed, remaining the situations that caused the attachment.

6) The reiterated opposition to the exercise of supervision and inspection or repeated disobedience to the Government decisions, namely the DICJ instructions;

7) The systematic non-observance of fundamental obligations stipulated in the concessions regime mentioned in Clause 6;

8) The failure to provide or restore the sureties or guarantees foreseen in this subconcession contract according to the stipulated terms and periods;

9) The subconcessionaire bankruptcy or insolvency;

 

48


10) The practice of serious fraudulent activity intended to damage the public interest;

11) The serious and reiterated breach of the rules for the practice of games of fortune and chance and other games in casino or the integrity of the games of fortune and chance and other games in casino;

12) The execution of a contract by which other entity assumes power of management over the subconcessionaire in what concerns the exploitation of games of fortune and chance and other games in casino or the subconcession, in the whole or in part, of the subconcession or the execution of a legal business intending to attain the same purpose;

13) The non-assignment mentioned in number ten of the Clause 60 within ninety days for a reason imputable to the subconcessionaire controlling shareholder.

Three, Without prejudice of the provisions of Clause 83, in the event of occurring one of the situations mentioned in the previous number or any other that, in the terms of this clause, may cause the unilateral rescission by noncompliance of this subconcession contract, the Government will notify the subconcessionaire to integrally fulfill its obligations and correct or repair the consequences of its acts within a period to be stipulated, except if it will bean irreparable breach. •

Four. If the subconcessionaire fails to fulfill its obligations, or does not correct or repair the consequences of its acts, in the terms stipulated by the Government, the latter can unilaterally rescind this subconcession contract by informing the subconcessionaire, and can also notify such intention in writing to the entities that secured the financing of the investments and obligations assumed by the subconcessionaire, in the terms and for the effects of the stipulated in the concession regime mentioned in Clause 6, regarding the financial capacity.

Five. The notification to the subconcessionaire about the decision of rescission mentioned in the previous number takes effect immediately, notwithstanding any other formality.

Six. In cases of founded urgency that does not commiserate with the delays of the noncompliance remedy process foreseen in number three, the Government can, without prejudice of that process observance and the observance of the number four provisions, execute the immediate attachment of the subconcession under the terms stipulated in the previous clause.

 

49


Seven. The unilateral rescission by noncompliance of this subconcession contract implies the immediate and gratuitous reversion to the Special Administrative Region of Macau of the respective casinos, and as well the equipment and implements affected to the games, even being outside their premises.

Clause 81

Forfeiture

One. This subconcession contract forfeits on the date of the final term foreseen in Clause 80, ceasing the contractual relations existent between the Parties, without prejudice of the clauses of this subconcession contract persisting beyond that date.

Two. In case of forfeiture in the terms of the previous number, the subconcessionaire will be fully liable for termination of the effects of any contracts in which is a party, and the Special Administrative Region of Macau will not assume any liability in that matter.

CHAPTER XX

Revisions and alterations to the contract

Clause 82

Revisions of the subconcession contract

One. This subconcession contract can be revised after negations between the concessionaire and the subconcessionaire, under the legal terms, without prejudice of the Government authorization.

Two. The concessionaire gives at once its agreement to the revisions to this subconcession contract that may be agreed between the Government and the subconcessionaire when the same will not involve any increase of its responsibility.

Three. The revision of this subconcession contract, and as well any addenda, shall comply with the formalities set forth by the Government.

CHAPTER XXI

Pre-litigation phase

Clause 83

Advice during pre-litigation phase

 

50


One. The Government, the concessionaire and the subconcessionaire, or the Government and the subconcessionaire, or the Government and the concessionaire pledge to ask for advice whenever questions or divergences arise amongst them on matter of validity, application, execution, interpretation or integration of rules by which this subconcession contract is governed.

Two. The questions arisen do not exonerate the subconcessionaire and/or the concessionaire from the punctual and cabal compliance of this subconcession contract and the Government directions that within its scope are transmitted, nor allow any interruption of any aspect of the subconcessionaire activity that shall continue to be carried out in the terms in force at the time of the question submission.

Three. The provisions of the previous number relatively to the compliance of the Government directions by the subconcessionaire and/or the concessionaire apply also to successive directions about the same matter, even if issued after the date the advice has been asked, if the first of that successive directions had been transmitted to the subconcessionaire and/or the concessionaire, respectively, prior to that date.

CHAPTER XXII

Final Provisions

Clause 84

Securing licenses, permits or authorizations

One. This subconcession contract does not exempt the subconcessionaire from applying, paying or obtaining all licenses, permits or authorizations necessary for the operation of any aspect of its activity or the compliance of the obligations foreseen in this subconcession contract, and as well to observe or fulfill all the requirements necessary to secure and maintain their validity.

Two. The subconcessionaire must inform immediately the Government if any licenses, permits or authorizations referred in the previous number are withdrawn, forfeit, discontinued or revoked or by any reason cease to have effect, stating the measures it took or will take to restore or reactivate such licenses, permits or authorizations.

 

51


Three. No clause of this subconcession contract can be considered as substitutive of the need to obtain any foreseen license, permit or legal or contractual authorization.

Clause 85

Industrial and intellectual property rights

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to respect in the exercise of its activities, the industrial and intellectual property rights under the terms of the law in force in the Special Administrative Region of Macau, being its exclusive responsibility the effects resulting from their breach.

Two. The licenses, permits and authorizations granted to the subconcessionaire, namely those relative to the compliance of the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract, presuppose that the subconcessionaire respected all the industrial and intellectual property rights.

Three. The subconcessionaire cedes gratuitously to the Special Administrative Region of Macau all its studies, projects, plans, drawings, documents and other materials, of whatever nature, that may be necessary or useful for the execution of its operations under the terms of this subconcession contract, or the exercise of its rights under its terms.

Four. Upon request of the Special Administrative Region of Macau, the subconcessionaire pledges to prepare any type of document or statement in order to confirm or register the rights mentioned in the previous number.

Five. If the subconcessionaire does not solve any existent litigations with third parties relative to eventual infringements of the industrial or intellectual property rights granted or to be granted to the Special Administrative Region of Macau under the terms of this clause, the Special Administrative Region of Macau can always intervene in their defense, undertaking the subconcessionaire to provide all the assistance it may be requested for the effect.

Clause 86

Notifications, communications, notices,

authorizations and approvals

 

52


One. The notifications, communications, notices, authorizations and approvals referred in this subconcession contract, unless otherwise stipulated, shall be in writing and delivered: -

 

  1)

By hand, and corroborated by docket;

 

  2)

By fax, and corroborated by transmittal receipt;

 

  3)

By prepaid registered letter.

Two. The authorizations to be granted by the Government are always previous and can impose conditions.

Three. The lack of reply to a request for authorization and approval or other request, filed by the subconcessionaire and/or the concessionaire, has as effect its refusal.

Four. Are considered, for effects of this subconcession contract, as Government, concessionaire and subconcessionaire domiciles, the following addresses and fax reception posts: -

Government of the Special Administrative Region of Macau: -

Gaming Inspection and Coordination Department

Avenida da Praia Grande, numbers 762-804, China Plaza Building, No. 762-804, 21 st floor, Macau,

Fax: 370296

Concessionaire: Sociedade de Jogos de Macau, S.A

Head Office: Avenida de Lisboa, numbers 2-4, Hotel Lisboa, 9 th Floor, parish of , Macau

Fax:570082

Subconcessionaire: MGM Grand Paradise, S. A.

Head Office: Avenida da Praia Grande, n° 759, 5 th floor, Macau

Fax: 553098

Five. The Government, the concessionaire and the subconcessionaire can change the addresses and fax reception posts stated in the previous number by previous communication to the other parties.

 

53


Clause 87

Prohibition of restrictive practices of the competition

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to carry its activity in an honest and loyal competition, respecting the principles inherent to an economy of market.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges to not enter into any agreement nor exert deliberated practices, in any form, that include, in conjunct with concessionaires, other subconcessionaires or companies managing concessionaries in what concerns the exploitation of games of fortune and chance and other games in casinos, that operate in the Special Administrative Region of Macau or with companies belonging to the respective groups, susceptible of hindering, restricting or misrepresenting the competition.

Three. The subconcessionaire pledges to not abusively exploit a dominant position in the market or in a substantial part of the market, susceptible of hindering, restricting or misrepresenting the competition.

Clause 88

Junkets

The subconcessionaire is liable before the Government for the activity conducted in the casinos and other gambling areas by the junkets registered with the subconcessionaire, and as well their directors and collaborators, and shall for the effect supervise their activity.

Clause 89

Promotion of the subconcessionaire enterprises

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to carry out, in and out of the Special Administrative Region of Macau advertising and marketing campaigns of its enterprises, namely its casinos.

Two. The Government and the subconcessionaire pledge to coordinate its advertising and marketing campaigns with the actions and campaigns to promote Macau abroad.

Three. The subconcessionaire pledges to not allow the use of images or large contextual references of its casinos and other enclosures and outbuildings affected to the

 

54


subconcession exploitation, on any Internet sites or addresses or in any other place intended to promote interactive games, without the Government authorization.

Clause 90

Elements integrated in the subconcession contract

The executive summary presented by the subconcessionaire to the Government is considered integrated in this subconcession contract, in all that is not explicitly or implicitly contradicted by it.

Clause 91

Chips to be used in the subconcession exploitation

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to comply with the Government directions in regard of the issue and circulation of chips, independently of their type or nature.

Two. Without prejudice of (the Government ordering a maximum limit, the number of chips to be issued is not subjected to the Government authorization.

Three. The subconcessionaire pledges to guarantee the reimbursement of the chips in circulation, either in cash or cheque or equivalent credit order.

Four. The subconcessionaire pledges to keep a solvency ratio, to provide funds and other prudential rules to be stipulated from time to time by the Government on the total of chips issued, in cash or titles of high level of liquidity, to secure their prompt payment.

Clause 92

Confidentiality

One. The documents created by the Government, the concessionaire and the subconcessionaire in compliance with the provisions in the concessions regime mentioned in Clause 6 or in this subconcession contract are confidential and can only be made available to third parties with the Government authorization.

Two. The Government, the concessionaire and the subconcessionaire pledge to take the necessary steps to guarantee that their staffs are bound to the duty of secrecy.

Three. The Government, the concessionaire and the subconcessionaire pledge to impose the duty of secrecy to other persons that had or may have access to confidential documents, namely through consultancy, services or other contracts.

 

55


Four. The concessionaire and the subconcessionaire pledge to maintain confidential the full contents of this subconcession contract, including all and any documents that can make possible the knowledge of its contents, being only revealed to others by Government authorization.

Five. Are excepted from the stipulated in number one and the previous number, all documents, information or data justifiably requested by a competent judicial entity, by an agency regulating the exploitation of games of fortune and chance and other games in casino activity or an agency regulating the securities markets, being however the concessionaire or the subconcessionaire, according to the case, bound to impart that fact to the Government.

Six. Are also excepted from the stipulated in numbers one and four all documents, information or data the concessionaire or the subconcessionaire, according to the case, considers necessary to submit to the financing entity, investor, lawyer, accountant, auditor or consultant, although imposing the same duty of secrecy in regard of third parties.

Seven. Upon the authorization foreseen in number four, the concessionaire or the subconcessionaire, according to the case, pledge also to take all the necessary steps to guarantee that other persons or entities that had or may have knowledge of the contents of this subconcession contract, including all and any documents that can make possible the knowledge of its contents, are bound to this duty of secrecy.

Clause 93

Complaints book

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to create and maintain available to the clients of the casinos and other gambling areas a complaints book for complaints relative to the exploitation of games of fortune and chance and other games in casino.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges to post a notice in a visible place of the casinos and other gambling areas, relative to the existence of the complaints book.

Three. The subconcessionaire pledges to send to the Government, within forty-eight hours, a copy of the complaints recorded in the complaints book, together with a report of the subconcessionaire relative to those same complaints.

 

56


Clause 94

Termination of the concession

One. The termination of the concession granted to the concessionaire before the period mentioned in Clause 8 of this subconcession contract, does not imply the termination of the subconcession granted by this subconcession contract.

Two. In the case mentioned in the previous number, the Government will arrange for the concessionaire position in this subconcession contract to be assumed by another concessionaire for the exploitation of games of fortune and chance and other games in casino.

CHAPTER XXIII

Interim Provisions

Clause 95

Professional training plans

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to develop plans relative to the professional training of the staffs that will work in the activities integrated in the subconcession, within the period to be stipulated by the Government.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges to deliver to the Government, within the stipulated time, any other additional documents or information relative to the plans mentioned in the previous number.

Clause 96

Deposit of the capital stock

The subconcessionaire pledges to keep its capital stock deposited with a local credit institution or with a branch or subsidiary of a credit institution authorized to trade in the Special Administrative Region of Macau and to not use it before the beginning of its activity, being considered the subconcessionaire beginning of activity the date to be stipulated by the Government by dispatch of the Secretary for Economy and Finances.

Clause 97

Designated managing director

One. The Government will inform the subconcessionaire, within fifteen days from the granting of this subconcession contract, if authorizes the person listed in the

 

57


Annex I of the Administrative Regulation number 26/2001, delivered by the subconcessionaire, to be the subconcessionaire managing director.

Two. The provisions of the numbers one and two of the Clause 21 will apply to the first delegation of management to a managing director after the granting of this subconcession contract.

Clause 98

Bank accounts

The subconcessionaire pledges to submit to the Government, within seven days from the granting of this subconcession contract, a document listing all its bank accounts and respective balances.

Clause 99

Declaration regarding the duty of cooperation

The subconcessionaire pledges to endeavor to obtain and deliver to the Government, within fifteen days from the granting of this subconcession contract, a declaration signed by each of the shareholders holding 5% or more of its capital stock, its directors and executive staffs with relevant positions ion the casino, and as well its controlling shareholders, declaring that they accept to subject to a special duty of cooperation with the Government and pledge to present any documents and provide any information, data, authorizations or evidence they will be requested for that effect.

Clause 100

Fixed and variable part of the premium

One. The payment of the fixed part of the annual premium foreseen in Clause 47, in the respective proportion, will only be due from the twenty sixth day of June of the year two thousand seven except if, until that date, the subconcessionaire will start the exploitation of a casino or gambling area in the Resort - Hotel - Casing enterprise mentioned in the Investments Plan attached to this subconcession contract, then the payment becomes due since that moment.

Two. The payment of the variable part of the annual premium foreseen in Clause 47, will only be due from the beginning of the exploitation of the games of fortune and chance or other games in casino, whether in temporary facilities or in the enterprise mentioned in the previous number; for effects of the computation of the

 

58


variable part of the annual premium, the subconcessionaire pledges to submit to the Government, until ten days before the opening of its first casino or gambling area, a list staling the number of tables and electrical or mechanical machines, including slot machines, that intends to exploit that year, and as well the respective location.

Three. If the subconcessionaire opens its first casino or gambling area in temporary facilities, the sum relative to the variable part of the annual premium can not be less than the sum attained by the permanent exploitation of 20 (twenty) tables reserved to certain games and gamblers, namely exploited in special gambling rooms or areas, and 20 (twenty) tables non reserved to certain games and gamblers, until the beginning of the exploitation of a casino or gambling area in the enterprise mentioned in number one.

Four. The sums relative to the variable part of the annual premium mentioned in number five of the Clause 47 will be object of revision between the Government and the subconcessionaire from the third year of the granting of this subconcession contract.

Clause 101

Approval of the articles of association and agreements between shareholders

The Government shall, within sixty days from the granting of this subconcession contract, notify the subconcessionaire whether approves its articles of association, and as well its agreements between shareholders.

Clause 102

Mandates and powers of attorney

The subconcessionaire pledges to inform the Government, within fifteen days from the granting of this subconcession contract, about all and any mandates or powers of attorney existent at the time of the granting of this subconcession contract bestowing, based on a stable relation, powers of the board of directors’ competence to execute businesses regarding the practice of the company on behalf of the subconcessionaire, with exception of powers for the conduction of routine acts, namely with public offices or departments, for effects of authorization, or to deliver, within the same period, a declaration attesting their inexistence.

 

59


Clause 103

Actual participation in the exploitation of games of fortune and chance

and other games in casino in other jurisdictions

The subconcessionaire pledges to inform the Government, within fifteen days from the granting of this subconcession contract, about the actual participation of any of its directors, a controlling shareholder, including the last controlling shareholder, or any holder of corporate participation, when it corresponds, directly or indirectly, to a value equal or higher than 10% of its capital stock, in the exploitation of games of fortune and chance and other games in casino, even if only through a management contract, in any other jurisdiction.

Clause 104

Composition of the subconcessionaire corporate bodies

The subconcessionaire pledges to inform the Government, within seven days from the granting of this subconcession contract, about the composition, at the time of the granting of this subconcession contract, of the subconcessionaire board of directors, general meeting board, the statutory audit board and other corporate bodies.

Clause 105

Shareholding and capital stock structure

One. The subconcessionaire pledges to send to the Government, within seven days from the granting of this subconcession contract, a document stating the subconcessionaire shareholding structure, at the time of the granting of this subconcession contract.

Two. The subconcessionaire pledges to send to the Government, within seven days from the granting of this subconcession contract, a document stating the capital stock structure of the collective bodies, maxime companies, holding 5% or more of the subconcessionaire capital stock, and as well the capital stock structure of the collective bodies holding 5% or more of the latter’s capital stock, and so on, until the individual and collective bodies that are last shareholders, at the time of the granting of this subconcession contract.

 

60


Three. The subconcessionaire pledges to deliver to the Government, within fifteen days from the granting of this subconcession contract, the declarations mentioned in the number two of Clause 19, relative to the year two thousand two.

Clause 106

More favorable conditions

If the Special Administrative Region of Macau, in virtue of the granting of new concessions for the exploitation of games of fortune and chance and other games in casino whose conditions will be, in global terms, more favorable than those foreseen in this subconcession contract, the Government undertakes to extend them to the subconcessionaire by alteration of this subconcession contract.

Clause 107

Revision of the contributions percentages

The percentages of the contributions mentioned in Clauses 48 and 49 herein, will be object of revision between the Government and the subconcessionaire during the year two thousand ten.

Clause 108

Validity

This subconcession contract, executed in both official languages, becomes valid on the twentieth day of April of the year two thousand five.

After read by the Grantors and its contents having been explained to them, it is going to be signed by them, because it corresponds to their will, in the quality in which they grant.

This subconcession contract is executed in triplicate, being one copy to the concessionaire, another to the subconcessionaire and the other to the Government of the Special Administrative Region of Macau.

 

61


Macau, on 19 th  April 2005.

For and on behalf of the Concessionaire

(Signed)

For and on behalf of the Subconcessionaire

(Signed)

 

Carlos Duque Simōes Notary Private Office I hereby certify the above signature of Ho Hung Sun, Stanley, also known as Stanley Ho, signed before me in the quality of Managing Director of the “SOCIEDADE DE JOGOS DE MACAU, S. A.”, being his identity, quality and sufficiency of powers for the act of my personal knowledge. Macau, 19 th  April 2005.

 

Account N° 14 The Notary MOP$14.00

(signed)

   

Account n° 10                                  Emol. $28.00 I hereby certify the above signatures of Ho, Pansy Catilina Chiu King, also known as Pansy Ho and Gary Neil Jacobs, signed before me in the quality of directors of the company “MGM GRAND PARADISE, S. A.”, with powers for the act, being their identities, quality and powers of my personal knowledge.

 

Macau, Frederico Rato Notary Private Office, on. 19th April 2005.

 

The Notary

(signed)

 

62


ANNEX TO THE SUBCONCESSION CONTRACT

INVESTMENTS PLAN

Without prejudice of the provisions of Clause 39 of this subconcession contract, the subconcessionaire pledges to execute, namely:-

One Resort – Hotel – Casino complex, to be finished and opened to the public in December 2007.

Global value: MOP4,000,000,000.00 (four billion Patacas), to be spent within the maximum period of 7 (seven) from the granting of this subconcession contract.

 

63


LAWYERS [illegible]

To all to whom these presents shall come,

Adelino Correia, Lawyer,

with professional address at 3 rd floor, 759 Avenida da Praia Grande, in Macau, Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that on this date appeared before me Manuela Nazaré Ribeiro, Registered Translator, of Portuguese nationality, holder of the Licence number 50881358, who presented a document translated into English relative to a photocopy of a document written in Portuguese and attached herein, who under oath declared that it is a true and accurate translation of the said document.

 

In TESTIMONY whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name on this 27 th day of September in the year of Our Lord Two thousand and five.

 

/s/ Adelino Correia
Adelino Correia
Lawyer
Macau SAR
People’s Republic of China
27 SEP 2005

 

64

Exhibit 10.2

PAULA T. DOW

Attorney General of New Jersey

Attorney for the State of New Jersey

Department of Law and Public Safety

David L. Rebuck, Acting Director

Division of Gaming Enforcement

140 E. Front Street

Trenton, New Jersey 08625

By:

   George N. Rover, Assistant Attorney General
   (609) 292-0282

FOX ROTHSCHILD LLP

Midtown Building, Suite 400

1301 Atlantic Avenue

Atlantic City, NJ 08401-7212

Attorneys for MGM Resorts International

 

By:

   Nicholas Casiello, Jr., Esq.
   Patrick Madamba, Jr., Esq.

Brian A. Larson

Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

Boyd Gaming Corporation

3883 Howard Hughes Parkway

Ninth Floor

Las Vegas, Nevada 89169

(702) 792-7200

Joseph A. Corbo, Esquire

Vice President and General Counsel

Marina District Development Company, LLC

d/b/a Borgata Hotel Casino & Spa

1 Borgata Way

Atlantic City, New Jersey 08401

(609) 317-7007

 

IN THE MATTER OF THE REOPENED

2005 CASINO LICENSE HEARING OF

MARINA DISTRICT DEVELOPMENT

COMPANY, LLC

  

:

  

FIRST AMENDMENT TO

STIPULATION OF SETTLEMENT

  

:

  
  

:

  
  

:

  
  

:

  
  

:

  

 

-1-


This First Amendment To Stipulation Of Settlement (this “First Amendment”) having been discussed by and between the parties involved, Paula T. Dow, Attorney General of New Jersey, attorney for State of New Jersey, Department of Law and Public Safety, Division of Gaming Enforcement (the “Division”), David L. Rebuck, Acting Director, by George N. Rover, Assistant Attorney General, Fox Rothschild LLP by Nicholas Casiello, Jr., Esq. and Patrick Madamba, Jr., Esq., attorneys for MGM Resorts International (formerly, MGM MIRAGE) (“MGM”), Boyd Gaming Corporation (“Boyd”), by Brian A. Larson, its Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel, and Marina District Development Company, LLC (“MDDC”), by Joseph A. Corbo, its Vice President and General Counsel, the following has been agreed upon and stipulated to by the parties:

BACKGROUND :

A.        On May 18, 2009, the Division filed a report with the Casino Control Commission (the “Commission”) captioned Special Report of the Division of Gaming Enforcement to the Casino Control Commission on Its Investigation of MGM MIRAGE’s Joint Venture with Pansy Ho in Macau, Special Administrative Region, People’s Republic of China (the “Special Report”).

B.        MGM and the Division agreed to settle and resolve the issues raised in the Special Report and, in connection therewith: (i) a Stipulation of Settlement dated March 11, 2010 was entered into by and between the Division and MGM (with Boyd, Boyd Atlantic City, Inc., Marina District Development Holding Co., LLC and MDDC joining in paragraphs Z and CC only) (the “Stipulation”); and a Trust Agreement dated March 24, 2010 was entered into by and among MGM (for and on behalf of itself and MAC), the Division and the Trustee (the “Trust Agreement”).

C.        The Commission approved the Stipulation and Trust Agreement at its public meeting of March 17, 2010 as set forth in Commission Resolution No. 10-03-17-10.

D.        The Effective Date of the Trust Agreement is March 24, 2010.

 

-2-


E.        MGM, Boyd and MDDC desire to amend the Stipulation to extend the Divestiture Period from eighteen (18) months to thirty-six (36) months, and the Division has agreed to so amend the Stipulation, all as set forth in this First Amendment (and a First Amendment To Trust Agreement, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A) to provide that the Divestiture Period be extended from September 24, 2011 to March 24, 2013.

F.        The term of the Trustee’s divestiture period shall remain unchanged and shall commence on March 24, 2013 and terminate on March 24, 2014.

TERMS OF FIRST AMENDMENT :

IT IS THEREFORE AND HEREBY consented to and agreed upon by the Division, MGM, Boyd and MDDC that the Stipulation is amended as follows:

1.        Paragraph D is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“The Trust Agreement shall be in the form attached to the Stipulation as Exhibit A together with the First Amendment To Trust Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A and made a part hereof.”

2.        Paragraph H is hereby amended as follows:

 

  (a)

In the first sentence, deleting “thirty (30) months” and inserting in its place “forty-eight (48) months”; and

 

  (b)

In the second sentence, deleting “eighteen (18) months” and inserting in its place “thirty-six (36) months”.

3.        Capitalized terms used herein but not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Stipulation.

4.        This First Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original and all of which together will constitute the same First Amendment.

5.        Except as expressly herein amended, all terms and provisions of the Stipulation are hereby ratified and confirmed, and shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

-3-


6.        This First Amendment shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto only upon approval by the Commission.

[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]

 

-4-


     State of New Jersey, Department
     of Law and Public Safety,
     Division of Gaming Enforcement
Dated:         21 July 2011                                By:  

    /s/ George N. Rover

     George N. Rover
     Assistant Attorney General
     Fox Rothschild LLP
Dated:         July 21, 2011                              By:  

    /s/ Nicholas Casiello, Jr.

     Nicholas Casiello, Jr., Esquire
     Patrick Madamba, Jr., Esquire
     Attorneys for MGM Resorts International
     Marina District Development Company,
     LLC d/b/a Borgata Hotel Casino & Spa
Dated:         [not dated]                                          By:  

    /s/ Joseph A. Corbo, Jr.

     Joseph A. Corbo, Jr., Esquire
     Vice President and General Counsel
     Boyd Gaming Corporation
Dated:         July 22, 2011                              By:  

    /s/ Brian A. Larson

     Brian A. Larson
     Executive Vice President, Secretary
     and General Counsel

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.3

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR FORM

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL

FREESTANDING STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT

 

 

 

No. of shares subject to the SAR:                         

  

SAR No.                                

This Agreement (including its Exhibit, the “Agreement”) is made by and between MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                  (the “Participant”) with an effective date of                          .

RECITALS

A.        The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has adopted the Company’s 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), which provides for the granting of awards, including SARs (as that term is defined in Section 1 below) to selected service providers. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.

B.        The Board believes that the grant of SARs will stimulate the interest of selected Directors in, and strengthen their desire to remain with, the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary (as those terms are hereinafter defined).

C.        The committee appointed to administer the Plan (the “Committee”) has authorized the grant of a SAR to the Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

D.        The Committee and the Participant intend that the Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied, and including, without limitation, any agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) whether previously entered into, currently effective or entered into in the future) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1.         Definitions.

1.1        “Change of Control” means

A.        the date that any one person acquires, or persons acting as a group acquire, ownership of the capital stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the capital stock of the Company;

 

1


B.        the date that a majority of members of the Company’s Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board before the date of the appointment or election;

C.        the date that any one person, or persons acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; or

D.        the date that any one person acquires, or persons acting as a group acquire (or has or have acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons), assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions.

1.2        “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.3        “Disability” means that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months or is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company.

1.4        “Fair Market Value” means the closing price of a share of Stock reported on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or other applicable established stock exchange or over the counter market on the applicable date of determination, or if no closing price was reported on such date, the first trading day immediately preceding the applicable date of determination on which such a closing price was reported. In the event shares of Stock are not publicly traded at the time a determination of their value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of their Fair Market Value shall be made by the Committee in such manner as it deems appropriate.

1.5        “Parent” means a parent corporation as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

1.6        “SAR” means a stock appreciation right that is granted, independently of any stock option pursuant to the Plan, to be settled in Stock, with the number of shares to be delivered based upon the increase in value of the underlying Stock.

1.7        “Stock” means the Company’s common stock, $.01 par value per share.

1.8        “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary corporation of the Company as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code or corporation or other entity, whether domestic or foreign, in which

 

2


the Company has or obtains a proprietary interest of more than fifty percent (50%) by reason of stock ownership or otherwise.

2.         Grant to Participant .

2.1        The Company hereby grants to the Participant, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, a SAR with respect to an aggregate of              shares of Stock. This SAR consists of the right to receive, upon exercise of this SAR (or any portion thereof), in respect of each share of Stock so exercised, shares of Stock in an amount whose Fair Market Value is equal to the excess of (x) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date or dates upon which the Participant exercises this SAR, or any portion thereof, over (y) the Conversion Price (as that term is hereinafter defined). No fractional shares shall be issued pursuant to this SAR.

2.2        The conversion price per share for this SAR shall be: $              , the Fair Market Value of one underlying share of Stock on the date of grant (the “Conversion Price”).

3.         Terms and Conditions .

3.1         Exercisability of SAR .

A.         Expiration Date .    This SAR shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Pacific Standard Time on              or such earlier time as may be required by this Agreement if the Participant’s service on the Board ceases. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this SAR shall not be exercisable later than the tenth (10th) anniversary date of its grant.

B.         Exercise of SAR .    In order to exercise this SAR, the Participant or any other person or persons entitled to exercise this SAR shall give written notice to the Committee specifying the number of shares with respect to which this SAR is being exercised, which notice must be received while this SAR is still exercisable.

3.2         Vesting Schedule of SAR .    Subject to paragraph 3.3 herein, this SAR shall vest and become exercisable in cumulative installments as set forth in (i) through (iv) below, subject to the Participant’s continued service on the Board on each of the dates specified in (i) through (iv) below:

(i)        The first installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to this SAR and shall vest and become exercisable on              (the “Initial Vesting Date”).

(ii)        The second installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to this SAR and shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date.

(iii)        The third installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to this SAR and shall vest and become exercisable on the second anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date.

 

3


(iv)        The fourth installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to this SAR and shall vest and become exercisable on the third anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date.

3.3         Vesting at Termination .

A.    Upon cessation of service on the Board for any reason the unvested portion of this SAR shall be forfeited without any consideration; provided , however , that,

(i)        upon cessation of service on the Board due to the Participant’s death or Disability, the portion of this SAR that would have become vested and exercisable (but for such termination) under the schedule determined in paragraph 3.2 herein during the twelve (12) months from the date of the cessation of service shall become vested and exercisable on the same schedule determined in paragraph 3.2 herein; provided , however , that such continued vesting shall immediately cease and the unvested portion of this SAR shall be forfeited in the event the Participant breaches any post-termination covenant with the Company or its affiliate (after taking into account any applicable cure period). The portion of this SAR that is vested and exercisable as of the date of termination and that becomes vested and exercisable in accordance with this Section 3.3.A(i), in each case, shall remain exercisable for the period specified in paragraph 3.5 herein; and

(ii)        upon cessation of service on the Board due to the Participant’s death or Disability within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, the portion of this SAR that would have become vested and exercisable (but for such termination) under the schedule determined in paragraph 3.2 herein during the twelve (12) months after the date of cessation of the Participant’s service on the Board shall become immediately vested and exercisable. The portion of this SAR that is vested and exercisable as of the date of termination (after giving effect to the foregoing sentence) shall remain exercisable for the period specified in paragraph 3.5 herein.

3.4         Unexercised Portion of SAR .    The unexercised portion of this SAR may not be exercised after the Participant ceases service on the Board and shall be forfeited upon such cessation of service on the Board without any consideration, except as otherwise provided in paragraphs 3.3 and 3.5 herein; provided , however , that this SAR may not at any time be exercised in part with respect to fewer than the lesser of (i) fifty (50) shares or (ii) the number of shares which remain to be purchased pursuant to this SAR.

3.5         Exercise Period .    Subject to the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Participant may exercise all or any part of the SARs which have become vested and exercisable at any time prior to the earliest to occur of the dates specified in (i) though (iii) below and any unexercised portion of this SAR shall thereafter be forfeited without any consideration:

(i)        the expiration date set forth in paragraph 3.1.A herein;

(ii)       the date that is one (1) year following the date of cessation of service on the Board by reason of death or Disability; and

(iii)      the date that is three (3) months following the date of cessation of service on the Board for any reason other than by reason of death or Disability.

 

4


3.6         Committee or Board Discretion .    The Committee or Board, as applicable, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion, of the Participant’s unvested SAR at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. If so accelerated, this SAR will be considered vested and exercisable as of the date specified by the Committee or Board, as applicable, or an applicable written agreement.

3.7         Limits on Transferability .    This SAR may be transferred solely to a trust in which the Participant or the Participant’s spouse control the management of the assets. With respect to a SAR that has been transferred to a trust, references in this Agreement to vesting and exercisability related to such SAR shall be deemed to include such trust. Any transfer of this SAR shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement and the transferee shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as if it were the Participant. No interest of the Participant under this Agreement shall be subject to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration, the laws of bankruptcy or any other legal or equitable process.

3.8         Adjustments .    If there is any change in the Stock by reason of any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of shares of Stock, or any similar change affecting the Stock the Committee will make appropriate and proportionate adjustments (including relating to the Stock, other securities, cash or other consideration which may be acquired upon exercise of this SAR) that it deems necessary to the number and class of securities subject to this SAR, the Conversion Price per share, and any other terms of this Agreement. Any adjustment so made shall be final and binding upon the Participant.

3.9         No Rights as Stockholder .    The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Stock subject to this SAR until this SAR has been exercised and shares of Stock relating thereto have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agent or registrars.

3.10       Change of Control .    Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable laws or by the applicable rules and regulations of any governing governmental agencies or national securities exchanges, the Committee is authorized (but not obligated) to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of this SAR, including without limitation the following (or any combination thereof): (i) continuation or assumption of this SAR by the Company (if it is the surviving company or corporation) or by the surviving company or corporation or its parent; (ii) substitution by the surviving company or corporation or its parent of an award with substantially the same terms for this SAR; (iii) accelerated exercisability and vesting with respect to this SAR immediately prior to the occurrence of such event; (iv) upon written notice, provide that any outstanding and vested and exercisable portion of this SAR must be exercised within fifteen days immediately prior to the scheduled consummation of the event, or such other period as determined by the Committee (in either case contingent upon the consummation of the event), and at the end of such period, the vested portion of the SAR shall terminate to the extent not so exercised within the relevant period; and (v) cancellation of all or any portion of this SAR for fair value (in the form of cash or its equivalent (e.g., by cashier’s check), other property or any combination thereof) as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee and which value may be zero (if the fair value of the underlying stock is equal to or less than the Conversion Price), provided, that, in the case of this SAR, the fair value may equal the excess, if any, of the value of the consideration to be

 

5


paid in the Change of Control transaction to holders of the same number of shares of Stock subject to this SAR (or, if no such consideration is paid, Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock subject to this SAR or portion thereof being canceled) over the aggregate Conversion Price with respect to this SAR or portion thereof being canceled.

3.11         No Right to Continued Performance of Services .    This SAR shall not confer upon the Participant any right to continue to remain in service with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) nor may it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) for which the Participant performs services to terminate the Participant’s service at any time.

3.12         Compliance With Law and Regulations .    This SAR, its exercise and the obligation of the Company to issue shares of Stock under this Agreement are subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, including those related to disclosure of financial and other information to the Participant and to approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Stock prior to (A) the listing of such shares on any stock exchange on which the Stock may then be listed and (B) the completion of any registration or qualification of such shares under any federal or state law, or any rule or regulation of any government body which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable.

4.         Investment Representation .    The Participant must, within five (5) days of demand by the Company furnish the Company an agreement satisfactory to the Company in which the Participant represents that the shares of Stock acquired upon exercise are being acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof. The Company will have the right, at its election, to place legends on the certificates representing the shares of Stock so being issued with respect to limitations on transferability imposed by federal and/or state laws, and the Company will have the right to issue “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent.

5.         Participant Bound by Plan .    The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof as amended from time to time.

6.         Withholding .    The Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, any applicable withholding taxes in respect of this SAR, its grant, vesting or otherwise, and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes, which may include, without limitation, reducing the number of shares otherwise distributable to the Participant by the number of shares of Stock whose Fair Market Value is equal to the amount of tax required to be withheld by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary as a result of the grant or exercise or otherwise of this SAR.

7.         Notices .    Any notice hereunder to the Company must be addressed to: MGM Resorts International, 3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, Attention: 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Administrator, and any notice hereunder to the Participant must be addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s last address on the records of the Company, subject to the right of either party to designate at any time hereafter in writing some other address. Any notice shall be deemed to have been duly given on personal delivery or three (3)

 

6


days after being sent in a properly sealed envelope, addressed as set forth above, and deposited (with first class postage prepaid) in the United States mail.

8.         Entire Agreement .    This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied, and including, without limitation, any agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) whether previously entered into, currently effective or entered into in the future that provides terms and conditions for equity awards) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

9.         Waiver .    No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition whether of like or different nature.

10.       Participant Undertaking .    The Participant agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the Participant or this SAR pursuant to this Agreement.

11.       Successors and Assigns .    The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon the Participant, the Participant’s assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of the Participant’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to be joined herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

12.       Governing Law .    The parties hereto agree that the validity, construction and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Nevada.

13.       Arbitration .    Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A to this Agreement (which constitutes a material provision of this Agreement), disputes relating to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to Exhibit A hereto.

14.       Amendment .    This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto; provided that the Company may alter, modify or amend this Agreement unilaterally if such change is not materially adverse to the Participant or to cause this Agreement to comply with applicable law.

15.       Severability .    The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any portion of this Agreement is declared contrary to any law, regulation or is otherwise invalid, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

16.       Execution .    Each party agrees that an electronic, facsimile or digital signature or an online acceptance or acknowledgment will be accorded the full legal force and effect of a handwritten signature under Nevada law. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

7


17.         Variation of Pronouns .    All pronouns and any variations thereof contained herein shall be deemed to refer to masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

18.         Tax Treatment .    The Participant shall be responsible for all taxes with respect to this SAR. This SAR is intended to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this SAR shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. However, the Company makes no guarantee regarding the tax treatment of this SAR and none of the Company, any Subsidiaries, Parent or affiliates, nor any of their employees or representatives shall have any liability to the Participant with respect thereto.

*        *        *

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]

 

8


NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR FORM

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

PARTICIPANT

By:

 

 

Name:

 

[Signature Page to Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for Non-Employee Directors]


EXHIBIT A

ARBITRATION

This Exhibit A sets forth the methods for resolving disputes should any arise under the Agreement, and accordingly, this Exhibit A shall be considered a part of the Agreement.

 

1.

Except for a claim by either Participant or the Company for injunctive relief where such would be otherwise authorized by law, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the Agreement or the breach hereof including without limitation any claim involving the interpretation or application of the Agreement or the Plan, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the employment arbitration rules then in effect of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (“JAMS”), to the extent not inconsistent with this paragraph. This Exhibit A covers any claim Participant might have against any officer, director, employee, or agent of the Company, or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, divisions, and affiliates, and all successors and assigns of any of them. The promises by the Company and Participant to arbitrate differences, rather than litigate them before courts or other bodies, provide consideration for each other, in addition to other consideration provided under the Agreement.

 

2.

Claims Subject to Arbitration .    This Exhibit A contemplates mandatory arbitration to the fullest extent permitted by law. Only claims that are justiciable under applicable state or federal law are covered by this Exhibit A. Such claims include any and all alleged violations of any state or federal law whether common law, statutory, arising under regulation or ordinance, or any other law, brought by any current or former directors.

 

3.

Non-Waiver of Substantive Rights .    This Exhibit A does not waive any rights or remedies available under applicable statutes or common law. However, it does waive Participant’s right to pursue those rights and remedies in a judicial forum. By signing the Agreement and the acknowledgment at the end of this Exhibit A, the undersigned Participant voluntarily agrees to arbitrate his or her claims covered by this Exhibit A.

 

4.

Time Limit to Pursue Arbitration; Initiation :    To ensure timely resolution of disputes, Participant and the Company must initiate arbitration within the statute of limitations (deadline for filing) provided for by applicable law pertaining to the claim. The failure to initiate arbitration within this time limit will bar any such claim. The parties understand that the Company and Participant are waiving any longer statutes of limitations that would otherwise apply, and any aggrieved party is encouraged to give written notice of any claim as soon as possible after the event(s) in dispute so that arbitration of any differences may take place promptly. The parties agree that the aggrieved party must, within the time frame provided by this Exhibit A, give written notice of a claim pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement. In the event such notice is to be provided to the Company, the Participant shall provide a copy of such notice of a claim to the Company’s Executive Vice President and General Counsel. Written notice shall identify and describe the nature of the claim, the supporting facts and the relief or remedy sought.

 

5.

Selecting an Arbitrator :    This Exhibit A mandates Arbitration under the then current rules of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (JAMS) regarding employment disputes. The arbitrator shall be either a retired judge or an attorney experienced in

 

2


 

employment law and licensed to practice in the state in which arbitration is convened. The parties shall select one arbitrator from among a list of three qualified neutral arbitrators provided by JAMS. If the parties are unable to agree on the arbitrator, each party shall strike one name and the remaining named arbitrator shall be selected.

 

6.

Representation/Arbitration Rights and Procedures :

 

  a.

Participant may be represented by an attorney of his/her choice at his/her own expense.

 

  b.

The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of Nevada (without regard to its choice of law provisions) and/or federal law when applicable. In all cases, this Exhibit A shall provide for the broadest level of arbitration of claims between the Company and Participant under Nevada or applicable federal law. The arbitrator is without jurisdiction to apply any different substantive law or law of remedies.

 

  c.

The arbitrator shall have no authority to award non-economic damages or punitive damages except where such relief is specifically authorized by an applicable state or federal statute or common law. In such a situation, the arbitrator shall specify in the award the specific statute or other basis under which such relief is granted.

 

  d.

The applicable law with respect to privilege, including attorney-client privilege, work product, and offers to compromise must be followed.

 

  e.

The parties shall have the right to conduct reasonable discovery, including written and oral (deposition) discovery and to subpoena and/or request copies of records, documents and other relevant discoverable information consistent with the procedural rules of JAMS. The arbitrator shall decide disputes regarding the scope of discovery and shall have authority to regulate the conduct of any hearing and/or trial proceeding. The arbitrator shall have the right to entertain a motion to dismiss and/or motion for summary judgment.

 

  f.

The parties shall exchange witness lists at least 30 days prior to the trial/hearing procedure. The arbitrator shall have subpoena power so that either Participant or the Company may summon witnesses. The arbitrator shall use the Federal Rules of Evidence. Both parties have the right to file a post hearing brief. Any party, at its own expense, may arrange for and pay the cost of a court reporter to provide a stenographic record of the proceedings.

 

  g.

Any arbitration hearing or proceeding shall take place in private, not open to the public, in Las Vegas, Nevada.

 

7.

Arbitrator’s Award :    The arbitrator shall issue a written decision containing the specific issues raised by the parties, the specific findings of fact, and the specific conclusions of law. The award shall be rendered promptly, typically within 30 days after conclusion of the arbitration hearing, or the submission of post-hearing briefs if requested. The arbitrator may not award any relief or remedy in excess of what a court could grant under

 

3


 

applicable law. The arbitrator’s decision is final and binding on both parties. Judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction.

 

  a.

Either party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to compel arbitration under this Exhibit A and to enforce an arbitration award.

 

  b.

In the event of any administrative or judicial action by any agency or third party to adjudicate a claim on behalf of Participant which is subject to arbitration under this Exhibit A, Participant hereby waives the right to participate in any monetary or other recovery obtained by such agency or third party in any such action, and Participant’s sole remedy with respect to any such claim shall be any award decreed by an arbitrator pursuant to the provisions of this Exhibit A.

 

8.

Fees and Expenses :    The Company shall be responsible for paying any filing fee and the fees and costs of the arbitrator; provided, however, that if Participant is the party initiating the claim, Participant will contribute an amount equal to the filing fee to initiate a claim in the court of general jurisdiction in the state in which Participant is (or was last) providing services to the Company. Participant and the Company shall each pay for their own expenses, attorney’s fees (a party’s responsibility for his/her/its own attorney’s fees is only limited by any applicable statute specifically providing that attorney’s fees may be awarded as a remedy), and costs and fees regarding witness, photocopying and other preparation expenses. If any party prevails on a statutory claim that affords the prevailing party attorney’s fees and costs, or if there is a written agreement providing for attorney’s fees and/or costs, the arbitrator may award reasonable attorney’s fees and/or costs to the prevailing party, applying the same standards a court would apply under the law applicable to the claim(s).

 

9.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit A shall survive the cessation of Participant’s service with the Company and the expiration of the Agreement. These arbitration provisions can only be modified or revoked in a writing signed by both parties and which expressly states an intent to modify or revoke the provisions of this Exhibit A.

 

10.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit A do not alter or affect the termination provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.

Capitalized terms not defined in this Exhibit A shall have the same definition as in the Agreement to which this is Exhibit A.

 

12.

If any provision of this Exhibit A is adjudged to be void or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, such adjudication shall not affect the validity of the remainder of Exhibit A. All other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

4


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

BOTH PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT: THEY HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS EXHIBIT A IN ITS ENTIRETY, THEY UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS, EXHIBIT A CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL TERM AND CONDITION OF THE FREESTANDING STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES TO WHICH IT IS EXHIBIT A, AND THEY AGREE TO ABIDE BY ITS TERMS.

The parties also specifically acknowledge that by agreeing to the terms of this Exhibit A, they are waiving the right to pursue claims covered by this Exhibit A in a judicial forum and instead agree to arbitrate all such claims before an arbitrator without a court or jury. It is specifically understood that this Exhibit A does not waive any rights or remedies which are available under applicable state and federal statutes or common law. Both parties enter into this Exhibit A voluntarily and not in reliance on any promises or representation by the other party other than those contained in the Agreement or in this Exhibit A.

Participant further acknowledges that Participant has been given the opportunity to discuss this Exhibit A with Participant’s private legal counsel and that Participant has availed himself/herself of that opportunity to the extent Participant wishes to do so.

*            *            *

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]

 

5

Exhibit 10.4

STANDARD EMPLOYEE FORM

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL

FREESTANDING STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT

 

 

 

No. of shares subject to the SAR:                     

  SAR No.                          

This Agreement (including its Exhibit, the “Agreement”) is made by and between MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                  (the “Participant”) with an effective date of                              .

RECITALS

A.        The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has adopted the Company’s 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), which provides for the granting of awards, including SARs (as that term is defined in Section 1 below) to selected service providers. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.

B.        The Board believes that the grant of SARs will stimulate the interest of selected employees in, and strengthen their desire to remain with, the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary (as those terms are hereinafter defined).

C.        The committee appointed to administer the Plan (the “Committee”) has authorized the grant of a SAR to the Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

D.        The Committee and the Participant intend that the Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied, and including, without limitation, any employment agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) whether previously entered into, currently effective or entered into in the future) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1.         Definitions.

1.1        “Change of Control” means

A.        the date that any one person acquires, or persons acting as a group acquire, ownership of the capital stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the capital stock of the Company;

 

1


B.        the date that a majority of members of the Company’s Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board before the date of the appointment or election;

C.        the date that any one person, or persons acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; or

D.        the date that any one person acquires, or persons acting as a group acquire (or has or have acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons), assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions.

1.2        “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.3        “Current Employment Agreement” means the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination.

1.4        “Disability” means that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months or is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer.

1.5        “Employer” means the Company, the Subsidiaries and any Parent and affiliated companies, but specifically excludes Tracinda Corporation, its stockholder or stockholders, and its subsidiaries.

1.6        “Employer’s Good Cause” shall have the meaning given such term or a comparable term in the Current Employment Agreement; provided that if there is no Current Employment Agreement or if such agreement does not include such term or a comparable term, “Employer Good Cause” means:

A.        Participant’s failure to abide by the Employer’s policies and procedures, misconduct, insubordination, inattention to the Employer’s business, failure to perform the duties required of the Participant up to the standards established by the Employer’s senior management, or material breach of the Current Employment Agreement, which failure or breach is not cured by the Participant within ten (10) days after written notice thereof from the Employer specifying the facts and circumstances of the alleged failure or breach, provided , however , that such notice and opportunity to cure shall not be required if, in the good faith judgment of the Board, such breach is not capable of being cured within ten (10) days;

 

2


B.        Participant’s failure or inability to apply for and obtain any license, qualification, clearance or other similar approval which the Employer or any regulatory authority which has jurisdiction over the Employer requests or requires that the Participant obtain;

C.        the Employer is directed by any governmental authority in Nevada, New Jersey, Michigan, Mississippi, Illinois, Macau S.A.R., or any other jurisdiction in which the Employer is engaged in a gaming business or where the Employer has applied to (or during the term of the Participant’s employment under the Current Employment Agreement, may apply to) engage in a gaming business to cease business with the Participant;

D.        the Employer determines, in its reasonable judgment, that the Participant was, is or might be involved in, or is about to be involved in, any activity, relationship(s) or circumstance which could or does jeopardize the Employer’s business, reputation or licenses to engage in the gaming business; or

E.        any of the Employer’s gaming business licenses are threatened to be, or are, denied, curtailed, suspended or revoked as a result of the Participant’s employment by the Employer or as a result of the Participant’s actions.

1.7        “Fair Market Value” means the closing price of a share of Stock reported on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or other applicable established stock exchange or over the counter market on the applicable date of determination, or if no closing price was reported on such date, the first trading day immediately preceding the applicable date of determination on which such a closing price was reported. In the event shares of Stock are not publicly traded at the time a determination of their value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of their Fair Market Value shall be made by the Committee in such manner as it deems appropriate.

1.8        “Parent” means a parent corporation as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

1.9        “Participant’s Good Cause” shall have the meaning given such term or a comparable term in the Current Employment Agreement; provided that if there is no Current Employment Agreement or if such agreement does not include such term or a comparable term, “Participant’s Good Cause” means:

A.        The failure of the Employer to pay the Participant any compensation when due; or

B.        A material reduction in the scope of duties or responsibilities of the Participant or any reduction in the Participant’s salary.

If a breach constituting Participant’s Good Cause occurs, the Participant shall give the Employer thirty (30) days’ advance written notice specifying the facts and circumstances of the alleged breach. During such thirty (30) day period, the Employer may either cure the breach (in which case such notice will be considered withdrawn) or declare that the Employer disputes that Participant’s Good Cause exists, in which case Participant’s Good Cause shall not exist until

 

3


the dispute is resolved in accordance with the methods for resolving disputes specified in Exhibit A hereto.

1.10        “SAR” means a stock appreciation right that is granted, independently of any stock option pursuant to the Plan, to be settled in Stock, with the number of shares to be delivered based upon the increase in value of the underlying Stock.

1.11        “Stock” means the Company’s common stock, $.01 par value per share.

1.12        “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary corporation of the Company as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code or corporation or other entity, whether domestic or foreign, in which the Company has or obtains a proprietary interest of more than fifty percent (50%) by reason of stock ownership or otherwise.

2.         Grant to Participant .

2.1        The Company hereby grants to the Participant, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, a SAR with respect to an aggregate of                      shares of Stock. This SAR consists of the right to receive, upon exercise of this SAR (or any portion thereof), in respect of each share of Stock so exercised, shares of Stock in an amount whose Fair Market Value is equal to the excess of (x) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date or dates upon which the Participant exercises this SAR, or any portion thereof, over (y) the Conversion Price (as that term is hereinafter defined). No fractional shares shall be issued pursuant to this SAR.

2.2        The conversion price per share for this SAR shall be: $              , the Fair Market Value of one underlying share of Stock on the date of grant (the “Conversion Price”).

3.         Terms and Conditions .

3.1         Exercisability of SAR .

A.         Expiration Date .    This SAR shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Pacific Standard Time on or such earlier time as may be required by this Agreement if the Participant’s employment with the Employer is terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this SAR shall not be exercisable later than the tenth (10th) anniversary date of its grant.

B.         Exercise of SAR .    In order to exercise this SAR, the Participant or any other person or persons entitled to exercise this SAR shall give written notice to the Committee specifying the number of shares with respect to which this SAR is being exercised, which notice must be received while this SAR is still exercisable.

3.2         Vesting Schedule of SAR .    Subject to paragraph 3.3 herein, this SAR shall vest and become exercisable in cumulative installments as set forth in (i) through (iv) below, subject to the Participant’s continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent on each of the dates specified in (i) through (iv) below:

 

4


(i)        The first installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to this SAR and shall vest and become exercisable on              (the “Initial Vesting Date”).

(ii)        The second installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to this SAR and shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date.

(iii)        The third installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to this SAR and shall vest and become exercisable on the second anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date.

(iv)        The fourth installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to this SAR and shall vest and become exercisable on the third anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date.

3.3         Vesting at Termination .

A.        Upon termination of employment with the Employer for any reason the unvested portion of this SAR shall be forfeited without any consideration; provided , however , that,

(i)        upon termination of employment by the Employer without Employer’s Good Cause, by the Participant with Participant’s Good Cause, or due to the Participant’s death or Disability, the portion of this SAR that would have become vested and exercisable (but for such termination) under the schedule determined in paragraph 3.2 herein during the twelve (12) months from the date of the termination of employment shall become vested and exercisable on the same schedule determined in paragraph 3.2 herein; provided , however , that such continued vesting shall immediately cease and the unvested portion of this SAR shall be forfeited in the event the Participant breaches any post-termination covenant with the Company or its affiliate in an employment agreement (after taking into account any applicable cure period). The portion of this SAR that is vested and exercisable as of the date of termination and that becomes vested and exercisable in accordance with this Section 3.3.A(i), in each case, shall remain exercisable for the period specified in paragraph 3.5 herein; and

(ii)        upon termination of employment due to the Participant’s death or Disability, by the Employer without Employer’s Good Cause or by the Participant with Participant’s Good Cause, in each case, within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, the portion of this SAR that would have become vested and exercisable (but for such termination) under the schedule determined in paragraph 3.2 herein during the twelve (12) months after the date of termination of the Participant’s employment shall become immediately vested and exercisable. The portion of this SAR that is vested and exercisable as of the date of termination (after giving effect to the foregoing sentence) shall remain exercisable for the period specified in paragraph 3.5 herein.

3.4         Unexercised Portion of SAR .    The unexercised portion of this SAR may not be exercised after the Participant terminates employment with the Employer and shall be forfeited upon such termination of employment without any consideration, except as otherwise

 

5


provided in paragraphs 3.3 and 3.5 herein; provided , however , that this SAR may not at any time be exercised in part with respect to fewer than the lesser of (i) fifty (50) shares or (ii) the number of shares which remain to be purchased pursuant to this SAR.

3.5         Exercise Period .    Subject to the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Participant may exercise all or any part of the SARs which have become vested and exercisable at any time prior to the earliest to occur of the dates specified in (i) though (iii) below and any unexercised portion of this SAR shall thereafter be forfeited without any consideration:

(i)        the expiration date set forth in paragraph 3.1.A herein;

(ii)       the date that is one (1) year following the date of termination of the Participant’s employment by reason of death, Disability, termination by the Employer without Employer’s Good Cause or by the Participant with Participant’s Good Cause; and

(iii)      the date that is three (3) months following the date of termination of the Participant’s employment for any reason other than those specified in Section 3.5(ii).

3.6         Committee Discretion .    The Committee, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion, of the Participant’s unvested SAR at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. If so accelerated, this SAR will be considered vested and exercisable as of the date specified by the Committee or an applicable written agreement.

3.7         Limits on Transferability .    This SAR may be transferred solely to a trust in which the Participant or the Participant’s spouse control the management of the assets. With respect to a SAR that has been transferred to a trust, references in this Agreement to vesting and exercisability related to such SAR shall be deemed to include such trust. Any transfer of this SAR shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement and the transferee shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as if it were the Participant. No interest of the Participant under this Agreement shall be subject to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration, the laws of bankruptcy or any other legal or equitable process.

3.8         Adjustments .    If there is any change in the Stock by reason of any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of shares of Stock, or any similar change affecting the Stock the Committee will make appropriate and proportionate adjustments (including relating to the Stock, other securities, cash or other consideration which may be acquired upon exercise of this SAR) that it deems necessary to the number and class of securities subject to this SAR, the Conversion Price per share, and any other terms of this Agreement. Any adjustment so made shall be final and binding upon the Participant.

3.9         No Rights as Stockholder .    The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Stock subject to this SAR until this SAR has been exercised and shares of Stock relating thereto have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agent or registrars.

3.10         Change of Control .    Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable laws or by the applicable rules and regulations

 

6


of any governing governmental agencies or national securities exchanges, the Committee is authorized (but not obligated) to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of this SAR, including without limitation the following (or any combination thereof): (i) continuation or assumption of this SAR by the Company (if it is the surviving company or corporation) or by the surviving company or corporation or its parent; (ii) substitution by the surviving company or corporation or its parent of an award with substantially the same terms for this SAR; (iii) accelerated exercisability and vesting with respect to this SAR immediately prior to the occurrence of such event; (iv) upon written notice, provide that the outstanding vested and exercisable portion of this SAR must be exercised within fifteen days immediately prior to the scheduled consummation of the event, or such other period as determined by the Committee (in either case contingent upon the consummation of the event), and at the end of such period, the vested portion of this SAR shall terminate to the extent not so exercised within the relevant period; and (v) cancellation of all or any portion of this SAR for fair value (in the form of cash or its equivalent (e.g., by cashier’s check), other property or any combination thereof) as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee and which value may be zero (if the value of the underlying stock is equal to or less than the Conversion Price), provided, that, in the case of this SAR, the fair value may equal the excess, if any, of the value of the consideration to be paid in the Change of Control transaction to holders of the same number of shares of Stock subject to this SAR (or, if no such consideration is paid, Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock subject to this SAR or portion thereof being canceled) over the aggregate Conversion Price with respect to this SAR or portion thereof being canceled.

3.11         No Right to Continued Performance of Services .    This SAR shall not confer upon the Participant any right to continue to be employed by the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) nor may it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) for which the Participant performs services to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time.

3.12         Compliance With Law and Regulations .    This SAR, its exercise and the obligation of the Company to issue shares of Stock under this Agreement are subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, including those related to disclosure of financial and other information to the Participant and to approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Stock prior to (A) the listing of such shares on any stock exchange on which the Stock may then be listed and (B) the completion of any registration or qualification of such shares under any federal or state law, or any rule or regulation of any government body which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable.

4.         Investment Representation .    The Participant must, within five (5) days of demand by the Company furnish the Company an agreement satisfactory to the Company in which the Participant represents that the shares of Stock acquired upon exercise are being acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof. The Company will have the right, at its election, to place legends on the certificates representing the shares of Stock so being issued with respect to limitations on transferability imposed by federal and/or state laws, and the Company will have the right to issue “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent.

 

7


5.         Participant Bound by Plan .    The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof as amended from time to time.

6.         Withholding .    The Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, any applicable withholding taxes in respect of this SAR, its grant, vesting or otherwise, and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes, which may include, without limitation, reducing the number of shares otherwise distributable to the Participant by the number of shares of Stock whose Fair Market Value is equal to the amount of tax required to be withheld by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary as a result of the grant or exercise or otherwise of this SAR.

7.         Notices .    Any notice hereunder to the Company must be addressed to: MGM Resorts International, 3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, Attention: 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Administrator, and any notice hereunder to the Participant must be addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s last address on the records of the Company, subject to the right of either party to designate at any time hereafter in writing some other address. Any notice shall be deemed to have been duly given on personal delivery or three (3) days after being sent in a properly sealed envelope, addressed as set forth above, and deposited (with first class postage prepaid) in the United States mail.

8.         Entire Agreement .    This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied, and including, without limitation, any employment agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) whether previously entered into, currently effective or entered into in the future that provides terms and conditions for equity awards) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

9.         Waiver .    No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition whether of like or different nature.

10.       Participant Undertaking .    The Participant agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the Participant or this SAR pursuant to this Agreement.

11.       Successors and Assigns .    The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon the Participant, the Participant’s assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of the Participant’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to be joined herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

12.       Governing Law .    The parties hereto agree that the validity, construction and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Nevada.

 

8


13.       Arbitration .    Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A to this Agreement (which constitutes a material provision of this Agreement), disputes relating to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to Exhibit A hereto.

14.       Amendment .    This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto; provided that the Company may alter, modify or amend this Agreement unilaterally if such change is not materially adverse to the Participant or to cause this Agreement to comply with applicable law.

15.       Severability .    The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any portion of this Agreement is declared contrary to any law, regulation or is otherwise invalid, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

16.       Execution .    Each party agrees that an electronic, facsimile or digital signature or an online acceptance or acknowledgment will be accorded the full legal force and effect of a handwritten signature under Nevada law. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

17.       Variation of Pronouns .    All pronouns and any variations thereof contained herein shall be deemed to refer to masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

18.       Tax Treatment .    The Participant shall be responsible for all taxes with respect to this SAR. This SAR is intended to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this SAR shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. However, the Company makes no guarantee regarding the tax treatment of this SAR and none of the Company, any Subsidiaries, Parent or affiliates, nor any of their employees or representatives shall have any liability to the Participant with respect thereto.

*        *        *

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

PARTICIPANT

By:

 

 

Name:

 

[Signature Page to Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

ARBITRATION

This Exhibit A sets forth the methods for resolving disputes should any arise under the Agreement, and accordingly, this Exhibit A shall be considered a part of the Agreement.

 

1.

Except for a claim by either Participant or the Company for injunctive relief where such would be otherwise authorized by law, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the Agreement or the breach hereof including without limitation any claim involving the interpretation or application of the Agreement or the Plan, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the employment arbitration rules then in effect of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (“JAMS”), to the extent not inconsistent with this paragraph. This Exhibit A covers any claim Participant might have against any officer, director, employee, or agent of the Company, or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, divisions, and affiliates, and all successors and assigns of any of them. The promises by the Company and Participant to arbitrate differences, rather than litigate them before courts or other bodies, provide consideration for each other, in addition to other consideration provided under the Agreement.

 

2.

Claims Subject to Arbitration .    This Exhibit A contemplates mandatory arbitration to the fullest extent permitted by law. Only claims that are justiciable under applicable state or federal law are covered by this Exhibit A. Such claims include any and all alleged violations of any state or federal law whether common law, statutory, arising under regulation or ordinance, or any other law, brought by any current or former employees.

 

3.

Non-Waiver of Substantive Rights .    This Exhibit A does not waive any rights or remedies available under applicable statutes or common law. However, it does waive Participant’s right to pursue those rights and remedies in a judicial forum. By signing the Agreement and the acknowledgment at the end of this Exhibit A, the undersigned Participant voluntarily agrees to arbitrate his or her claims covered by this Exhibit A.

 

4.

Time Limit to Pursue Arbitration; Initiation :    To ensure timely resolution of disputes, Participant and the Company must initiate arbitration within the statute of limitations (deadline for filing) provided for by applicable law pertaining to the claim. The failure to initiate arbitration within this time limit will bar any such claim. The parties understand that the Company and Participant are waiving any longer statutes of limitations that would otherwise apply, and any aggrieved party is encouraged to give written notice of any claim as soon as possible after the event(s) in dispute so that arbitration of any differences may take place promptly. The parties agree that the aggrieved party must, within the time frame provided by this Exhibit A, give written notice of a claim pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement. In the event such notice is to be provided to the Company, the Participant shall provide a copy of such notice of a claim to the Company’s Executive Vice President and General Counsel. Written notice shall identify and describe the nature of the claim, the supporting facts and the relief or remedy sought.

 

5.

Selecting an Arbitrator :    This Exhibit A mandates Arbitration under the then current rules of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (JAMS) regarding employment

 

1


 

disputes. The arbitrator shall be either a retired judge or an attorney experienced in employment law and licensed to practice in the state in which arbitration is convened. The parties shall select one arbitrator from among a list of three qualified neutral arbitrators provided by JAMS. If the parties are unable to agree on the arbitrator, each party shall strike one name and the remaining named arbitrator shall be selected.

 

6.

Representation/Arbitration Rights and Procedures :

 

  a.

Participant may be represented by an attorney of his/her choice at his/her own expense.

 

  b.

The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of Nevada (without regard to its choice of law provisions) and/or federal law when applicable. In all cases, this Exhibit A shall provide for the broadest level of arbitration of claims between the Company and Participant under Nevada or applicable federal law. The arbitrator is without jurisdiction to apply any different substantive law or law of remedies.

 

  c.

The arbitrator shall have no authority to award non-economic damages or punitive damages except where such relief is specifically authorized by an applicable state or federal statute or common law. In such a situation, the arbitrator shall specify in the award the specific statute or other basis under which such relief is granted.

 

  d.

The applicable law with respect to privilege, including attorney-client privilege, work product, and offers to compromise must be followed.

 

  e.

The parties shall have the right to conduct reasonable discovery, including written and oral (deposition) discovery and to subpoena and/or request copies of records, documents and other relevant discoverable information consistent with the procedural rules of JAMS. The arbitrator shall decide disputes regarding the scope of discovery and shall have authority to regulate the conduct of any hearing and/or trial proceeding. The arbitrator shall have the right to entertain a motion to dismiss and/or motion for summary judgment.

 

  f.

The parties shall exchange witness lists at least 30 days prior to the trial/hearing procedure. The arbitrator shall have subpoena power so that either Participant or the Company may summon witnesses. The arbitrator shall use the Federal Rules of Evidence. Both parties have the right to file a post hearing brief. Any party, at its own expense, may arrange for and pay the cost of a court reporter to provide a stenographic record of the proceedings.

 

  g.

Any arbitration hearing or proceeding shall take place in private, not open to the public, in Las Vegas, Nevada.

 

7.

Arbitrator’s Award :    The arbitrator shall issue a written decision containing the specific issues raised by the parties, the specific findings of fact, and the specific conclusions of law. The award shall be rendered promptly, typically within 30 days after conclusion of the arbitration hearing, or the submission of post-hearing briefs if requested. The

 

2


 

arbitrator may not award any relief or remedy in excess of what a court could grant under applicable law. The arbitrator’s decision is final and binding on both parties. Judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction.

 

  a.

Either party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to compel arbitration under this Exhibit A and to enforce an arbitration award.

 

  b.

In the event of any administrative or judicial action by any agency or third party to adjudicate a claim on behalf of Participant which is subject to arbitration under this Exhibit A, Participant hereby waives the right to participate in any monetary or other recovery obtained by such agency or third party in any such action, and Participant’s sole remedy with respect to any such claim shall be any award decreed by an arbitrator pursuant to the provisions of this Exhibit A.

 

8.

Fees and Expenses :    The Company shall be responsible for paying any filing fee and the fees and costs of the arbitrator; provided, however, that if Participant is the party initiating the claim, Participant will contribute an amount equal to the filing fee to initiate a claim in the court of general jurisdiction in the state in which Participant is (or was last) employed by the Company. Participant and the Company shall each pay for their own expenses, attorney’s fees (a party’s responsibility for his/her/its own attorney’s fees is only limited by any applicable statute specifically providing that attorney’s fees may be awarded as a remedy), and costs and fees regarding witness, photocopying and other preparation expenses. If any party prevails on a statutory claim that affords the prevailing party attorney’s fees and costs, or if there is a written agreement providing for attorney’s fees and/or costs, the arbitrator may award reasonable attorney’s fees and/or costs to the prevailing party, applying the same standards a court would apply under the law applicable to the claim(s).

 

9.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit A shall survive the termination of Participant’s employment with the Company and the expiration of the Agreement. These arbitration provisions can only be modified or revoked in a writing signed by both parties and which expressly states an intent to modify or revoke the provisions of this Exhibit A.

 

10.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit A do not alter or affect the termination provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.

Capitalized terms not defined in this Exhibit A shall have the same definition as in the Agreement to which this is Exhibit A.

 

12.

If any provision of this Exhibit A is adjudged to be void or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, such adjudication shall not affect the validity of the remainder of Exhibit A. All other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

BOTH PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT: THEY HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS EXHIBIT A IN ITS ENTIRETY, THEY UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS, EXHIBIT A

 

3


CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL TERM AND CONDITION OF THE FREESTANDING STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES TO WHICH IT IS EXHIBIT A, AND THEY AGREE TO ABIDE BY ITS TERMS.

The parties also specifically acknowledge that by agreeing to the terms of this Exhibit A, they are waiving the right to pursue claims covered by this Exhibit A in a judicial forum and instead agree to arbitrate all such claims before an arbitrator without a court or jury. It is specifically understood that this Exhibit A does not waive any rights or remedies which are available under applicable state and federal statutes or common law. Both parties enter into this Exhibit A voluntarily and not in reliance on any promises or representation by the other party other than those contained in the Agreement or in this Exhibit A.

Participant further acknowledges that Participant has been given the opportunity to discuss this Exhibit A with Participant’s private legal counsel and that Participant has availed himself/herself of that opportunity to the extent Participant wishes to do so.

*        *        *

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]

 

4

Exhibit 10.5

STANDARD EMPLOYEE FORM

(no performance criteria)

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT

 

 

No. of Restricted Stock Units:                                     

This Agreement (including its Exhibit, the “Agreement”) is made by and between MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                               (the “Participant”) with an effective date of                                          .

RECITALS

A.        The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has adopted the Company’s 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), which provides for the granting of Restricted Stock Units (as that term is defined in Section 1 below) to selected service providers. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.

B.        The Board believes that the grant of Restricted Stock Units will stimulate the interest of selected employees in, and strengthen their desire to remain with, the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary (as those terms are hereinafter defined).

C.        The committee appointed to administer the Plan (the “Committee”) has authorized the grant of Restricted Stock Units to the Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

D.        The Committee and the Participant intend that the Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied, and including, without limitation, any employment agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) whether previously entered into, currently effective or entered into in the future) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1.         Definitions.

1.1        “Change of Control” means

 

1


A.        the date that any one person acquires, or persons acting as a group acquire, ownership of the capital stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the capital stock of the Company;

B.        the date that a majority of members of the Company’s Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board before the date of the appointment or election;

C.        the date that any one person, or persons acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; or

D.        the date that any one person acquires, or persons acting as a group acquire (or has or have acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons), assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions.

1.2        “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.3        “Current Employment Agreement” means the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination.

1.4        “Disability” means that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months or is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer.

1.5        “Employer” means the Company, the Subsidiaries and any Parent and affiliated companies, but specifically excludes Tracinda Corporation, its stockholder or stockholders, and its subsidiaries.

1.6        “Employer’s Good Cause” shall have the meaning given such term or a comparable term in the Current Employment Agreement; provided that if there is no Current Employment Agreement or if such agreement does not include such term or a comparable term, “Employer’s Good Cause” means:

A.         Participant’s failure to abide by the Employer’s policies and procedures, misconduct, insubordination, inattention to the Employer’s business, failure to

 

2


perform the duties required of the Participant up to the standards established by the Employer’s senior management, or material breach of the Current Employment Agreement, which failure or breach is not cured by the Participant within ten (10) days after written notice thereof from the Employer specifying the facts and circumstances of the alleged failure or breach, provided , however , that such notice and opportunity to cure shall not be required if, in the good faith judgment of the Board, such breach is not capable of being cured within ten (10) days;

B.        Participant’s failure or inability to apply for and obtain any license, qualification, clearance or other similar approval which the Employer or any regulatory authority which has jurisdiction over the Employer requests or requires that the Participant obtain;

C.        the Employer is directed by any governmental authority in Nevada, New Jersey, Michigan, Mississippi, Illinois, Macau S.A.R., or any other jurisdiction in which the Employer is engaged in a gaming business or where the Employer has applied to (or during the term of the Participant’s employment under the Current Employment Agreement, may apply to) engage in a gaming business to cease business with the Participant;

D.        the Employer determines, in its reasonable judgment, that the Participant was, is or might be involved in, or is about to be involved in, any activity, relationship(s) or circumstance which could or does jeopardize the Employer’s business, reputation or licenses to engage in the gaming business; or

E.        any of the Employer’s gaming business licenses are threatened to be, or are, denied, curtailed, suspended or revoked as a result of the Participant’s employment by the Employer or as a result of the Participant’s actions.

1.7        “Fair Market Value” means the closing price of a share of Stock reported on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or other applicable established stock exchange or over the counter market on the applicable date of determination, or if no closing price was reported on such date, the first trading day immediately preceding the applicable date of determination on which such a closing price was reported. In the event shares of Stock are not publicly traded at the time a determination of their value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of their Fair Market Value shall be made by the Committee in such manner as it deems appropriate.

1.8        “Parent” means a parent corporation as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

1.9        “Participant’s Good Cause” shall have the meaning given such term or a comparable term in the Current Employment Agreement; provided that if there is no Current Employment Agreement or if such agreement does not include such term or a comparable term, “Participant’s Good Cause” means:

A. The failure of the Employer to pay the Participant any compensation when due; or

B. A material reduction in the scope of duties or responsibilities of the Participant or any reduction in the Participant’s salary.

 

3


If a breach constituting Participant’s Good Cause occurs, the Participant shall give the Employer thirty (30) days’ advance written notice specifying the facts and circumstances of the alleged breach. During such thirty (30) day period, the Employer may either cure the breach (in which case such notice will be considered withdrawn) or declare that the Employer disputes that Participant’s Good Cause exists, in which case Participant’s Good Cause shall not exist until the dispute is resolved in accordance with the methods for resolving disputes specified in Exhibit A hereto.

1.10        “Restricted Stock Unit” means an award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 8 of the Plan, except that no shares of Stock are actually awarded or granted to the Participant on the date of grant.

1.11        “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder to the extent applicable.

1.12        “Stock” means the Company’s common stock, $.01 par value per share.

1.13        “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary corporation of the Company as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code or corporation or other entity, whether domestic or foreign, in which the Company has or obtains a proprietary interest of more than fifty percent (50%) by reason of stock ownership or otherwise.

2.         Grant to Participant . The Company hereby grants to the Participant, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, an award of                      Restricted Stock Units. Except as otherwise set forth in the Plan or this Agreement, (i) each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive one (1) share of Stock upon vesting of such Restricted Stock Units, (ii) unless and until the Restricted Stock Units have vested in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Participant shall not have any right to delivery of the shares of Stock underlying such Restricted Stock Units or any other consideration in respect thereof and (iii) each Restricted Stock Unit that vests shall be paid to the Participant within thirty (30) days following the date that the Restricted Stock Unit vests or the date(s) set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, as applicable.

3.         Terms and Conditions .

3.1         Vesting Schedule . Subject to Section 3.2, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest as set forth in (i) through (iv) below, subject to the Participant’s continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent on each of the dates specified in (i) through (iv) below:

(i)        The first installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units and shall vest on                          (the “ Initial Vesting Date ”).

(ii)        The second installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units and shall vest on the first anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date.

 

4


(iii)        The third installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units and shall vest on the second anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date.

(iv)        The fourth installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units and shall vest on the third anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date;

provided , that any Restricted Stock Units which vest under the schedule set forth in this Section 3.1 shall be paid to the Participant within thirty (30) days following the date that the applicable installment vests.

3.2         Vesting at Termination .    Upon termination of employment with the Employer for any reason the unvested portion of the Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited without any consideration; provided , however , that,

(i)        upon termination of employment by the Employer without Employer’s Good Cause, by the Participant with Participant’s Good Cause, or due to the Participant’s death or Disability, the Restricted Stock Units that would have become vested (but for such termination) under the schedule determined in Section 3.1 herein during the twelve (12) months from the date of termination of employment shall be paid on the same schedule determined in Section 3.1 herein; provided , however , that such continued vesting shall immediately cease and unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited in the event the Participant breaches any post-termination covenant with the Company or its affiliate in an employment agreement (after taking into account any applicable cure period); and

(ii)        upon termination of employment due to the Participant’s death or Disability, by the Employer without Employer’s Good Cause or by the Participant with Participant’s Good Cause, in each case, within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, the Restricted Stock Units that would have become vested (but for such termination) under the schedule determined in Section 3.1 herein during the twelve (12) months after the date of termination of the Participant’s employment shall become immediately vested and shall be paid within thirty (30) days thereafter.

3.3         Committee Discretion .    The Committee, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion, of the Participant’s unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. If so accelerated, the Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Committee or an applicable written agreement but the Committee will have no right to accelerate any payment under this Agreement if such acceleration would cause this Agreement to fail to comply with Section 409A.

3.4         No Rights as a Stockholder .    Participant will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Stock subject to Restricted Stock Units until the Restricted Stock Units have vested and shares of Stock relating thereto have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agent or registrars.

 

5


3.5         Limits on Transferability .    The Restricted Stock Units granted under this Agreement may be transferred solely to a trust in which the Participant or the Participant’s spouse control the management of the assets. With respect to Restricted Stock Units, if any, that have been transferred to a trust, references in this Agreement to vesting related to such Restricted Stock Units shall be deemed to include such trust. Any transfer of Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement and the transferee shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as if it were the Participant. No interest of the Participant under this Agreement shall be subject to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration, the laws of bankruptcy or any other legal or equitable process.

3.6         Adjustments .    If there is any change in the Stock by reason of any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of shares of Stock, or any similar change affecting the Stock the Committee will make appropriate and proportionate adjustments (including relating to the Stock, other securities, cash or other consideration which may be acquired upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units) that it deems necessary to the number and class of securities subject to the Restricted Stock Units and any other terms of this Agreement. Any adjustment so made shall be final and binding upon the Participant.

3.7         No Right to Continued Performance of Services .    The grant of the Restricted Stock Units does not confer upon the Participant any right to continue to be employed by the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) nor may it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) for which the Participant performs services to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time.

3.8         Compliance With Law and Regulations .    The grant and vesting of Restricted Stock Units and the obligation of the Company to issue shares of Stock under this Agreement are subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, including those related to disclosure of financial and other information to the Participant and to approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Stock prior to (A) the listing of such shares on any stock exchange on which the Stock may then be listed and (B) the completion of any registration or qualification of such shares under any federal or state law, or any rule or regulation of any government body which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable.

3.9         Change of Control .    Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable laws or by the applicable rules and regulations of any governing governmental agencies or national securities exchanges, the Committee is authorized (but not obligated) to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Units, including without limitation the following (or any combination thereof): (i) continuation or assumption of the Restricted Stock Units by the Company (if it is the surviving company or corporation) or by the surviving company or corporation or its parent; (ii) substitution by the surviving company or corporation or its parent of an award with substantially the same terms for the Restricted Stock Units; (iii) accelerated vesting with respect to the Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the occurrence of such event and payment to the Participant within thirty (30) days thereafter; and (iv) cancellation of all or any portion of the

 

6


Restricted Stock Units for fair value (in the form of cash or its equivalent (e.g., by cashier’s check), other property or any combination thereof) as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee and which value may be zero (if the fair value of the underlying stock is zero), and payment to the Participant within thirty (30) days thereafter.

4.         Investment Representation .    The Participant must, within five (5) days of demand by the Company furnish the Company an agreement satisfactory to the Company in which the Participant represents that the shares of Stock acquired upon vesting are being acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof. The Company will have the right, at its election, to place legends on the certificates representing the shares of Stock so being issued with respect to limitations on transferability imposed by federal and/or state laws, and the Company will have the right to issue “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent.

5.         Participant Bound by Plan .    The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof as amended from time to time.

6.         Withholding .    The Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, any applicable withholding taxes in respect of the Restarted Stock Units awarded by this Agreement, their grant, vesting or otherwise, and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes, which may include, without limitation, reducing the number of shares otherwise distributable to the Participant by the number of shares of Stock whose Fair Market Value is equal to the amount of tax required to be withheld by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary as a result of the vesting or settlement or otherwise of the Restricted Stock Units.

7.         Notices .    Any notice hereunder to the Company must be addressed to: MGM Resorts International, 3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, Attention: 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Administrator, and any notice hereunder to the Participant must be addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s last address on the records of the Company, subject to the right of either party to designate at any time hereafter in writing some other address. Any notice shall be deemed to have been duly given on personal delivery or three (3) days after being sent in a properly sealed envelope, addressed as set forth above, and deposited (with first class postage prepaid) in the United States mail.

8.         Entire Agreement .    This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied, and including, without limitation, any employment agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) whether previously entered into, currently effective or entered into in the future that includes terms and conditions regarding equity awards) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

9.         Waiver .    No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition whether of like or different nature.

10.         Participant Undertaking .    The Participant agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or

 

7


advisable to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the Participant or the Restricted Stock Units pursuant to this Agreement.

11.         Successors and Assigns .    The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon the Participant, the Participant’s assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of the Participant’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to be joined herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

12.         Governing Law .    The parties hereto agree that the validity, construction and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Nevada.

13.         Arbitration .    Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A to this Agreement (which constitutes a material provision of this Agreement), disputes relating to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to Exhibit A hereto.

14.         Amendment .    This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto; provided that the Company may alter, modify or amend this Agreement unilaterally if such change is not materially adverse to the Participant or to cause this Agreement to comply with applicable law.

15.         Severability .    The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any portion of this Agreement is declared contrary to any law, regulation or is otherwise invalid, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

16.         Execution .    Each party agrees that an electronic, facsimile or digital signature or an online acceptance or acknowledgment will be accorded the full legal force and effect of a handwritten signature under Nevada law. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

17.         Variation of Pronouns .    All pronouns and any variations thereof contained herein shall be deemed to refer to masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

18.         Tax Treatment; Section 409A .    The Participant shall be responsible for all taxes with respect to the Restricted Stock Units. Notwithstanding the forgoing or any provision of the Plan or this Agreement:

18.1      The parties agree that this Agreement shall be interpreted to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A, and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement or the Plan contravenes Section 409A or could cause the Participant to incur any tax, interest or penalties under Section 409A, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without the Participant’s consent, modify such provision in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A or to satisfy the conditions of any exception therefrom, or otherwise to avoid the imposition of the additional income tax and interest under Section 409A, while maintaining, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent and

 

8


economic benefit to the Participant, without materially increasing the cost to the Company, of the applicable provision. However, the Company makes no guarantee regarding the tax treatment of the Restricted Stock Units and none of the Company, its Parent, Subsidiaries or affiliates, nor any of their employees or representatives shall have any liability to the Participant with respect thereto.

18.2        A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.” If the Participant is deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provision of any benefit that is considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service,” such payment or benefit shall be made or provided at the date which is the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of such “separation from service” of the Participant, and (ii) the date of the Participant’s death (the “ Delay Period ”). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 18.2 (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed on the first business day following the expiration of the Delay Period to the Participant in a lump sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

18.3        For purposes of Section 409A, the Participant’s right to receive any installment payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days ( e.g. , “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

*            *             *

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Restricted Stock Units Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

PARTICIPANT

By:

 

 

Name:

 

[Signature Page to Restricted Stock Units Agreement]

 

10


EXHIBIT A

ARBITRATION

This Exhibit A sets forth the methods for resolving disputes should any arise under the Agreement, and accordingly, this Exhibit A shall be considered a part of the Agreement.

 

1.

Except for a claim by either Participant or the Company for injunctive relief where such would be otherwise authorized by law, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the Agreement or the breach hereof including without limitation any claim involving the interpretation or application of the Agreement or the Plan, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the employment arbitration rules then in effect of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (“JAMS”), to the extent not inconsistent with this paragraph. This Exhibit A covers any claim Participant might have against any officer, director, employee, or agent of the Company, or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, divisions, and affiliates, and all successors and assigns of any of them. The promises by the Company and Participant to arbitrate differences, rather than litigate them before courts or other bodies, provide consideration for each other, in addition to other consideration provided under the Agreement.

 

2.

Claims Subject to Arbitration .    This Exhibit A contemplates mandatory arbitration to the fullest extent permitted by law. Only claims that are justiciable under applicable state or federal law are covered by this Exhibit A. Such claims include any and all alleged violations of any state or federal law whether common law, statutory, arising under regulation or ordinance, or any other law, brought by any current or former employees.

 

3.

Non-Waiver of Substantive Rights .    This Exhibit A does not waive any rights or remedies available under applicable statutes or common law. However, it does waive Participant’s right to pursue those rights and remedies in a judicial forum. By signing the Agreement and the acknowledgment at the end of this Exhibit A, the undersigned Participant voluntarily agrees to arbitrate his or her claims covered by this Exhibit A.

 

4.

Time Limit to Pursue Arbitration; Initiation :    To ensure timely resolution of disputes, Participant and the Company must initiate arbitration within the statute of limitations (deadline for filing) provided for by applicable law pertaining to the claim. The failure to initiate arbitration within this time limit will bar any such claim. The parties understand that the Company and Participant are waiving any longer statutes of limitations that would otherwise apply, and any aggrieved party is encouraged to give written notice of any claim as soon as possible after the event(s) in dispute so that arbitration of any differences may take place promptly. The parties agree that the aggrieved party must, within the time frame provided by this Exhibit A, give written notice of a claim pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement. In the event such notice is to be provided to the Company, the Participant shall provide a copy of such notice of a claim to the Company’s Executive Vice President and General Counsel. Written notice shall identify and describe the nature of the claim, the supporting facts and the relief or remedy sought.

 

5.

Selecting an Arbitrator :    This Exhibit A mandates Arbitration under the then current rules of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (JAMS) regarding employment disputes. The arbitrator shall be either a retired judge or an attorney experienced in employment law and licensed to practice in the state in which arbitration is convened.

 

11


 

The parties shall select one arbitrator from among a list of three qualified neutral arbitrators provided by JAMS. If the parties are unable to agree on the arbitrator, each party shall strike one name and the remaining named arbitrator shall be selected.

 

6.

Representation/Arbitration Rights and Procedures :

 

  a.

Participant may be represented by an attorney of his/her choice at his/her own expense.

 

  b.

The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of Nevada (without regard to its choice of law provisions) and/or federal law when applicable. In all cases, this Exhibit A shall provide for the broadest level of arbitration of claims between the Company and Participant under Nevada or applicable federal law. The arbitrator is without jurisdiction to apply any different substantive law or law of remedies.

 

  c.

The arbitrator shall have no authority to award non-economic damages or punitive damages except where such relief is specifically authorized by an applicable state or federal statute or common law. In such a situation, the arbitrator shall specify in the award the specific statute or other basis under which such relief is granted.

 

  d.

The applicable law with respect to privilege, including attorney-client privilege, work product, and offers to compromise must be followed.

 

  e.

The parties shall have the right to conduct reasonable discovery, including written and oral (deposition) discovery and to subpoena and/or request copies of records, documents and other relevant discoverable information consistent with the procedural rules of JAMS. The arbitrator shall decide disputes regarding the scope of discovery and shall have authority to regulate the conduct of any hearing and/or trial proceeding. The arbitrator shall have the right to entertain a motion to dismiss and/or motion for summary judgment.

 

  f.

The parties shall exchange witness lists at least 30 days prior to the trial/hearing procedure. The arbitrator shall have subpoena power so that either Participant or the Company may summon witnesses. The arbitrator shall use the Federal Rules of Evidence. Both parties have the right to file a post hearing brief. Any party, at its own expense, may arrange for and pay the cost of a court reporter to provide a stenographic record of the proceedings.

 

  g.

Any arbitration hearing or proceeding shall take place in private, not open to the public, in Las Vegas, Nevada.

 

7.

Arbitrator’s Award : The arbitrator shall issue a written decision containing the specific issues raised by the parties, the specific findings of fact, and the specific conclusions of law. The award shall be rendered promptly, typically within 30 days after conclusion of the arbitration hearing, or the submission of post-hearing briefs if requested. The arbitrator may not award any relief or remedy in excess of what a court could grant under applicable law. The arbitrator’s decision is final and binding on both parties. Judgment

 

12


 

upon an award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction.

 

  a.

Either party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to compel arbitration under this Exhibit A and to enforce an arbitration award.

 

  b.

In the event of any administrative or judicial action by any agency or third party to adjudicate a claim on behalf of Participant which is subject to arbitration under this Exhibit A, Participant hereby waives the right to participate in any monetary or other recovery obtained by such agency or third party in any such action, and Participant’s sole remedy with respect to any such claim shall be any award decreed by an arbitrator pursuant to the provisions of this Exhibit A.

 

8.

Fees and Expenses :    The Company shall be responsible for paying any filing fee and the fees and costs of the arbitrator; provided, however, that if Participant is the party initiating the claim, Participant will contribute an amount equal to the filing fee to initiate a claim in the court of general jurisdiction in the state in which Participant is (or was last) employed by the Company. Participant and the Company shall each pay for their own expenses, attorney’s fees (a party’s responsibility for his/her/its own attorney’s fees is only limited by any applicable statute specifically providing that attorney’s fees may be awarded as a remedy), and costs and fees regarding witness, photocopying and other preparation expenses. If any party prevails on a statutory claim that affords the prevailing party attorney’s fees and costs, or if there is a written agreement providing for attorney’s fees and/or costs, the arbitrator may award reasonable attorney’s fees and/or costs to the prevailing party, applying the same standards a court would apply under the law applicable to the claim(s).

 

9.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit A shall survive the termination of Participant’s employment with the Company and the expiration of the Agreement. These arbitration provisions can only be modified or revoked in a writing signed by both parties and which expressly states an intent to modify or revoke the provisions of this Exhibit A.

 

10.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit A do not alter or affect the termination provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.

Capitalized terms not defined in this Exhibit A shall have the same definition as in the Agreement to which this is Exhibit A.

 

12.

If any provision of this Exhibit A is adjudged to be void or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, such adjudication shall not affect the validity of the remainder of Exhibit A. All other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

13


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

BOTH PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT: THEY HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS EXHIBIT A IN ITS ENTIRETY, THEY UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS, EXHIBIT A CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL TERM AND CONDITION OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES TO WHICH IT IS EXHIBIT A, AND THEY AGREE TO ABIDE BY ITS TERMS.

The parties also specifically acknowledge that by agreeing to the terms of this Exhibit A, they are waiving the right to pursue claims covered by this Exhibit A in a judicial forum and instead agree to arbitrate all such claims before an arbitrator without a court or jury. It is specifically understood that this Exhibit A does not waive any rights or remedies which are available under applicable state and federal statutes or common law. Both parties enter into this Exhibit A voluntarily and not in reliance on any promises or representation by the other party other than those contained in the Agreement or in this Exhibit A.

Participant further acknowledges that Participant has been given the opportunity to discuss this Exhibit A with Participant’s private legal counsel and that Participant has availed himself/herself of that opportunity to the extent Participant wishes to do so.

*        *        *

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]

 

14

Exhibit 10.6

STANDARD EMPLOYEE FORM

Performance Criteria

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT

 

 

No. of Restricted Stock Units:                                 

This Agreement (including its Exhibits, the “Agreement”) is made by and between MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                                       (the “Participant”) with an effective date of                                      .

RECITALS

A.        The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has adopted the Company’s 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), which provides for the granting of Restricted Stock Units (as that term is defined in Section 1 below) to selected service providers. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.

B.        The Board believes that the grant of Restricted Stock Units will stimulate the interest of selected employees in, and strengthen their desire to remain with, the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary (as those terms are hereinafter defined).

C.        The committee appointed to administer the Plan (the “Committee”) has authorized the grant of Restricted Stock Units to the Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

D.        The Committee and the Participant intend that the Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied, and including, without limitation, any employment agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) whether previously entered into, currently effective or entered into in the future) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1.         Definitions.

1.1        “Change of Control” means

 

1


A.        the date that any one person acquires, or persons acting as a group acquire, ownership of the capital stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the capital stock of the Company;

B.        the date that a majority of members of the Company’s Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board before the date of the appointment or election;

C.        the date that any one person, or persons acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; or

D.        the date that any one person acquires, or persons acting as a group acquire (or has or have acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons), assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions.

1.2        “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.3        “Current Employment Agreement” means the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination.

1.4        “Disability” means that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months or is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer.

1.5        “Employer” means the Company, the Subsidiaries and any Parent and affiliated companies, but specifically excludes Tracinda Corporation, its stockholder or stockholders, and its subsidiaries.

1.6        “Employer’s Good Cause” shall have the meaning given such term or a comparable term in the Current Employment Agreement; provided that if there is no Current Employment Agreement or if such agreement does not include such term or a comparable term, “Employer’s Good Cause” means:

A.        Participant’s failure to abide by the Employer’s policies and procedures, misconduct, insubordination, inattention to the Employer’s business, failure to perform the duties required of the Participant up to the standards established by the Employer’s

 

2


senior management, or material breach of the Current Employment Agreement, which failure or breach is not cured by the Participant within ten (10) days after written notice thereof from the Employer specifying the facts and circumstances of the alleged failure or breach, provided , however , that such notice and opportunity to cure shall not be required if, in the good faith judgment of the Board, such breach is not capable of being cured within ten (10) days;

B.        Participant’s failure or inability to apply for and obtain any license, qualification, clearance or other similar approval which the Employer or any regulatory authority which has jurisdiction over the Employer requests or requires that the Participant obtain;

C.        the Employer is directed by any governmental authority in Nevada, New Jersey, Michigan, Mississippi, Illinois, Macau S.A.R., or any other jurisdiction in which the Employer is engaged in a gaming business or where the Employer has applied to (or during the term of the Participant’s employment under the Current Employment Agreement, may apply to) engage in a gaming business to cease business with the Participant;

D.        the Employer determines, in its reasonable judgment, that the Participant was, is or might be involved in, or is about to be involved in, any activity, relationship(s) or circumstance which could or does jeopardize the Employer’s business, reputation or licenses to engage in the gaming business; or

E.        any of the Employer’s gaming business licenses are threatened to be, or are, denied, curtailed, suspended or revoked as a result of the Participant’s employment by the Employer or as a result of the Participant’s actions.

1.7        “Fair Market Value” means the closing price of a share of Stock reported on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or other applicable established stock exchange or over the counter market on the applicable date of determination, or if no closing price was reported on such date, the first trading day immediately preceding the applicable date of determination on which such a closing price was reported. In the event shares of Stock are not publicly traded at the time a determination of their value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of their Fair Market Value shall be made by the Committee in such manner as it deems appropriate.

1.8        “Parent” means a parent corporation as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

1.9        “Participant’s Good Cause” shall have the meaning given such term or a comparable term in the Current Employment Agreement; provided that if there is no Current Employment Agreement or if such agreement does not include such term or a comparable term, “Participant’s Good Cause” means:

A. The failure of the Employer to pay the Participant any compensation when due; or

B. A material reduction in the scope of duties or responsibilities of the Participant or any reduction in the Participant’s salary.

If a breach constituting Participant’s Good Cause occurs, the Participant shall give

 

3


the Employer thirty (30) days’ advance written notice specifying the facts and circumstances of the alleged breach. During such thirty (30) day period, the Employer may either cure the breach (in which case such notice will be considered withdrawn) or declare that the Employer disputes that Participant’s Good Cause exists, in which case Participant’s Good Cause shall not exist until the dispute is resolved in accordance with the methods for resolving disputes specified in Exhibit A hereto.

1.10        “Restricted Stock Unit” means an award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 8 of the Plan, except that no shares of Stock are actually awarded or granted to the Participant on the date of grant.

1.11        “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder to the extent applicable.

1.12        “Stock” means the Company’s common stock, $.01 par value per share.

1.13        “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary corporation of the Company as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code or corporation or other entity, whether domestic or foreign, in which the Company has or obtains a proprietary interest of more than fifty percent (50%) by reason of stock ownership or otherwise.

2.         Grant to Participant .    The Company hereby grants to the Participant, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, an award of              Restricted Stock Units. Except as otherwise set forth in the Plan or this Agreement, (i) each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive one (1) share of Stock upon vesting of such Restricted Stock Units, (ii) unless and until the Restricted Stock Units have vested in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Participant shall not have any right to delivery of the shares of Stock underlying such Restricted Stock Units or any other consideration in respect thereof and (iii) each Restricted Stock Unit that vests shall be paid to the Participant within thirty (30) days following the date that the Restricted Stock Unit vests or the date(s) set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, as applicable.

3.         Terms and Conditions .

3.1         Vesting Schedule .    Subject to Section 3.2 herein, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Agreement shall vest only if the Performance Criteria (as described in Exhibit B attached hereto), as determined by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, have been met, subject to the Participant’s continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent through the end of the Performance Period (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto). If the Performance Criteria are not met, all of the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Agreement shall immediately be forfeited and cancelled without consideration. Subject to Section 3.2, if the Performance Criteria are met, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest as set forth in (i) through (iv) below, subject to the Participant’s continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent on each of the dates specified in (i) through (iv) below:

(i) The first installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units and shall vest on                      (the “ Initial Vesting Date ”).

 

4


(ii)      The second installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units and shall vest on the first anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date.

(iii)      The third installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units and shall vest on the second anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date.

(iv)      The fourth installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units and shall vest on the third anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date;

provided , that any Restricted Stock Units which vest under the schedule set forth in this Section 3.1 shall be paid to the Participant within thirty (30) days following the date that the applicable installment vests.

3.2         Vesting at Termination .    Upon termination of employment with the Employer for any reason the unvested portion of the Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited without any consideration; provided , however , that,

(i)        upon termination of employment by the Employer without Employer’s Good Cause, by the Participant with Participant’s Good Cause, or due to the Participant’s death or Disability, subject to the satisfaction of the Performance Criteria, the Restricted Stock Units that would have become vested (but for such termination) under the schedule determined in Section 3.1 herein during the twelve (12) months from the date of termination of employment shall be paid on the same schedule determined in Section 3.1 herein; provided , however , that such continued vesting shall immediately cease and unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited in the event the Participant breaches any post-termination covenant with the Company or its affiliate in an employment agreement (after taking into account any applicable cure period); and

(ii)        upon termination of employment due to the Participant’s death or Disability, by the Employer without Employer’s Good Cause or by the Participant with Participant’s Good Cause, in each case, within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, subject to the satisfaction of the Performance Criteria, the Restricted Stock Units that would have become vested (but for such termination) under the schedule determined in Section 3.1 herein during the twelve (12) months after the date of termination of the Participant’s employment shall become immediately vested and shall be paid within thirty (30) days thereafter.

3.3         Committee Discretion .    The Committee, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion, of the Participant’s unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. If so accelerated, the Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Committee or an applicable written agreement but the Committee will have no right to accelerate any payment under this Agreement if such acceleration would cause this Agreement to fail to comply with Section 409A.

 

5


3.4         No Rights as a Stockholder .    Participant will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Stock subject to Restricted Stock Units until the Restricted Stock Units have vested and shares of Stock relating thereto have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agent or registrars.

3.5         Limits on Transferability .    The Restricted Stock Units granted under this Agreement may be transferred solely to a trust in which the Participant or the Participant’s spouse control the management of the assets. With respect to Restricted Stock Units, if any, that have been transferred to a trust, references in this Agreement to vesting related to such Restricted Stock Units shall be deemed to include such trust. Any transfer of Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement and the transferee shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as if it were the Participant. No interest of the Participant under this Agreement shall be subject to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration, the laws of bankruptcy or any other legal or equitable process.

3.6         Adjustments .    If there is any change in the Stock by reason of any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of shares of Stock, or any similar change affecting the Stock the Committee will make appropriate and proportionate adjustments (including relating to the Stock, other securities, cash or other consideration which may be acquired upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units) that it deems necessary to the number and class of securities subject to the Restricted Stock Units and any other terms of this Agreement. Any adjustment so made shall be final and binding upon the Participant.

3.7         No Right to Continued Performance of Services .    The grant of the Restricted Stock Units does not confer upon the Participant any right to continue to be employed by the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) nor may it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) for which the Participant performs services to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time.

3.8         Compliance With Law and Regulations .    The grant and vesting of Restricted Stock Units and the obligation of the Company to issue shares of Stock under this Agreement are subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, including those related to disclosure of financial and other information to the Participant and to approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Stock prior to (A) the listing of such shares on any stock exchange on which the Stock may then be listed and (B) the completion of any registration or qualification of such shares under any federal or state law, or any rule or regulation of any government body which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable.

3.9         Change of Control .    Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable laws or by the applicable rules and regulations of any governing governmental agencies or national securities exchanges, the Committee is authorized (but not obligated) to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Units, including without limitation the following (or any combination thereof): (i) continuation or assumption of the Restricted Stock Units by the Company (if it is the surviving company or corporation) or by the surviving company or corporation or its parent; (ii)

 

6


substitution by the surviving company or corporation or its parent of an award with substantially the same terms for the Restricted Stock Units; (iii) accelerated vesting with respect to the Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the occurrence of such event and payment to the Participant within thirty (30) days thereafter; and (iv) cancellation of all or any portion of the Restricted Stock Units for fair value (in the form of cash or its equivalent (e.g., by cashier’s check), other property or any combination thereof) as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee and which value may be zero (if the value of the underlying stock is zero), and payment to the Participant within thirty (30) days thereafter.

4.         Investment Representation .    The Participant must, within five (5) days of demand by the Company furnish the Company an agreement satisfactory to the Company in which the Participant represents that the shares of Stock acquired upon vesting are being acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof. The Company will have the right, at its election, to place legends on the certificates representing the shares of Stock so being issued with respect to limitations on transferability imposed by federal and/or state laws, and the Company will have the right to issue “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent.

5.         Participant Bound by Plan .    The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof as amended from time to time.

6.         Withholding .    The Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, any applicable withholding taxes in respect of the Restarted Stock Units awarded by this Agreement, their grant, vesting or otherwise, and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes, which may include, without limitation, reducing the number of shares otherwise distributable to the Participant by the number of shares of Stock whose Fair Market Value is equal to the amount of tax required to be withheld by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary as a result of the vesting or settlement or otherwise of the Restricted Stock Units.

7.         Notices .    Any notice hereunder to the Company must be addressed to: MGM Resorts International, 3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, Attention: 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Administrator, and any notice hereunder to the Participant must be addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s last address on the records of the Company, subject to the right of either party to designate at any time hereafter in writing some other address. Any notice shall be deemed to have been duly given on personal delivery or three (3) days after being sent in a properly sealed envelope, addressed as set forth above, and deposited (with first class postage prepaid) in the United States mail.

8.         Entire Agreement .    This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied, and including, without limitation, any employment agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) whether previously entered into, currently effective or entered into in the future that includes terms and conditions regarding equity awards) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

9.         Waiver .    No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition whether of like or different nature.

 

7


10.         Participant Undertaking .    The Participant agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the Participant or the Restricted Stock Units pursuant to this Agreement.

11.         Successors and Assigns .    The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon the Participant, the Participant’s assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of the Participant’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to be joined herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

12.         Governing Law .    The parties hereto agree that the validity, construction and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Nevada.

13.         Arbitration .    Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A to this Agreement (which constitutes a material provision of this Agreement), disputes relating to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to Exhibit A hereto.

14.         Amendment .    This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto; provided that the Company may alter, modify or amend this Agreement unilaterally if such change is not materially adverse to the Participant or to cause this Agreement to comply with applicable law.

15.         Severability .    The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any portion of this Agreement is declared contrary to any law, regulation or is otherwise invalid, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

16.         Execution .    Each party agrees that an electronic, facsimile or digital signature or an online acceptance or acknowledgment will be accorded the full legal force and effect of a handwritten signature under Nevada law. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

17.         Variation of Pronouns .    All pronouns and any variations thereof contained herein shall be deemed to refer to masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

18.         Tax Treatment; Section 409A .    The Participant shall be responsible for all taxes with respect to the Restricted Stock Units. Notwithstanding the forgoing or any provision of the Plan or this Agreement:

18.1        The parties agree that this Agreement shall be interpreted to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A, and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement or the Plan contravenes Section 409A or could cause the Participant to incur any tax, interest or penalties under Section 409A, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without the Participant’s consent, modify such provision in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A or to satisfy the conditions of any exception

 

8


therefrom, or otherwise to avoid the imposition of the additional income tax and interest under Section 409A, while maintaining, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent and economic benefit to the Participant, without materially increasing the cost to the Company, of the applicable provision. However, the Company makes no guarantee regarding the tax treatment of the Restricted Stock Units and none of the Company, its Parent, Subsidiaries or affiliates, nor any of their employees or representatives shall have any liability to the Participant with respect thereto.

18.2    A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.” If the Participant is deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provision of any benefit that is considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service,” such payment or benefit shall be made or provided at the date which is the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of such “separation from service” of the Participant, and (ii) the date of the Participant’s death (the “ Delay Period ”). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 18.2 (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed on the first business day following the expiration of the Delay Period to the Participant in a lump sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

18.3    For purposes of Section 409A, the Participant’s right to receive any installment payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days ( e.g. , “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

*        *        *

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Restricted Stock Units Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

PARTICIPANT
By:    
Name:  

[Signature Page to Restricted Stock Units Agreement]

 

10


EXHIBIT A

ARBITRATION

This Exhibit A sets forth the methods for resolving disputes should any arise under the Agreement, and accordingly, this Exhibit A shall be considered a part of the Agreement.

 

1.

Except for a claim by either Participant or the Company for injunctive relief where such would be otherwise authorized by law, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the Agreement or the breach hereof including without limitation any claim involving the interpretation or application of the Agreement or the Plan, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the employment arbitration rules then in effect of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (“JAMS”), to the extent not inconsistent with this paragraph. This Exhibit A covers any claim Participant might have against any officer, director, employee, or agent of the Company, or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, divisions, and affiliates, and all successors and assigns of any of them. The promises by the Company and Participant to arbitrate differences, rather than litigate them before courts or other bodies, provide consideration for each other, in addition to other consideration provided under the Agreement.

 

2.

Claims Subject to Arbitration .    This Exhibit A contemplates mandatory arbitration to the fullest extent permitted by law. Only claims that are justiciable under applicable state or federal law are covered by this Exhibit A. Such claims include any and all alleged violations of any state or federal law whether common law, statutory, arising under regulation or ordinance, or any other law, brought by any current or former employees.

 

3.

Non-Waiver of Substantive Rights .    This Exhibit A does not waive any rights or remedies available under applicable statutes or common law. However, it does waive Participant’s right to pursue those rights and remedies in a judicial forum. By signing the Agreement and the acknowledgment at the end of this Exhibit A, the undersigned Participant voluntarily agrees to arbitrate his or her claims covered by this Exhibit A.

 

4.

Time Limit to Pursue Arbitration; Initiation :    To ensure timely resolution of disputes, Participant and the Company must initiate arbitration within the statute of limitations (deadline for filing) provided for by applicable law pertaining to the claim. The failure to initiate arbitration within this time limit will bar any such claim. The parties understand that the Company and Participant are waiving any longer statutes of limitations that would otherwise apply, and any aggrieved party is encouraged to give written notice of any claim as soon as possible after the event(s) in dispute so that arbitration of any differences may take place promptly. The parties agree that the aggrieved party must, within the time frame provided by this Exhibit A, give written notice of a claim pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement. In the event such notice is to be provided to the Company, the Participant shall provide a copy of such notice of a claim to the Company’s Executive Vice President and General Counsel. Written notice shall identify and describe the nature of the claim, the supporting facts and the relief or remedy sought.

 

5.

Selecting an Arbitrator :    This Exhibit A mandates Arbitration under the then current rules of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (JAMS) regarding employment disputes. The arbitrator shall be either a retired judge or an attorney experienced in employment law and licensed to practice in the state in which arbitration is convened.

 

11


 

The parties shall select one arbitrator from among a list of three qualified neutral arbitrators provided by JAMS. If the parties are unable to agree on the arbitrator, each party shall strike one name and the remaining named arbitrator shall be selected.

 

6.

Representation/Arbitration Rights and Procedures :

 

  a.

Participant may be represented by an attorney of his/her choice at his/her own expense.

 

  b.

The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of Nevada (without regard to its choice of law provisions) and/or federal law when applicable. In all cases, this Exhibit A shall provide for the broadest level of arbitration of claims between the Company and Participant under Nevada or applicable federal law. The arbitrator is without jurisdiction to apply any different substantive law or law of remedies.

 

  c.

The arbitrator shall have no authority to award non-economic damages or punitive damages except where such relief is specifically authorized by an applicable state or federal statute or common law. In such a situation, the arbitrator shall specify in the award the specific statute or other basis under which such relief is granted.

 

  d.

The applicable law with respect to privilege, including attorney-client privilege, work product, and offers to compromise must be followed.

 

  e.

The parties shall have the right to conduct reasonable discovery, including written and oral (deposition) discovery and to subpoena and/or request copies of records, documents and other relevant discoverable information consistent with the procedural rules of JAMS. The arbitrator shall decide disputes regarding the scope of discovery and shall have authority to regulate the conduct of any hearing and/or trial proceeding. The arbitrator shall have the right to entertain a motion to dismiss and/or motion for summary judgment.

 

  f.

The parties shall exchange witness lists at least 30 days prior to the trial/hearing procedure. The arbitrator shall have subpoena power so that either Participant or the Company may summon witnesses. The arbitrator shall use the Federal Rules of Evidence. Both parties have the right to file a post hearing brief. Any party, at its own expense, may arrange for and pay the cost of a court reporter to provide a stenographic record of the proceedings.

 

  g.

Any arbitration hearing or proceeding shall take place in private, not open to the public, in Las Vegas, Nevada.

 

7.

Arbitrator’s Award :    The arbitrator shall issue a written decision containing the specific issues raised by the parties, the specific findings of fact, and the specific conclusions of law. The award shall be rendered promptly, typically within 30 days after conclusion of the arbitration hearing, or the submission of post-hearing briefs if requested. The arbitrator may not award any relief or remedy in excess of what a court could grant under applicable law. The arbitrator’s decision is final and binding on both parties. Judgment

 

12


 

upon an award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction.

 

  a.

Either party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to compel arbitration under this Exhibit A and to enforce an arbitration award.

 

  b.

In the event of any administrative or judicial action by any agency or third party to adjudicate a claim on behalf of Participant which is subject to arbitration under this Exhibit A, Participant hereby waives the right to participate in any monetary or other recovery obtained by such agency or third party in any such action, and Participant’s sole remedy with respect to any such claim shall be any award decreed by an arbitrator pursuant to the provisions of this Exhibit A.

 

8.

Fees and Expenses :    The Company shall be responsible for paying any filing fee and the fees and costs of the arbitrator; provided, however, that if Participant is the party initiating the claim, Participant will contribute an amount equal to the filing fee to initiate a claim in the court of general jurisdiction in the state in which Participant is (or was last) employed by the Company. Participant and the Company shall each pay for their own expenses, attorney’s fees (a party’s responsibility for his/her/its own attorney’s fees is only limited by any applicable statute specifically providing that attorney’s fees may be awarded as a remedy), and costs and fees regarding witness, photocopying and other preparation expenses. If any party prevails on a statutory claim that affords the prevailing party attorney’s fees and costs, or if there is a written agreement providing for attorney’s fees and/or costs, the arbitrator may award reasonable attorney’s fees and/or costs to the prevailing party, applying the same standards a court would apply under the law applicable to the claim(s).

 

9.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit A shall survive the termination of Participant’s employment with the Company and the expiration of the Agreement. These arbitration provisions can only be modified or revoked in a writing signed by both parties and which expressly states an intent to modify or revoke the provisions of this Exhibit A.

 

10.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit A do not alter or affect the termination provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.

Capitalized terms not defined in this Exhibit A shall have the same definition as in the Agreement to which this is Exhibit A.

 

12.

If any provision of this Exhibit A is adjudged to be void or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, such adjudication shall not affect the validity of the remainder of Exhibit A. All other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

13


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

BOTH PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT: THEY HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS EXHIBIT A IN ITS ENTIRETY, THEY UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS, EXHIBIT A CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL TERM AND CONDITION OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES TO WHICH IT IS EXHIBIT A, AND THEY AGREE TO ABIDE BY ITS TERMS.

The parties also specifically acknowledge that by agreeing to the terms of this Exhibit A, they are waiving the right to pursue claims covered by this Exhibit A in a judicial forum and instead agree to arbitrate all such claims before an arbitrator without a court or jury. It is specifically understood that this Exhibit A does not waive any rights or remedies which are available under applicable state and federal statutes or common law. Both parties enter into this Exhibit A voluntarily and not in reliance on any promises or representation by the other party other than those contained in the Agreement or in this Exhibit A.

Participant further acknowledges that Participant has been given the opportunity to discuss this Exhibit A with Participant’s private legal counsel and that Participant has availed himself/herself of that opportunity to the extent Participant wishes to do so.

*        *        *

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]

 

14


EXHIBIT B

PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

[To be specified.]

 

15

Exhibit 10.7

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR FORM

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT

 

 

No. of Restricted Stock Units:                                 

This Agreement (including its Exhibit, the “Agreement”) is made by and between MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                                   (the “Participant”) with an effective date of                                  .

RECITALS

A.        The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has adopted the Company’s 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), which provides for the granting of Restricted Stock Units (as that term is defined in Section 1 below) to selected service providers. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.

B.        The Board believes that the grant of Restricted Stock Units will stimulate the interest of selected Directors in, and strengthen their desire to remain with, the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary (as those terms are hereinafter defined).

C.        The committee appointed to administer the Plan (the “Committee”) has authorized the grant of Restricted Stock Units to the Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

D.        The Committee and the Participant intend that the Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied, and including, without limitation, any agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) whether previously entered into, currently effective or entered into in the future) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1.         Definitions.

1.1 “Change of Control” means

 

1


A.        the date that any one person acquires, or persons acting as a group acquire, ownership of the capital stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the capital stock of the Company;

B.        the date that a majority of members of the Company’s Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board before the date of the appointment or election;

C.        the date that any one person, or persons acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; or

D.        the date that any one person acquires, or persons acting as a group acquire (or has or have acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons), assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions.

1.2        “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.3        “Disability” means that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months or is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company.

1.4        “Fair Market Value” means the closing price of a share of Stock reported on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or other applicable established stock exchange or over the counter market on the applicable date of determination, or if no closing price was reported on such date, the first trading day immediately preceding the applicable date of determination on which such a closing price was reported. In the event shares of Stock are not publicly traded at the time a determination of their value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of their Fair Market Value shall be made by the Committee in such manner as it deems appropriate.

1.5        “Parent” means a parent corporation as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

1.6        “Restricted Stock Unit” means an award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 8 of the Plan, except that no shares of Stock are actually awarded or granted to the Participant on the date of grant.

1.7        “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations and

 

2


guidance promulgated thereunder to the extent applicable.

1.8        “Stock” means the Company’s common stock, $.01 par value per share.

1.9        “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary corporation of the Company as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code or corporation or other entity, whether domestic or foreign, in which the Company has or obtains a proprietary interest of more than fifty percent (50%) by reason of stock ownership or otherwise.

2.         Grant to Participant .    The Company hereby grants to the Participant, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, an award of                  Restricted Stock Units. Except as otherwise set forth in the Plan or this Agreement, (i) each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive one (1) share of Stock upon vesting of such Restricted Stock Units, (ii) unless and until the Restricted Stock Units have vested in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Participant shall not have any right to delivery of the shares of Stock underlying such Restricted Stock Units or any other consideration in respect thereof and (iii) each Restricted Stock Unit that vests shall be paid to the Participant within thirty (30) days following the date that the Restricted Stock Unit vests or the date(s) set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, as applicable.

3.         Terms and Conditions .

3.1         Vesting Schedule .    Subject to Section 3.2, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest as set forth in (i) through (iv) below, subject to the Participant’s continued service on the Board on each of the dates specified in (i) through (iv) below:

(i)        The first installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units and shall vest on                      (the “ Initial Vesting Date ”).

(ii)        The second installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units and shall vest on the first anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date.

(iii)        The third installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units and shall vest on the second anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date.

(iv)        The fourth installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units and shall vest on the third anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date;

provided , that any Restricted Stock Units which vest under the schedule set forth in this Section 3.1 shall be paid to the Participant within thirty (30) days following the date that the applicable installment vests.

3.2         Vesting at Termination .    Upon cessation of service on the Board for any reason the unvested portion of the Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited without any consideration; provided , however , that,

 

3


(i)        upon cessation of service on the Board due to the Participant’s death or Disability, the Restricted Stock Units that would have become vested (but for such termination) under the schedule determined in Section 3.1 herein during the twelve (12) months from the date of cessation of service shall be paid on the same schedule determined in Section 3.1 herein; provided , however , that such continued vesting shall immediately cease and unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited in the event the Participant breaches any post-termination covenant with the Company or its affiliate (after taking into account any applicable cure period); and

(ii)        upon cessation of service on the Board due to the Participant’s death or Disability within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, the Restricted Stock Units that would have become vested (but for such termination) under the schedule determined in Section 3.1 herein during the twelve (12) months after the date of cessation of the Participant’s service on the Board shall become immediately vested and shall be paid within thirty (30) days thereafter.

3.3         Board or Committee Discretion .    The Board or Committee, as applicable, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion, of the Participant’s unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. If so accelerated, the Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Board or Committee, as applicable, or an applicable written agreement but the Board or Committee will have no right to accelerate any payment under this Agreement if such acceleration would cause this Agreement to fail to comply with Section 409A.

3.4         No Rights as a Stockholder .    Participant will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Stock subject to Restricted Stock Units until the Restricted Stock Units have vested and shares of Stock relating thereto have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agent or registrars.

3.5         Limits on Transferability .    The Restricted Stock Units granted under this Agreement may be transferred solely to a trust in which the Participant or the Participant’s spouse control the management of the assets. With respect to Restricted Stock Units, if any, that have been transferred to a trust, references in this Agreement to vesting related to such Restricted Stock Units shall be deemed to include such trust. Any transfer of Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement and the transferee shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as if it were the Participant. No interest of the Participant under this Agreement shall be subject to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration, the laws of bankruptcy or any other legal or equitable process.

3.6         Adjustments .    If there is any change in the Stock by reason of any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of shares of Stock, or any similar change affecting the Stock the Committee will make appropriate and proportionate adjustments (including relating to the Stock, other securities, cash or other consideration which may be acquired upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units) that it deems necessary to the number and class of securities subject to the Restricted Stock Units and any other terms of this Agreement. Any adjustment so made shall be final and binding upon the Participant.

 

4


3.7         No Right to Continued Performance of Services .    The grant of the Restricted Stock Units does not confer upon the Participant any right to continue to serve on the Board, nor may it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or the Board to terminate the Participant’s services at any time.

3.8         Compliance With Law and Regulations .    The grant and vesting of Restricted Stock Units and the obligation of the Company to issue shares of Stock under this Agreement are subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, including those related to disclosure of financial and other information to the Participant and to approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Stock prior to (A) the listing of such shares on any stock exchange on which the Stock may then be listed and (B) the completion of any registration or qualification of such shares under any federal or state law, or any rule or regulation of any government body which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable.

3.9         Change of Control .    Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable laws or by the applicable rules and regulations of any governing governmental agencies or national securities exchanges, the Committee is authorized (but not obligated) to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Units, including without limitation the following (or any combination thereof): (i) continuation or assumption of the Restricted Stock Units by the Company (if it is the surviving company or corporation) or by the surviving company or corporation or its parent; (ii) substitution by the surviving company or corporation or its parent of an award with substantially the same terms for the Restricted Stock Units; (iii) accelerated vesting with respect to the Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the occurrence of such event and payment to the Participant within thirty (30) days thereafter; and (iv) cancellation of all or any portion of the Restricted Stock Units for fair value (in the form of cash or its equivalent (e.g., by cashier’s check), other property or any combination thereof) as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee and which value may be zero (if the fair value of the underlying stock is zero), and payment to the Participant within thirty (30) days thereafter.

4.         Investment Representation .    The Participant must, within five (5) days of demand by the Company furnish the Company an agreement satisfactory to the Company in which the Participant represents that the shares of Stock acquired upon vesting are being acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof. The Company will have the right, at its election, to place legends on the certificates representing the shares of Stock so being issued with respect to limitations on transferability imposed by federal and/or state laws, and the Company will have the right to issue “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent.

5.         Participant Bound by Plan .    The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof as amended from time to time.

6.         Withholding .    The Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, any applicable withholding taxes in respect of the Restarted Stock Units awarded by this Agreement, their grant, vesting or otherwise, and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes, which may include, without limitation, reducing the number

 

5


of shares otherwise distributable to the Participant by the number of shares of Stock whose Fair Market Value is equal to the amount of tax required to be withheld by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary as a result of the vesting or settlement or otherwise of the Restricted Stock Units.

7.         Notices .    Any notice hereunder to the Company must be addressed to: MGM Resorts International, 3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, Attention: 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Administrator, and any notice hereunder to the Participant must be addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s last address on the records of the Company, subject to the right of either party to designate at any time hereafter in writing some other address. Any notice shall be deemed to have been duly given on personal delivery or three (3) days after being sent in a properly sealed envelope, addressed as set forth above, and deposited (with first class postage prepaid) in the United States mail.

8.         Entire Agreement .    This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied, and including, without limitation, any agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) whether previously entered into, currently effective or entered into in the future that provides terms and conditions for equity awards) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

9.         Waiver .    No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition whether of like or different nature.

10.       Participant Undertaking .    The Participant agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the Participant or the Restricted Stock Units pursuant to this Agreement.

11.       Successors and Assigns .    The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon the Participant, the Participant’s assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of the Participant’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to be joined herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

12.       Governing Law .    The parties hereto agree that the validity, construction and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Nevada.

13.       Arbitration .    Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A to this Agreement (which constitutes a material provision of this Agreement), disputes relating to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to Exhibit A hereto.

14.       Amendment .    This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto; provided that the Company may alter, modify or amend this Agreement unilaterally if such change is not materially adverse to the Participant or to cause this Agreement to comply with applicable law.

15.       Severability .    The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any portion of this Agreement is declared contrary to any law, regulation or is otherwise invalid, in whole or in

 

6


part, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

16.       Execution .    Each party agrees that an electronic, facsimile or digital signature or an online acceptance or acknowledgment will be accorded the full legal force and effect of a handwritten signature under Nevada law. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

17.       Variation of Pronouns .    All pronouns and any variations thereof contained herein shall be deemed to refer to masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

18.         Tax Treatment; Section 409A .    The Participant shall be responsible for all taxes with respect to the Restricted Stock Units. Notwithstanding the forgoing or any provision of the Plan or this Agreement:

18.1        The parties agree that this Agreement shall be interpreted to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A, and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement or the Plan contravenes Section 409A or could cause the Participant to incur any tax, interest or penalties under Section 409A, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without the Participant’s consent, modify such provision in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A or to satisfy the conditions of any exception therefrom, or otherwise to avoid the imposition of the additional income tax and interest under Section 409A, while maintaining, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent and economic benefit to the Participant, without materially increasing the cost to the Company, of the applicable provision. However, the Company makes no guarantee regarding the tax treatment of the Restricted Stock Units and none of the Company, its Parent, Subsidiaries or affiliates, nor any of their employees or representatives shall have any liability to the Participant with respect thereto.

18.2        A cessation or termination of service shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A upon or following a termination of service unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of service”, “cessation of service” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.” If the Participant is deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provision of any benefit that is considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service,” such payment or benefit shall be made or provided at the date which is the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of such “separation from service” of the Participant, and (ii) the date of the Participant’s death (the “ Delay Period ”). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 18.2 (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed on the first business day following the expiration of the Delay Period to the Participant in a lump sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

 

7


18.3        For purposes of Section 409A, the Participant’s right to receive any installment payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days ( e.g. , “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

*        *        *

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Restricted Stock Units Agreement as of the date first written above.

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
By:    
Name:  

Title:

 

 

PARTICIPANT
By:    
Name:  

[Signature Page to Restricted Stock Units Agreement]

 

9


EXHIBIT A

ARBITRATION

This Exhibit A sets forth the methods for resolving disputes should any arise under the Agreement, and accordingly, this Exhibit A shall be considered a part of the Agreement.

 

1.

Except for a claim by either Participant or the Company for injunctive relief where such would be otherwise authorized by law, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the Agreement or the breach hereof including without limitation any claim involving the interpretation or application of the Agreement or the Plan, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the employment arbitration rules then in effect of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (“JAMS”), to the extent not inconsistent with this paragraph. This Exhibit A covers any claim Participant might have against any officer, director, employee, or agent of the Company, or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, divisions, and affiliates, and all successors and assigns of any of them. The promises by the Company and Participant to arbitrate differences, rather than litigate them before courts or other bodies, provide consideration for each other, in addition to other consideration provided under the Agreement.

 

2.

Claims Subject to Arbitration .    This Exhibit A contemplates mandatory arbitration to the fullest extent permitted by law. Only claims that are justiciable under applicable state or federal law are covered by this Exhibit A. Such claims include any and all alleged violations of any state or federal law whether common law, statutory, arising under regulation or ordinance, or any other law, brought by any current or former directors.

 

3.

Non-Waiver of Substantive Rights .    This Exhibit A does not waive any rights or remedies available under applicable statutes or common law. However, it does waive Participant’s right to pursue those rights and remedies in a judicial forum. By signing the Agreement and the acknowledgment at the end of this Exhibit A, the undersigned Participant voluntarily agrees to arbitrate his or her claims covered by this Exhibit A.

 

4.

Time Limit to Pursue Arbitration; Initiation :    To ensure timely resolution of disputes, Participant and the Company must initiate arbitration within the statute of limitations (deadline for filing) provided for by applicable law pertaining to the claim. The failure to initiate arbitration within this time limit will bar any such claim. The parties understand that the Company and Participant are waiving any longer statutes of limitations that would otherwise apply, and any aggrieved party is encouraged to give written notice of any claim as soon as possible after the event(s) in dispute so that arbitration of any differences may take place promptly. The parties agree that the aggrieved party must, within the time frame provided by this Exhibit A, give written notice of a claim pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement. In the event such notice is to be provided to the Company, the Participant shall provide a copy of such notice of a claim to the Company’s Executive Vice President and General Counsel. Written notice shall identify and describe the nature of the claim, the supporting facts and the relief or remedy sought.

 

5.

Selecting an Arbitrator :    This Exhibit A mandates Arbitration under the then current rules of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (JAMS) regarding employment disputes. The arbitrator shall be either a retired judge or an attorney experienced in employment law and licensed to practice in the state in which arbitration is convened.

 

10


 

The parties shall select one arbitrator from among a list of three qualified neutral arbitrators provided by JAMS. If the parties are unable to agree on the arbitrator, each party shall strike one name and the remaining named arbitrator shall be selected.

 

6.

Representation/Arbitration Rights and Procedures :

 

  a.

Participant may be represented by an attorney of his/her choice at his/her own expense.

 

  b.

The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of Nevada (without regard to its choice of law provisions) and/or federal law when applicable. In all cases, this Exhibit A shall provide for the broadest level of arbitration of claims between the Company and Participant under Nevada or applicable federal law. The arbitrator is without jurisdiction to apply any different substantive law or law of remedies.

 

  c.

The arbitrator shall have no authority to award non-economic damages or punitive damages except where such relief is specifically authorized by an applicable state or federal statute or common law. In such a situation, the arbitrator shall specify in the award the specific statute or other basis under which such relief is granted.

 

  d.

The applicable law with respect to privilege, including attorney-client privilege, work product, and offers to compromise must be followed.

 

  e.

The parties shall have the right to conduct reasonable discovery, including written and oral (deposition) discovery and to subpoena and/or request copies of records, documents and other relevant discoverable information consistent with the procedural rules of JAMS. The arbitrator shall decide disputes regarding the scope of discovery and shall have authority to regulate the conduct of any hearing and/or trial proceeding. The arbitrator shall have the right to entertain a motion to dismiss and/or motion for summary judgment.

 

  f.

The parties shall exchange witness lists at least 30 days prior to the trial/hearing procedure. The arbitrator shall have subpoena power so that either Participant or the Company may summon witnesses. The arbitrator shall use the Federal Rules of Evidence. Both parties have the right to file a post hearing brief. Any party, at its own expense, may arrange for and pay the cost of a court reporter to provide a stenographic record of the proceedings.

 

  g.

Any arbitration hearing or proceeding shall take place in private, not open to the public, in Las Vegas, Nevada.

 

7.

Arbitrator’s Award :    The arbitrator shall issue a written decision containing the specific issues raised by the parties, the specific findings of fact, and the specific conclusions of law. The award shall be rendered promptly, typically within 30 days after conclusion of the arbitration hearing, or the submission of post-hearing briefs if requested. The arbitrator may not award any relief or remedy in excess of what a court could grant under applicable law. The arbitrator’s decision is final and binding on both parties. Judgment

 

11


 

upon an award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction.

 

  a.

Either party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to compel arbitration under this Exhibit A and to enforce an arbitration award.

 

  b.

In the event of any administrative or judicial action by any agency or third party to adjudicate a claim on behalf of Participant which is subject to arbitration under this Exhibit A, Participant hereby waives the right to participate in any monetary or other recovery obtained by such agency or third party in any such action, and Participant’s sole remedy with respect to any such claim shall be any award decreed by an arbitrator pursuant to the provisions of this Exhibit A.

 

8.

Fees and Expenses :    The Company shall be responsible for paying any filing fee and the fees and costs of the arbitrator; provided, however, that if Participant is the party initiating the claim, Participant will contribute an amount equal to the filing fee to initiate a claim in the court of general jurisdiction in the state in which Participant is (or was last) providing services to the Company. Participant and the Company shall each pay for their own expenses, attorney’s fees (a party’s responsibility for his/her/its own attorney’s fees is only limited by any applicable statute specifically providing that attorney’s fees may be awarded as a remedy), and costs and fees regarding witness, photocopying and other preparation expenses. If any party prevails on a statutory claim that affords the prevailing party attorney’s fees and costs, or if there is a written agreement providing for attorney’s fees and/or costs, the arbitrator may award reasonable attorney’s fees and/or costs to the prevailing party, applying the same standards a court would apply under the law applicable to the claim(s).

 

9.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit A shall survive the cessation of Participant’s service with the Company and the expiration of the Agreement. These arbitration provisions can only be modified or revoked in a writing signed by both parties and which expressly states an intent to modify or revoke the provisions of this Exhibit A.

 

10.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit A do not alter or affect the termination provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.

Capitalized terms not defined in this Exhibit A shall have the same definition as in the Agreement to which this is Exhibit A.

 

12.

If any provision of this Exhibit A is adjudged to be void or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, such adjudication shall not affect the validity of the remainder of Exhibit A. All other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

12


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

BOTH PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT: THEY HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS EXHIBIT A IN ITS ENTIRETY, THEY UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS, EXHIBIT A CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL TERM AND CONDITION OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES TO WHICH IT IS EXHIBIT A, AND THEY AGREE TO ABIDE BY ITS TERMS.

The parties also specifically acknowledge that by agreeing to the terms of this Exhibit A, they are waiving the right to pursue claims covered by this Exhibit A in a judicial forum and instead agree to arbitrate all such claims before an arbitrator without a court or jury. It is specifically understood that this Exhibit A does not waive any rights or remedies which are available under applicable state and federal statutes or common law. Both parties enter into this Exhibit A voluntarily and not in reliance on any promises or representation by the other party other than those contained in the Agreement or in this Exhibit A.

Participant further acknowledges that Participant has been given the opportunity to discuss this Exhibit A with Participant’s private legal counsel and that Participant has availed himself/herself of that opportunity to the extent Participant wishes to do so.

*        *        *

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]

 

13

Exhibit 10.8

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of September 14, 2010 , by and between MGM Resorts International (“Employer”, “we” or “us”), and William Hornbuckle (“Employee” or “you”).

 

1.

Employment .    We hereby employ you, and you hereby accept employment by us, as our Chief Marketing Officer to perform such executive, managerial or administrative duties as we may specify from time to time during the Specified Term (as defined in Section 2). In construing the provisions of this Agreement, the term “Employer”, “we” or “us” includes all of our subsidiary, parent and affiliated companies, but specifically excludes Tracinda Corporation, its stockholder or stockholders, and its subsidiaries.

 

2.

Term .    The term of your employment under this Agreement commences on September 14, 2010 and it terminates on September 13, 2013 (the “Specified Term”). Unless a new written employment agreement is executed by the parties, upon the expiration of the Specified Term, all terms and conditions of this Agreement will continue, except that the new Specified Term of the Agreement shall be three (3) months, which shall renew for successive three (3) month periods on each successive three (3) month anniversary, if the Agreement is not otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms.

 

3.

Compensation .    During the Specified Term, we shall pay you a minimum annual salary of $1,100,000, payable in arrears at such frequencies and times as we pay our other employees. You are also eligible to receive generally applicable fringe benefits commensurate with our employees in positions comparable to yours. We will also reimburse you for all reasonable business and travel expenses you incur in performing your duties under this Agreement, payable in accordance with our customary practices and policies, as we may modify and amend them from time to time. Your performance may be reviewed periodically. You are eligible for consideration for a discretionary raise, annual bonus, promotion, and/or participation in discretionary benefit plans; provided, however, whether and to what extent you will be granted any of the above will be determined by us in our sole and absolute discretion.

 

4.

Extent of Services .    You agree that your employment by us is full time and exclusive. You further agree to perform your duties in a competent, trustworthy and businesslike manner. You agree that during the Specified Term, you will not render any services of any kind (whether or not for compensation) for any person or entity other than us, and that you will not engage in any other business activity (whether or not for compensation) that is similar to or conflicts with your duties under this Agreement, without the approval of the Board of Directors of MGM Resorts International or the person or persons designated by the Board of Directors to determine such matters.

 

5.

Policies and Procedures .    You agree and acknowledge that you are bound by our policies and procedures as they may be modified and amended by us from time to time. In the event the terms in this Agreement conflict with our policies and procedures, the terms of this Agreement shall take precedence. As you are aware, problem gaming and underage gambling can have adverse effects on individuals


 

and the gaming industry as a whole. You acknowledge that you have read and are familiar with our policies, procedures and manuals and agree to abide by them. Because these matters are of such importance to us, you specifically confirm that you are familiar with and will comply with our policies of prohibiting underage gaming, supporting programs to treat compulsive gambling, and promoting diversity in all aspects of our business.

 

6.

Licensing Requirements .    You acknowledge that we are engaged in a business that is or may be subject to and exists because of privileged licenses issued by governmental authorities in Nevada, New Jersey, Michigan, Mississippi, Illinois, Macau S.A.R., and other jurisdictions in which we are engaged in a gaming business or where we have applied to (or during the Specified Term may apply to) engage in a gaming business. You shall apply for and obtain any license, qualification, clearance or other similar approval which we or any regulatory authority which has jurisdiction over us requests or requires that you obtain.

 

7.

Failure to Satisfy Licensing Requirement .    We have the right to terminate your employment under Section 10.1 of this Agreement if: (i) you fail to satisfy any licensing requirement referred to in Section 6 above; (ii) we are directed to cease business with you by any governmental authority referred to in Section 6 above; (iii) we determine, in our sole and exclusive judgment, that you were, are or might be involved in, or are about to be involved in, any activity, relationship(s) or circumstance which could or does jeopardize our business, reputation or such licenses; or (iv) any of our licenses is threatened to be, or is, denied, curtailed, suspended or revoked as a result of your employment by us or as a result of your actions.

 

8.

Restrictive Covenants

 

  8.1

Competition .    You acknowledge that, in the course of performing your responsibilities under this Agreement, you will form relationships and become acquainted with Confidential Information. You further acknowledge that such relationships and the Confidential Information are valuable to us, and the restrictions on your future employment contained in this Agreement, if any, are reasonably necessary in order for us to remain competitive in our various businesses. In consideration of this Agreement and the compensation payable to you under this Agreement, and in recognition of our heightened need for protection from abuse of relationships formed or Confidential Information garnered before and during the Specified Term of this Agreement, you covenant and agree that, except as otherwise explicitly provided in Section 10 of this Agreement, if you are not employed by us for the entire Specified Term, then during the entire Restrictive Period you shall not directly or indirectly be employed by, provide consultation or other services to, engage in, participate in or otherwise be connected in any way with any Competitor. The terms “Confidential Information,” “Restrictive Period” and “Competitor” are defined in Section 22. Your obligations during the Specified Term and Restrictive Period under this Section 8.1 include but are not limited to the following:

 

  8.1.1

You will not make known to any third party the names and addresses of any of our customers, or any other information pertaining to those customers.

 

2


  8.1.2

You will not call on, solicit and/or take away, or attempt to call on, solicit and/or take away, any of our customers, either for your own account or for any third party.

 

  8.1.3

You will not call on, solicit and/or take away, any of our potential or prospective customers, on whom you called or with whom you became acquainted during employment by us (either before or during the Specified Term), either for your own account or for any third party.

 

  8.1.4

You will not approach or solicit any of our employees with a view towards enticing such employee to leave our employ to work for you or for any third party, or hire any of our employees, without our prior written consent, which we may give or withhold in our sole discretion.

 

  8.2

Confidentiality .    You further covenant and agree that you will not at any time during or after the Specified Term, without our prior written consent, disclose to any other person or business entities any Confidential Information or utilize any Confidential Information in any way, including communications with or contact with any of our customers or other persons or entities with whom we do business, other than in connection with your employment hereunder.

 

  8.3

Employer’s Property .    You hereby confirm that the Confidential Information constitutes our sole and exclusive property (regardless of whether you possessed or claim to have possessed any of such Confidential Information prior to the date hereof). You agree that upon termination of your active employment with us, you will promptly return to us all notes, notebooks, memoranda, computer disks, and any other similar repositories of Confidential Information (regardless of whether you possessed such Confidential Information prior to the date hereof) containing or relating in any way to the Confidential Information, including but not limited to the documents referred to on Exhibit A hereto. Such repositories of Confidential Information also include but are not limited to any so-called personal files or other personal data compilations in any form, which in any manner contain any Confidential Information.

 

  8.4

Notice to Employer .    You agree to notify us immediately of any other persons or entities for whom you work or provide services during the Specified Term or within the Restrictive Period. You further agree to promptly notify us, during the Specified Term, of any contacts made by any Competitor which concern or relate to an offer to employ you or for you to provide consulting or other services.

 

9.

Representation and Additional Agreements .    You hereby represent, warrant and agree that:

 

  9.1

The covenants and agreements contained in Sections 4 and 8 above are reasonable in their geographic scope, duration and content; our agreement to employ you and a portion of the compensation and consideration we

 

3


 

have agreed to pay you under Section 3 of this Agreement, are in partial consideration for such covenants and agreements; you agree that you will not raise any issue of the reasonableness of the geographic scope, duration or content of such covenants and agreements in any proceeding to enforce such covenants and agreements, and such covenants and agreements shall survive the termination of this Agreement;

 

  9.2

The enforcement of any remedy under this Agreement will not prevent you from earning a livelihood, because your past work history and abilities are such that you can reasonably expect to find work in other areas and lines of business;

 

  9.3

The covenants and agreements stated in Sections 4, 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement are essential for our reasonable protection;

 

  9.4

We have reasonably relied on your representations, warranties and agreements, including those set forth in this Section 9; and

 

  9.5

You have the full right to enter into this Agreement and by entering into and performance of this Agreement, you will not violate or conflict with any arrangements or agreements you may have with any other person or entity.

 

  9.6

You agree that in the event of your breach of any covenants and agreements set forth in Sections 4 and 8 above, we may seek to enforce such covenants and agreements through any equitable remedy, including specific performance or injunction, without waiving any claim for damages. In any such event, you waive any claim that we have an adequate remedy at law.

 

10.

Termination .

 

  10.1

Employer’s Good Cause Termination .    We have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time during the Specified Term hereof for Employer’s Good Cause (which term is defined in Section 22). Upon any such termination, we will have no further liability or obligations whatsoever to you under this Agreement except as provided under Sections 10.1.1, 10.1.2, and 10.1.3 below.

 

  10.1.1

In the event Employer’s Good Cause termination is the result of your death during the Specified Term, your beneficiary (as designated by you on our benefit records) will be entitled to receive your salary for a three (3) month period following your death, such amount to be paid at regular payroll intervals.

 

  10.1.2

In the event Employer’s Good Cause termination is the result of your Disability (which term is defined in Section 22), we will pay you (or your beneficiary in the event of your death during the period in which payments are being made) an amount equal to your salary for three (3) months following your termination, such amount to be paid at regular payroll intervals, net of payments received by you from any short term disability policy which is

 

4


 

either self-insured by us or the premiums of which were paid by us (and not charged as compensation to you).

 

  10.1.3

You or your beneficiary will be entitled to exercise your vested but unexercised stock options to acquire Company’s stock, stock appreciation rights (“SAR”) or other stock-based compensation (“Other Right”) as of the date of termination, if any, upon compliance with all of the terms and conditions required to exercise such options, SARs or Other Rights.

 

  10.2

Employer’s No Cause Termination .    We have the right to terminate this Agreement on written notice to you in our sole discretion for any cause we deem sufficient or for no cause, at any time during the Specified Term. Upon such termination, our sole liability to you shall be as follows:

 

  10.2.1

We will treat you as an inactive employee through the Specified Term and (i) pay your salary for the period remaining in the Specified Term, and (ii) maintain you as a participant in all health and insurance programs in which you and your dependents, if applicable, are then participating (as such programs may be changed by us from time to time for its employees in positions comparable to yours and subject to satisfying the eligibility requirements of such programs to the extent imposed by third party providers) through the first to occur of (x) the end of the Specified Term or (y) the date on which you become eligible to receive health and/or insurance benefits, as applicable from a new employer. However, you would not be eligible for flex or vacation time, discretionary bonus or new grants of stock options, SARs or Other Rights, but (subject to Section 10.5.1 of this Agreement, if applicable) you would continue to vest previously granted stock options, SARs or Other Rights, if any, for the shorter of twelve (12) months from the date you are placed in an inactive status or the remaining period of the Specified Term if you remain in inactive status for such period; and

 

  10.2.2

You will be entitled to exercise your vested but unexercised stock options to acquire Company stock, SARs or Other Rights, if any, while you are on inactive status and upon termination of your inactive status, upon your compliance with all of the terms and conditions required to exercise such options, SARs or Other Rights.

Upon any such termination, you will continue to be bound by the restrictions in Section 8 above. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, while you are in an inactive status, you may be employed by or provide consultation services to a non-Competitor, provided that we will be entitled to offset the compensation being paid by us during the Specified Term by the compensation and/or consultant’s fees being paid to you, and provided further, that we will not be required to continue to provide benefits to the extent that you are entitled to receive benefits from a third party. In addition, at any time after the end of the Restrictive Period, if you are in an inactive status, you may notify us in writing that you desire to terminate your inactive status (an “Employee Inactive

 

5


 

Termination Notice”) and immediately thereafter we will have no further liability or obligations to you, except under Section 10.2.2 above.

 

  10.3

Employee’s Good Cause Termination .    You may terminate this Agreement for Employee’s Good Cause (which term is defined in Section 22). Prior to any termination under this Section 10.3 being effective, you agree to give us thirty (30) days’ advance written notice specifying the facts and circumstances of our alleged breach. During such thirty (30) day period, we may either cure the breach (in which case your notice will be considered withdrawn and this Agreement will continue in full force and effect) or declare that we dispute that Employee’s Good Cause exists, in which case this Agreement will continue in full force until the dispute is resolved in accordance with Section 12. In the event this Agreement is terminated under this Section 10.3, you will be entitled to exercise your vested but unexercised stock options to acquire Company stock, SARs or Other Rights, if any, upon your compliance with all the terms and conditions required to exercise such options, SARs or Other Rights, but you will have no further claim against us arising out of such breach. In the event of termination of this Agreement under Section 10.3, the restrictions of Section 8.1 shall no longer apply.

 

  10.4

Employee’s No Cause Termination .    In the event you terminate your employment under this Agreement without cause, we will have no further liability or obligations whatsoever to you hereunder, except that you will be entitled to exercise your vested but unexercised stock options to acquire Company stock, SARs or Other Rights, if any, upon your compliance with all the terms and conditions required to exercise such options, SARs or Other Rights and all salary through the date of termination; provided, however, that we will be entitled to all of our rights and remedies by reason of such termination, including without limitation, the right to enforce the covenants and agreements contained in Section 8 and our right to recover damages.

 

  10.5

Change in Control .    In the event there is a Change in Control of Company (which term is defined in Section 22), then:

 

  10.5.1

In the event this Agreement is terminated on or prior to the first anniversary of a Change of Control: (a) by us under Section 10.1 by reason of your death or disability or under Section 10.2 (Employer’s No Cause Termination) or (b) by you under Section 10.3 (Employee’s Good Cause Termination), then all of your options, SARs or Other Rights, if any, which would have vested but for such termination during the shorter of twelve (12) months of the date of termination or the remainder of the Specified Term shall become vested and immediately exercisable. However, so long as you remain employed by us after a Change of Control, your options, SARs or Other Rights would not be accelerated, and if your employment was terminated by us under Section 10.1 (Employer’s For Cause Termination), other than by reason of death or disability, or by you under Section 10.4 (Employee’s No Cause Termination), your stock options, SARs or Other Rights would be exercisable only to the extent they were exercisable at the date of termination.

 

6


  10.5.2

If the Change of Control results from an exchange of outstanding common stock as a result of which the common stock of MGM Resorts International is no longer publicly held, then all your options to purchase common stock of MGM Resorts International, SARs and Other Rights will vest or be exercisable, as applicable, at the time or times they would otherwise have vested or been exercisable for the consideration (cash, stock or otherwise) which the holders of MGM Resorts International common stock received in such exchange. For example, if immediately prior to the Effective Date, you had vested and exercisable options to acquire 5,000 shares of MGM Resorts International’s common stock and the exchange of stock is one share of common stock of MGM Resorts International for two shares of common stock of the acquiring entity, then your options will be converted into options to acquire, upon payment of the exercise price, 10,000 shares of the acquiring entity’s common stock. If, in addition, you had vested but unexercisable stock options, at the time those options became exercisable, each option would, on exercise and payment of the exercise price, entitle you to receive two shares of the acquiring company’s common stock.

 

  10.5.3

If the Change of Control results from a sale of MGM Resorts International’s outstanding common stock for cash with the result that MGM Resorts International’s common stock is no longer publicly held, then upon the Change of Control, all of your options to purchase common stock of MGM Resorts International, SARs and Other Rights that are vested on the date of such Change in Control will be cashed out within 30 days after such Change in Control for an amount of cash equal to the difference between the purchase price and the exercise price for the options, SARs or Other Rights. Any options, SARs or Other Rights that are not vested on the date of the Change in Control will continue to vest and become exercisable, as applicable, at the time or times they would otherwise have vested or been exercisable, and within 30 days after any option, SAR or Other Right becomes vested or exercisable, as applicable, it will be cashed out for an amount of cash equal to the difference between the purchase price and the exercise price for the options, SARs or Other Rights. For example, if immediately prior to the Change in Control, you have vested and exercisable options to acquire 2,000 shares of MGM Resorts International’s common stock at an exercise price of $35, and the purchase price for MGM Resorts International common stock was $40, then you would be entitled to receive $10,000 in full satisfaction of those vested options (2,000 shares times $5 per share). If, in addition, you had unvested stock options with an exercise price of $35 at the time of the Change in Control, at the time those options became vested, you would be entitled to receive $5, net of applicable taxes, for each option that became vested in full satisfaction of that option.

 

  10.6

Survival of Covenants .    Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, except as specifically provided in Section 10.3 with respect to the undertaking contained in Section 8.1, the covenants and

 

7


 

agreements contained in Section 8 will survive a termination of this Agreement or of your employment, regardless of the reason for such termination.

 

  10.7

Acknowledgement Concerning Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Rights .    The parties acknowledge that the provisions contained herein with respect to stock options, SARs or Other Rights are only applicable to stock options, SARs or Other Rights, if any, which are granted to you contemporaneously with, or after the date of this Agreement. With respect to any other stock options, SARs or Other Rights, if any, granted to you prior to the date of this Agreement, such provisions herein shall not be applicable and the provisions originally governing such stock options, SARs or Other Rights shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be altered by this Agreement.

 

11.

Arbitration .    Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit B to this Agreement (which constitutes a material provision of this Agreement) disputes relating to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to Exhibit B.

 

12.

Disputed Claim .    In the event of any Disputed Claim (such term is defined in Section 22), such Disputed Claim shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to Exhibit B. Unless and until the arbitration process for a Disputed Claim is finally resolved in your favor and we thereafter fail to satisfy such award within thirty (30) days of its entry, no Employee’s Good Cause exists for purposes of your termination rights pursuant to Section 10.3 with respect to such Disputed Claim. Nothing herein shall preclude or prohibit us from invoking the provisions of Section 10.2, or of our seeking or obtaining injunctive or other equitable relief.

 

13.

Severability .    If any provision hereof is unenforceable, illegal, or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such fact shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement, except in the event a law or court decision, whether on application for declaration, or preliminary injunction or upon final judgment, declares one or more of the provisions of this Agreement that impose restrictions on you unenforceable or invalid because of the geographic scope or time duration of such restriction. In such event, you and we agree that the invalidated restrictions are retroactively modified to provide for the maximum geographic scope and time duration which would make such provisions enforceable and valid. This Section 12 does not limit our rights to seek damages or such additional relief as may be allowed by law and/or equity in respect to any breach by you of the enforceable provisions of this Agreement.

 

14.

No Waiver of Breach or Remedies .    No failure or delay on the part of you or us in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy hereunder. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

15.

Amendment or Modification .    No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by you and a duly authorized member of our senior management. No consent to any departure by you from any of the terms of this Agreement shall be effective unless the same is signed by a duly authorized

 

8


 

member of our senior management. Any such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

 

16.

Governing Law .    The laws of the State of Nevada shall govern the validity, construction and interpretation of this Agreement, and except for Disputed Claims, the courts of the State of Nevada shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any claim with respect to this Agreement.

 

17.

Number and Gender .    Where the context of this Agreement requires the singular shall mean the plural and vice versa and references to males shall apply equally to females and vice versa.

 

18.

Headings .    The headings in this Agreement have been included solely for convenience of reference and shall not be considered in the interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

19.

Assignment .    This Agreement is personal to you and may not be assigned by you.

 

20.

Successors and Assigns .    This Agreement shall be binding upon our successors and assigns.

 

21.

Prior Agreements.     This Agreement shall supersede and replace any and all other employment agreements which may have been entered into by and between the parties. Any such prior employment agreements shall be of no force and effect.

 

22.

Certain Definitions .    As used in this Agreement:

“Change of Control” shall mean the first to occur of any of the following events:

 

  (1)

Any “person” or “group” of persons (as such terms are used in §13 and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than the Company’s principal stockholder as reflected in the Company’s Proxy Statement dated March 29, 2002 (the “Principal Stockholder”), the Principal Stockholder’s sole shareholder, members of the immediate family, as well as the heirs and legatees, of the Principal Stockholder’s sole shareholder and trusts or other entities for the benefit of such persons or affiliates of such persons (as such term “affiliates” is defined in the rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission) (the “Principal Stockholder Group”), becomes the beneficial owner (as that term is used in §13(d) of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

  (2)

At any time, individuals who, at the date of this Agreement, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company, and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by

 

9


 

the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of in excess of seventy five percent (75%) by the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board;

 

  (3)

Any consolidation or merger of the Company, other than a consolidation or merger of the Company in which the holders of the Stock immediately prior to the consolidation or merger hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the Stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the consolidation or merger;

 

  (4)

Any liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

 

  (5)

The sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to parties that are not within a “controlled group of corporations” (as defined in Internal Revenue Code §1563) in which the Company is a member.

“Company” means MGM Resorts International.

“Competitor” means any person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity which is either directly, indirectly or through an affiliated company, engaged in or proposes to engage in the development, ownership, operation or management of (i) gaming facilities; (ii) one or more hotels; (iii) resort-style condominiums; (iv) convention or meeting facilities or (v) any retail or shopping venue in excess of 100,000 square feet, and which activities are in the State of Nevada or in or within a 150 mile radius of any other jurisdiction in which Employer is engaged in any such activities or proposes to engage in any such activities”.

“Confidential Information” means all knowledge, know-how, information, devices or materials, whether of a technical or financial nature, or otherwise relating in any manner to the business affairs of Employer, including without limitation, names and addresses of Employer’s customers, any and all other information concerning customers who utilize the goods, services or facilities of any hotel and/or casino owned, operated or managed by Employer, Employer’s casino, hotel, retail, entertainment and marketing practices, procedures, management policies, any trade secret, including but not limited to any formula, pattern, compilation, program, device, method, technique or process, that derives economic value, present or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain any economic value from its disclosure or use, and any other information regarding the Employer which is not already and generally known to the public, whether or not any of the foregoing is subject to or protected by copyright, patent, trademark, registered or unregistered design, and whether disclosed or communicated (in writing or orally) before, on or after the date of this Agreement, by Employer to Employee. Confidential Information shall also specifically include, without limitation, those documents and reports set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

10


“Disputed Claim” means that Employee maintains pursuant to Section 10.3 that Employer has breached its duty to Employee and Employer has denied such breach.

“Employee’s Good Cause” shall mean (i) the failure of Employer to pay Employee any compensation when due, save and except a Disputed Claim to compensation; or (ii) a material reduction in the scope of duties or responsibilities of Employee or any reduction in Employee’s salary save and except a Disputed Claim.

“Employee’s Physician” shall mean a licensed physician selected by Employee for purposes of determining Employee’s disability pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

“Employer’s Good Cause” shall mean:

 

  (1)

Employee’s death or disability; disability is hereby defined to include incapacity for medical reasons certified to by Employer’s Physician which precludes the Employee from performing the essential functions of Employee’s duties hereunder for a substantially consecutive period of six (6) months or more. (In the event Employee disagrees with the conclusions of Employer’s Physician, Employee (or Employee’s representative) shall designate an Employee’s Physician, and Employer’s Physician and Employee’s Physician shall jointly select a third physician, who shall make the determination);

 

  (2)

Employee’s failure to abide by Employer’s policies and procedures, misconduct, insubordination, inattention to Employer’s business, failure to perform the duties required of Employee up to the standards established by the Employer’s senior management, or other material breach of this Agreement; or

 

  (3)

Employee’s failure or inability to satisfy the requirements stated in Section 6 above.

“Employer’s Physician” shall mean a licensed physician selected by Employer for purposes of determining Employee’s disability pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

“Restrictive Period” means the twelve (12) month period immediately following any separation by Employee from active employment occurring during the Specified Term (or such shorter period remaining in the Specified Term should Employee separate from active employment with less than twelve (12) months remaining in the Specified Term).

 

23.

Employee acknowledges that MGM Resorts International is a publicly traded company and agrees that in the event there is any default or alleged default by Employer under the Agreement, or Employee has or may have any claims arising from or relating to the Agreement, Employee shall not commence any action or otherwise seek to impose any liability whatsoever against any person or entity in its capacity as a stockholder of MGM Resorts International (“ Stockholder ”). Employee further agrees that he shall not permit any party claiming through him, to assert a claim or impose any liability against any Stockholder (in its capacity as

 

11


 

a Stockholder) as to any matter or thing arising out of or relating to the Agreement or any alleged breach or default by Employer.

 

24.

Section 409A .

 

  24.1

This Agreement is intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and any regulations and Treasury guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”). If we determine in good faith that any provision of this Agreement would cause you to incur an additional tax, penalty, or interest under Section 409A, the Compensation Committee and you shall use reasonable efforts to reform such provision, if possible, in a mutually agreeable fashion to maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A or causing the imposition of such additional tax, penalty, or interest under Section 409A. The preceding provisions, however, shall not be construed as a guarantee by us of any particular tax effect to you under this Agreement.

 

  24.2

“Termination of employment,” or words of similar import, as used in this Agreement means, for purposes of any payments under this Agreement that are payments of deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, your “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A.

 

  24.3

For purposes of Section 409A, the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

 

  24.4

With respect to any reimbursement of your expenses, or any provision of in-kind benefits to you, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following conditions: (1) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (2) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made pursuant to our reimbursement policy but no later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred; and (3) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

12


  24.5

If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of your separation from service while you are a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A), any payment of “deferred compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)) that is scheduled to be paid within six (6) months after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid within 15 days after the end of the six-month period beginning on the date of such separation from service or, if earlier, within 15 days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of your estate following your death.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Employer and Employee have entered into this Agreement in Las Vegas, Nevada, as of the date first written above.

EMPLOYEE – William Hornbuckle

 

/s/ William Hornbuckle

EMPLOYER – MGM Resorts International

 

/s/ James J. Murren

By:

 

    James J. Murren, Chairman of the Board,

      Chief Executive Officer and President

 

13


EXHIBIT A

 

        Name of Report      Generated By

Including, but not limited to:

    

Arrival Report

     Room Reservation

Departure Report

     Room Reservation

Master Gaming Report

     Casino Audit

Department Financial Statement

     Finance

$5K Over High Action Play Report

     Casino Marketing

$50K Over High Action Play Report

     Casino Marketing

Collection Aging Report(s)

     Collection Department

Accounts Receivable Aging

     Finance

Marketing Reports

     Marketing

Daily Player Action Report

     Casino Operations

Daily Operating Report

     Slot Department

Database Marketing Reports

     Database Marketing

 

14


EXHIBIT B - ARBITRATION

This Exhibit B sets forth the methods for resolving disputes should any arise under the Agreement, and accordingly, this Exhibit B shall be considered to be a part of the Agreement.

 

1.

Except for a claim by either Employee or Employer for injunctive relief where such would be otherwise authorized by law, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the Agreement, the breach hereof, or Employee’s employment by Employer, including without limitation any claim involving the interpretation or application of the Agreement or wrongful termination or discrimination claims, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the employment arbitration rules then in effect of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (“JAMS”), to the extent not inconsistent with this paragraph. This Exhibit B covers any claim Employee might have against any officer, director, employee, or agent of Employer, or any of Employer’s subsidiaries, divisions, and affiliates, and all successors and assigns of any of them. The promises by Employer and Employee to arbitrate differences, rather than litigate them before courts or other bodies, provide consideration for each other, in addition to other consideration provided under the Agreement.

 

2.

Claims Subject to Arbitration .    This Exhibit B covers all claims arising in the course of Employee’s employment by Employer except for those claims specifically excluded from coverage as set forth in paragraph 3 of this Exhibit B. It contemplates mandatory arbitration to the fullest extent permitted by law. Only claims that are justifiable under applicable state or federal law are covered by this Exhibit B. Such claims include any and all alleged violations of any state or federal law whether common law, statutory, arising under regulation or ordinance, or any other law, brought by any current or former employees. Such claims may include, but are not limited to, claims for: wages or other compensation; breach of contract; torts; work-related injury claims not covered under workers’ compensation laws; wrongful discharge; and any and all unlawful employment discrimination and/or harassment claims.

 

3.

Claims Not Subject to Arbitration .    Claims under state workers’ compensation statutes or unemployment compensation statutes are specifically excluded from this Exhibit B. Claims pertaining to any of Employer’s employee welfare benefit and pension plans are excluded from this Exhibit B. In the case of a denial of benefits under any of Employer’s employee welfare benefit or pension plans, the filing and appeal procedures in those plans must be utilized. Claims by Employer for injunctive or other relief for violations of non-competition and/or confidentiality agreements are also specifically excluded from this Exhibit B.

 

15


4.

Non-Waiver of Substantive Rights .    This Exhibit B does not waive any rights or remedies available under applicable statutes or common law. However, it does waive Employee’s right to pursue those rights and remedies in a judicial forum. By signing the Agreement and the acknowledgment at the end of this Exhibit B, the undersigned Employee voluntarily agrees to arbitrate his or her claims covered by this Exhibit B.

 

5.

Time Limit to Pursue Arbitration; Initiation :    To ensure timely resolution of disputes, Employee and Employer must initiate arbitration within the statute of limitations (deadline for filing) provided for by applicable law pertaining to the claim, or one year, whichever is shorter, except that the statute of limitations imposed by relevant law shall solely apply in circumstances where such statute of limitations cannot legally be shortened by private agreement. The failure to initiate arbitration within this time limit will bar any such claim. The parties understand that Employer and Employee are waiving any longer statutes of limitations that would otherwise apply, and any aggrieved party is encouraged to give written notice of any claim as soon as possible after the event(s) in dispute so that arbitration of any differences may take place promptly. The parties agree that the aggrieved party must, within the time frame provided by this Exhibit B, give written notice of a claim to the President of Employer with a copy to MGM Resorts International’s Executive Vice President and General Counsel. Written notice shall identify and describe the nature of the claim, the supporting facts and the relief or remedy sought.

 

6.

Selecting an Arbitrator :    This Exhibit B mandates Arbitration under the then current rules of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (JAMS) regarding employment disputes. The arbitrator shall be either a retired judge or an attorney experienced in employment law and licensed to practice in the state in which arbitration is convened. The parties shall select one arbitrator from among a list of three qualified neutral arbitrators provided by JAMS. If the parties are unable to agree on the arbitrator, each party shall strike one name and the remaining named arbitrator shall be selected.

 

7.

Representation/Arbitration Rights and Procedures :

 

  a.

Employee may be represented by an attorney of his/her choice at his/her own expense.

 

  b.

The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of Nevada (without regard to its choice of law provisions) and/or federal law when applicable. In all cases, this Exhibit B shall provide for the broadest level of arbitration of claims between an employer and employee under Nevada law. The arbitrator is without jurisdiction to apply any different substantive law or law of remedies.

 

16


  c.

The arbitrator shall have no authority to award non-economic damages or punitive damages except where such relief is specifically authorized by an applicable state or federal statute or common law. In such a situation, the arbitrator shall specify in the award the specific statute or other basis under which such relief is granted.

 

  d.

The applicable law with respect to privilege, including attorney-client privilege, work product, and offers to compromise must be followed.

 

  e.

The parties shall have the right to conduct reasonable discovery, including written and oral (deposition) discovery and to subpoena and/or request copies of records, documents and other relevant discoverable information consistent with the procedural rules of JAMS. The arbitrator shall decide disputes regarding the scope of discovery and shall have authority to regulate the conduct of any hearing and/or trial proceeding. The arbitrator shall have the right to entertain a motion to dismiss and/or motion for summary judgment.

 

  f.

The parties shall exchange witness lists at least 30 days prior to the trial/hearing procedure. The arbitrator shall have subpoena power so that either Employee or Employer may summon witnesses. The arbitrator shall use the Federal Rules of Evidence. Both parties have the right to file a posthearing brief. Any party, at its own expense, may arrange for and pay the cost of a court reporter to provide a stenographic record of the proceedings.

 

  g.

Any arbitration hearing or proceeding shall take place in private, not open to the public, in Las Vegas, Nevada.

 

8.

Arbitrator’s Award :    The arbitrator shall issue a written decision containing the specific issues raised by the parties, the specific findings of fact, and the specific conclusions of law. The award shall be rendered promptly, typically within 30 days after conclusion of the arbitration hearing, or the submission of post-hearing briefs if requested. The arbitrator may not award any relief or remedy in excess of what a court could grant under applicable law. The arbitrator’s decision is final and binding on both parties. Judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction.

 

  a.

Either party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to compel arbitration under this Exhibit B and to enforce an arbitration award.

 

  b.

In the event of any administrative or judicial action by any agency or third party to adjudicate a claim on behalf of Employee which is subject to arbitration under this Exhibit B, Employee hereby waives the right to

 

17


 

participate in any monetary or other recovery obtained by such agency or third party in any such action, and Employee’s sole remedy with respect to any such claim shall be any award decreed by an arbitrator pursuant to the provisions of this Exhibit B.

 

9.

Fees and Expenses :    Employer shall be responsible for paying any filing fee and the fees and costs of the arbitrator; provided, however, that if Employee is the party initiating the claim, Employee will contribute an amount equal to the filing fee to initiate a claim in the court of general jurisdiction in the state in which Employee is (or was last) employed by Employer. Employee and Employer shall each pay for their own expenses, attorney’s fees (a party’s responsibility for his/her/its own attorney’s fees is only limited by any applicable statute specifically providing that attorney’s fees may be awarded as a remedy), and costs and fees regarding witness, photocopying and other preparation expenses. If any party prevails on a statutory claim that affords the prevailing party attorney’s fees and costs, or if there is a written agreement providing for attorney’s fees and/or costs, the arbitrator may award reasonable attorney’s fees and/or costs to the prevailing party, applying the same standards a court would apply under the law applicable to the claim(s).

 

10.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit B shall survive the termination of Employee’s employment with Employer and the expiration of the Agreement. These arbitration provisions can only be modified or revoked in a writing signed by both parties and which expressly states an intent to modify or revoke the provisions of this Exhibit B.

 

11.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit B do not alter or affect the termination provisions of this Agreement.

 

12.

Capitalized terms not defined in this Exhibit B shall have the same definition as in the Employment Agreement to which this is Exhibit B.

 

13.

If any provision of this Exhibit B is adjudged to be void or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, such adjudication shall not affect the validity of the remainder of Exhibit B. All other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

BOTH PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT: THEY HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS EXHIBIT B IN ITS ENTIRETY, THEY UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS, EXHIBIT B CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL TERM AND CONDITION OF THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES TO WHICH IT IS EXHIBIT B, AND THEY AGREE TO ABIDE BY ITS TERMS.

 

18


The parties also specifically acknowledge that by agreeing to the terms of this Exhibit B, they are waiving the right to pursue claims covered by this Exhibit B in a judicial forum and instead agree to arbitrate all such claims before an arbitrator without a court or jury. It is specifically understood that this Exhibit B does not waive any rights or remedies which are available under applicable state and federal statutes or common law. Both parties enter into this Exhibit B voluntarily and not in reliance on any promises or representation by the other party other than those contained in the Agreement or in this Exhibit B.

Employee further acknowledges that Employee has been given the opportunity to discuss this Exhibit B with Employee’s private legal counsel and that Employee has availed himself/herself of that opportunity to the extent Employee wishes to do so.

 

EMPLOYEE

     EMPLOYER –MGM Resorts International

/s/ William Hornbuckle

    

/s/ James J. Murren

William Hornbuckle      By:   

James J. Murren, Chairman of

the Board, Chief Executive Officer

and President

 

19

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, James J. Murren, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of MGM Resorts International;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

November 4, 2011  

/ S / J AMES J. M URREN

    James J. Murren
  Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Daniel J. D’Arrigo, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of MGM Resorts International;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

November 4, 2011

 

/ S / D ANIEL J. D’A RRIGO

  Daniel J. D’Arrigo
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with the Quarterly Report of MGM Resorts International (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, James J. Murren, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

/ S / J AMES J. M URREN

James J. Murren
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President
November 4, 2011

A signed original of this certification has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with the Quarterly Report of MGM Resorts International (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Daniel J. D’Arrigo, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

/ S / D ANIEL J. D’A RRIGO

Daniel J. D’Arrigo
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
November 4, 2011

A signed original of this certification has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.